






































LIBRARY# CONGRESS. 


VVI 


Shelf. 3.-2L-1 S' 


UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 
























, 

"• '-tf- C'Vv’ 

IBM 8*^ 


i .-•. Tm 


■ .- ■:’ 






mm & 


V :'•*; 

■ 

ri- f .4.-5® 


V.t - 






•< 






•w,: 


'4 








■v*v 


♦IE 


' ft X 




-V *';> v > 1 - > ;• ., »• ;.- »» T&-. > 

■ ■ ’;■>£■ % 

. ■ 

■ .. :■,■ V . ' ' ' . X<; 

a: 

-r 1 ■ T'HtjM s * ,T ^’ 

■ .'-p* 

' :■ - .if'. ■ - . • ' . a , 


,f- 


-'A/ 


















PREFACE. 


The object of this book is to give help to the private 
student of English Grammar, and to such teachers as 
have not always the time or the opportunity to examine 
authorities on grammatical construction. 

The sentences here discussed are taken from the gram¬ 
mars of Raub, Harvey , Reed & Kellogg , and Swinton , in 
the order named ; and in general the same technical terms 
are used as are given by the respective authors mentioned. 

By permission of Dr. A. N. Haul), Grammatical Analy¬ 
sis by Diagrams is incorporated as a part of this book. 
It is introduced here (pages 3 to 41 inclusive) as being 
the simplest system of written analysis published, as well 
as the most teachable and most readily comprehended. 

It is hoped that this little work may be of substantial 
aid to those who need help on this subject. 

The Author. 


Copyright, 
RAUB & CO., 

1889. 






GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. 


The Elements of Sentences are the Principal, the 
Modifying, the Connecting, and the Independent parts. 

The Principal elements are those which are necessary 
to the construction of a sentence. They are the Subject 
and the Predicate. 

The Modifying elements are those used to limit or 
modify other elements. They are either Adjective, Ad¬ 
verbial, or Objective. 

The Connectives are those which unite words, phrases, 
or clauses. 

The Independent parts are those which have no gram¬ 
matical relation to the rest of the sentence. 

THE SUBJECT. 

The Subject of a sentence may be either Simple, Com- 
plex } or Compound. 

The Simple Subject is a noun or a pronoun, or some 
word, phrase, or clause used as a noun. 

The Simple Subject is also called the Grammatical 
Subject. 


THE PREDICATE. 

The Predicate of a sentence may be either Simple, Com¬ 
plex, or Compound. 


3 



4 


GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. 


The Simple Predicate is always a finite verb. 

The simple predicate may take the following forms: 

(а) A simple verb ; as, He teaches. 

(б) A copula and its attribute; as, He is a teacher. 

(c) A complex verb; as, He laughed at them. 

( d ) A factitive construction; as, He built the wall high. 

The Attribute is an adjective, a noun, or some equiv¬ 
alent expression. 

The Copula is either the verb to be or some other neuter 
verb, or a transitive verb in the passive voice. 

The Simple Predicate is also called the Grammatical 
Predicate. 

The Attribute may be any word, phrase, or clause. 

WRITTEN ANALYSIS. 

The following seems to be the simplest device for indi¬ 
cating subject and predicate, because most readily made. 
It consists simply of a perpendicular line crossed by a 
short horizontal line to separate subject from predicate. 
Thus, 


Birds 

Washington 

You 

sing. 

was elected. 

might have sung. 


It will be seen that, whatever the simple subject, it 
stands to the left of the upper part of the perpendicular 
line, and, whatever the simple predicate, it stands to the 
left of the lower part of the perpendicular. By this 
arrangement we are enabled to place all modifiers to the 
right of the words which they modify, and also to write 
naturally from left to right and in horizontal lines. 





PRINCIPLES OF ANALYSIS. 


5 


PRINCIPLES OF ANALYSIS. 

In the Analysis of Sentences the following important 
principles should be kept in mind: 

1. That Adjective elements are used to limit nouns and 
pronouns ; 

2. That Adverbial elements are used to limit adjectives, 
verbs, participles, and adverbs ; 

3. That Objective elements are used to limit transitive 
verbs in the active voice, when the limiting element repre¬ 
sents the object upon which the action terminates ; 

4. That Articles, Prepositions, Conjunctions, and Inter¬ 
jections are not limited or modified. 


Following the suggestion made heretofore, to place 
modifiers, whether words, phrases, or clauses, to the 
right of the words which they modify, the following 
examples of modified subjects will be readily under¬ 
stood without explanation: 


birds 

sing. 


The 


statue 


birds 

sing. 


The 

little 


was broken. 


A 

beautiful 

marble 


days 
have come. 


leaves 

fall. 

The 

genial 


The 

dead 


The following examples of modified predicates will be 
equally clear : 


storm 

The 

X 


friend 

*-agei 

fearfully. 

Come 

quickly. 

will come ? 


your 

When 










6 


GKAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. 


animal 


The 


These 


frightened 

— may he settled peaceably, 

fled rapidly. 

Note.—A word omitted or understood may be indicated by 
the following sign: x- 

Should it be deemed necessary to distinguish the kind 
of modifiers, the simple figures 1, 2, 3 seem to answer 
every purpose. Thus, adjective modifiers may be in¬ 
dicated as below by (1), adverbial modifiers by (2), and 
objective modifiers by (3). 

pupils 


fought 


The 1 
bravely? 


learn 


His 1 
analysis? 
readily? 


When the modifying words are themselves modified, 
the simplest plan of diagramming is to place the modifier 
to the right of the modified word and draw a short per¬ 
pendicular line between them. This diagram is both 
readily and rapidly made. See the application in the 
following sentences: 


bird 


The 

little 


bird 


sang beautifully. \ very 
. The 

animal 


fled 


A 

pretty | very 

sang sweetly. 

A 

innocent \ perfectly 
cruelly \ very 


rapidly. | more \ still was beaten. 

In the diagramming of phrases, whether infinitive, 
prepositional, or participial, the same principles should 
be followed as in the diagramming of single words. 
See the following modified subjects : 

The 


Bushels 
were sold. 


of apples efforts 

His 

to succeed 

wind 

failed. 


spread 


blowing | gale | a 
fire. | the 













PRINCIPLES OF ANALYSIS. 


7 


The following modified subjects and predicates will be 
equally clear: 

1. The snow on the hillside melted. 

2. The snow lay on the hillside. 

3. The leaves of the trees have fallen into the ditch. 

4. The leaves have fallen from the trees into the ditch. 

5. The steeples of the village pierced through the dense fog. 

6. The finest trout in the lake are generally caught in the 
deepest water. 


( 1 .) 


The 

on hillside | 


melted. 

(3d 

leaves 


have fallen 


The 

of trees | the 
into ditch . I the 


(5.) 

steeples 


pierced 


The 

of village | the 


through fog. I ^ 


( 2 .) 


snow 

lay 


The 

on hillside. \ the 


have fallen 


(4.) 

The 

from, trees | the 
into ditch. I the 


trout 


( 6 .) 

The 

finest 

in lake | the 


are caught 


general’y 
in water. 


the 

deepest 


In sentences having compound subjects or compound 
predicates the words are usually connected by a conjunc¬ 
tion. A simple plan of indicating the compound element 
is that of connecting them by oblique lines, as indicated 
on next page. 

Conjunctions and other words used simply as con¬ 
nectives or independently may be indicated by placing a 
dotted line beneath, as in the following sentences : 

1. William and Mary reigned in England. 

2. John and his brother came on a visit to their aunt. 








8 


GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. 


3. Napoleon rose, reigned, and fell. 

4. The girls study diligently and learn rapidly. 


(D 


( 2 .) 


William 

John 


and 

/ and 


Alary 

brother 

his 

reigned 

in England. 



came 

on visit 

(3.) (4 

d 

Napoleon 

girls 

The 

rose, 

study 

diligently 

'reigned, 

and 


\ and 

learn 

rapidly. 

fell. 




to aunt. | their 


Independent elements may be placed above and slightly 
to* the left of the words they precede, as in the following 
sentences: 

1. Oh horror! I tremble to think of the scene. 

2. Hurrah! we have won the battle at last. 


( 1 .) 


Oh horror ! 


. I 

tremble 


to think | of scene. | the 


( 2 .) 


Hurrah ! 

we 

have won 


battle | the 
at last. 


ATTRIBUTES. 

The predicate in some sentences consists of a copulative 
verb in connection with another word or a phrase, usually 
an adjective or a noun, which is known as the attribute , 
as in the sentences, “The trees are tall,” “ Silver is a 
metal,” “ John is not a good boy,” “ To love is to obey” 
In diagramming a sentence containing an attribute the 
copula and the attribute may be written together as the 















ATTRIBUTES. 


9 


predicate. 

Either of the 

following two 

forms will 1 

found convenient: 





(i.) 

(i.) 

(1.) 

(1 

trees 

The 

Silver 


John 


To love | 

are tall. \ 

r 

is metal. 

a 


a 

is to obey. | 





is boy. 

good 






V 

not 


(2.) 

(2.) 

(2.) 

(2 

trees 

The 

Silver 


John 


To love 

are 


is 


is 

not 

is 

tall. 


metal. 

a 

boy. 

a 

good 

to obey. 


When there are several attributes, they may be written 
in the same manner as other connected elements. See the 
following: 

1. The little girl is very gentle and very good. 

2. Henry IV.,, of the House of Bourbon, was very wise in 
council, simple in manners, and chivalric in the field. 



( 2 .) 


Henry IV., 


of House 


the 

of Bourbon, 



very 

in council, 
in manners, 


in field. | the 


When the predicate is compound, each verb may be 
modified singly, or both may be modified by the same 
word. 

The following sentences illustrate the former case : 

1. The boys ran after the rabbit, and caught it. 

2. The attribute of a sentence completes the predicate and 
belongs to the subject. 















10 


GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. 


( 1 .) 


( 2 .) 


/ran 


boys The 


after rabbit , | the 


The 

attribute 

of sentence | a 


<; 


taught it. 


and 



completes predicate | the 


and 


j belongs to subject. \ the 


The following are illustrations of sentences in which 
both predicate verbs are modified by the same word: 

1. The boy composes and speaks well. 

2. Study elevates and strengthens the mind. 

3. The merchant buys and sells butter and eggs. 


( 2 .) 


( 1 .) 



(3.) 

merchant The 



MODIFIERS OF NOUNS 


The modifiers of nouns or pronouns are always 
adjective elements. 

As has been shown, nouns may be modified— 

1. By adjectives . 

2. By phrases, as in the following: 

1. Men of wisdom were chosen. 

2. Hinges of brass were broken. 

3. Teachers of good judgment taught us. 













MODIFIERS OF NOUNS. 


11 


(1.) (2.) (3.’, 


Men 

of wisdom Hinges 

of brass 

Teachers 

of judgment | good 

were chosen. 

were broken. 


taught 

us. 


3. A noun may be modified by a participle. 

The diagram is as follows : 

1. Truth crushed to earth will rise again. 

2. The thief, having been detected, surrendered to the officer. 

3. They boarded the vessel lying in the harbor. 

4. A penny saved is a penny earned. 


( 1 .) 


( 2 .) 


Truth 
will rise 


crushed \ to earth thief, 

again. — 

surrendered 


The 

having been detected , 
to officer. | the 


(3.) 


They 


boarded 


vessel 


the 

lying \ in harbor. \ the 


(40 


penny 


is penny 


A 

saved 

a 

earned. 


4. A noun may be modified by a, verb in the infinitive 
mode . 


The diagram is as follows : 

1. Our efforts to improve were successful. 

2. The means to accomplish the end were wanting. 

3. All his attempts to reach the top failed. 

4. The hour to be given to exercise has come. 


( 1 .) 


efforts 


Our 

to improve 


( 2 .) 


means 


The 

to accomplish \ end | the 


were successful. 


were wanting. 












12 


GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. 


attempts 

failed. 


(3.) 
All 
his 


(4.) 

The 


to reach | top | the 


hour 


has come. 


to be given | to exercise 


5. A noun may be modified by a noun or a pronoun 
in the possessive case . See the following: 

1. The farmer’s crops were gathered. 

2. My brother’s friend came to the city to-day. 

3. Our friend’s house was burned yesterday. 


( 1 .) 


( 2 .) 


crops 
were gathered. 


farmer's | The 


friend 


brother's | My 
to city | the 
to-day. 


(3.) 


house 
was burned 


friend's | Our 
yesterday. 


6. A noun may be modified by a noun in apposition . 
See the following: 

1. The ship Ironsides came into port. 

2. I stayed with my brother the lawyer. 

3. Company, villainous company, hath been the spoil of me. 


( 1 .) 


( 2 .) 


ship 


The I 


Ironsides 


_ stayed 

with brother 

into port. 



my 

lawyer. | the 


(3.) 


Company, 
hath been spoil 


company, | villainous 
the 

of me. 











MODIFIERS OF ADJECTIVES. 


13 


(. A noun may be modified by a clause , thus forming 
a complex sentence. 


The simplest form of diagramming is as follows: 


1. Pupils who are attentive improve rapidly. 

2. A man who is wise will be honored. 

3. The gentleman that spoke to us will lecture before the 
school to-night. 

4. Death is the black camel which kneels at every man’s gate. 


( 1 .) 


Pupils ■■ 

improve 

(3.) 


/who 

are_attentive | 
rapidly. 


gentleman 


will lecture 


The 

to us 
before school | the 
to-night. 



( 2 .) 

man 

will be honored. 

(4.) 

Death 


>who 
is wise 


is camel 


the 
black 
/which 

^kneels 


at gate. | man’s | every 


A pronoun may be modified in all respects as a noun , 
except that it is not limited by a noun or a pronoun in the 
possessive case. 


MODIFIERS OF ADJECTIVES. 

The modifiers of adjectives are adverbial elements. 
1 . An adjective may be modified by an adverb . 

See the following: 

1. The wall is very white. 

2. The scenery is exceedingly grand. 

3. The valley of the Mississippi is very fertile. 

4. A very beautiful bird sat on the bough. 


( 1 .) 


wall 
is white. 


The 

very 


( 2 .) 

scenery The 
is grand, exceedingly 











14 


GKAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. 




(3.) 


valley 
is fertile. 


The 

of Mississippi \ the 
very 


(4.) 

A 


bird 


beautiful 1 very 
on bough. | the 


2. An adjective may be modified by a phrase. 
See the following: 

1. He was desirous of succeeding. 

2. The soil is good for wheat. 

3. He who is wise in his own opinion seldom pleases 

( 1.1 < 2 -) 

He 


was desirous 


of succeeding. 

(3.) 

/who 
He A 

\is wi 


soil 
is good 


The 

for wheat. 


. . | his 

m opinion mn 


s?,s wise 

pleases, seldom 

3. An adjective may be modified by an infinitive. 
See the following: 

1. Diligent pupils are anxious to learn. 

2. You are prompt to obey. 

( 1 .) ( 2 .) 

pupils 


are anxious 


Diligent 
to learn. 


You 

are prompt | to obey. 


4. An adjective may be modified by a clause, thus 
forming a complex sentence. 

See the following sentences: 

1. He was so tired that he slept soundly. 

2. We were quiet that the little animal might not be scared. 


He 


was tired 


( 1 .) 


Jie 

that^ — 


"slept 


soundly. 












.MODIFIERS OF VERBS. 


15 


We 

were quiet 


( 2 .) 


animal 

that<ff — 

^might be scared. 


the 

little 

not 


MODIFIERS OF VERBS. 

The modifiers of verbs are either adverbial or objective 
elements. 

Only a transitive verb in the active voice can have a 
direct object; this is called an Objective Element. 

All other modifiers of verbs are adverbial elements. 


1. A verb may be modified by an adverb. 

See the following sentences : 

1. The brook flows rapidly. 

2. The timely suggestion was kindly received. 

3. He spoke excitedly. 


( 1 .) 

brook 

flows 


( 2 .) 


(3.) 



The 

The suggestion 

He 

— 

timely — 

rapidly. — 

spoke 

was received. 

kindly 


excitedly. 


2. A verb may be modified by a phrase. 


See the following: 

1. We travel with ease! 

2. A fertile valley lies between the two mountains. 

3. England was conquered by the Normans in the eleventh 
century. 


( 1 .) 


We 

travel 


with ease. 


( 2 .) 

A 


valley 


fertile 


between mountains. 


the 

two 


lies 










16 


GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. 


(3.) 


England 
was conquered 


by Normans | the 
in century. I 


3. A verb may be modified by an infinitive. 

See the following: 

1. We came to recite. 

2. We are commanded to love our enemies. 

3. They will try to do their duty. 

4. We will strive to honor you. 

( 1 .) ( 2 .) 

We We 

came to recite. are commanded to love I enemies. I our 


They 
will try 


(3.) 

to do | duty. | their 


(4.) 

We 


will strive 


to honor | you. 


4. A verb may be modified by an objective. 

See the following: 

1. Heaven from all creatures hides the book of fate. 

2. We greet the opening flowers of spring joyfully. 

3. He displays good taste in the arrangement of his work. 


( 1 .) 


( 2 .) 


Heaven 

_ 


We 


hides 

book 

the 

of fate. 

greet 

flowers 


from creatures | all 


joyfully. 


the 

opening 
of spring 


He 


displays 


(3.) 

taste | good 
in arrangement 


the 

of work. | his 













MODIFIERS OF VERBS. 


17 


5. A verb may be modified by a clause. 
See the following: 

1. I bought the house because it pleases me. 

2. We study that we may improve. 

* L) ( 2 .) 

1 We 

house I the 


bought 


because<f^ 


it 

^pleases 


study 


that- 


'we 


\tnay improve. 


Note.—I n both of the foregoing sentences the clause modifier 
is connected with the verb by a conjunction. 

In the following sentences it is connected by a conjunctive 
adverb, which modifies the verb in each clause, and is placed in 
parenthesis to show that its office differs from that of the simple 
conjunction, as also from the simple connective adverb. 

1. He studies while we play. 

2. I will not study when vacation comes. 

3. We can take a drive to the country when our friend arrives. 

4. The children will come home when school is dismissed. 


( 1 .) 

He 


( 2 .) 


studies 



I 


jwe I 


not 

{while) <A — — 
> play. 1 

will study 

^vacation 
{when)<A — 

^ comes. 


(3.) 


We 


can take 


(4.) 


drive 


{when) 


to country 
■friend 


the 

our 


children 


toill come 


The 

home 


< school 

— — 

is dismissed. J 


Note. —In some sentences the adverb introducing the sub¬ 
ordinate clause is not a conjunctive adverb, limiting, as it does, 
only the verb in the modifying clause. 

1. We know how the work is done. 

















18 


grammatical analysis. 

In the following diagrams the first set shows the use of the 
adverb as a connective. The omission of the dotted line shows 
that it is also a modifier. The second set of diagrams shows 
the adverb used as a modifier, and also that the whole clause 
which it introduces modifies the verb in the principal clause. 


( 1 .) 


( 2 .) 


We 


know 


how 




ork _I the 

i done. I 


how 


,-pin 


is made. 


( 1 .) 


We 


know 


( 2 .) 

I 


■work 
'is done. 


the 

how 


pin 

is made. 


a 

how 


MODIFIERS OF ADVERBS. 

All modifiers of adverbs are adverbial elements . 
1. An adverb may be modified by an adverb. 
See the following : 


1. We were welcomed very cordially. 

2. A somewhat dangerous pass was reached quite unex¬ 
pectedly. 

( 1 .) ( 2 -) 

A 


We 


pass 


dangerous | somewhat 


were welcomed cordially. | very 


was reached 


unexpectedly. | quite 


2. An adverb may be modified by a phrase. 

See the following: 

1. She is old enough to go to school. 

2. He was too sleepy to hear. 

( 1 .) ( 2 -) 

She I He I 

is old I enough | to go | to school. was sleepy | too | to hear. 










FACTITIYES. 


19 


3. An adverbial phrase, or a group of words used as 
an adverb , may be modified in the same manner as a single 
word. 


In sentence (1.) given below, just modifies the phrase 
“ below townin sentence (2.), only modifies the phrase 
“ in atmospherein sentence (3.), directly modifies the 
phrase “ over house in sentence (4.), neaiiy modifies the 
phrase “ across lake.” 

It is held by some writers on grammar, but incorrectly, 
that in such cases the adverb modifies a preposition. 

1. He lives just below town. 

2. Genius can breathe freely only in the atmosphere of 
freedom. 

3. The bird flew directly over the house. 

4. We rowed the boat nearly across the lake. 


( 1 .) 


He 

lives below town. I 

V-1 just 


( 2 .) 


Genius 


can breathe 


freely 

in atmosphere 
V- 


the 

of freedom, 
only 


(3.) 


(4.) 


flew 


The 

We 



the 

boat | the 

over house. 

rowed 


V- 

directly 

across lake. 



V- 


the 

nearly 


Note. —The inverted caret shows that the phrase is modified 
as a whole; the line connects the caret with the modifying word. 


FACTITIVES. 

The predicate verb of a sentence, when having the 
signification of make , is sometimes followed by another 
word, usually a noun or an adjective, which completes 
the meaning of the verb, but refers to the object, as in 










20 


GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. 


the sentence, Wash your hands clecm; that is, cleanse 
your hands. Also in the sentence, His subjects elected 
him king; that is, kinged or crowned him. This word 
following the verb is called a factitive . In all such cases 
the verb and the factitive together form the simple pred¬ 
icate, and are together equivalent to a single word. 

The word factitive is derived from facio , “ I make.” 
By some authors the factitive is called the objective com¬ 
plement 

The manner of diagramming factitives is indicated 
below. 

1. The following sentences contain factitive nouns: 

1. The company chose him captain. 

2. They called him names. 

3. Her subjects made her queen. 


(1.) (2.) (3.) 


company 

The 

They 


subjects 

chose captain. 

him 

called names. 

him 

made queen. 


Note.—A short horizontal line is placed above the combined 
predicate to distinguish the factitive from the attribute, which 
has the line below. 


2. The following sentences contain factitive adjectives: 

1. The painter painted the wall white. 

2. Open the door wide. 

3. The carpenter built the house high. 

4. Custom renders the feelings blunt and callous. 


( 1 .) 


painter 
pamted white. 


The 

wall | the 


( 2 .) 

X 


Open wide. 


door I the 







FACTITIVES. 


21 


(3.) 

carpenter The 
built high, house | the 


renders 


(4.) 


Custom 

blunt 

and 

'callous. 


feelings | the 


3. The following sentences contain factitive infinitives : 

1. They made him wait. 

2. He made his horse walk rapidly. 

3. The books which help you most are those which make you 
think most. 


( 1 .) 


They 
made wait. 


him 


( 2 .) 

He 


made walk 


horse | his 
rapidly. 


(3.) 



you 

most. 


4. The following sentences contain factitive 'participles: 

1. They kept him waiting. 

2. He sent the ball rolling. 

3. They kept the children laughing at their jokes. 


( 1 .) 
They 
kept waiting. 


( 2 .) 


him 


He 

sent rolling. 


ball I the 


(3.) 

They 


kept laughing 


children | the 
at jokes. | their 













22 


grammatical analysis. 




INFINITIVES. 

A verb in the infinitive mode depends upon the word 
which it limits or completes in meaning. 

1. A verb in the infinitive mode may he used as the 
subject of a sentence , but when so used it is modified in 
all respects as a verb. 

See the following examples: 


1. To obey our superiors promptly is prudent. 

2. To spend too much time in studies is sloth. 

3. To make judgment wholly by their rules is the humor of a 
scholar. 


To obey 
is prudent. 


( 1 .) 

superiors \ our 


promptly 


( 2 .) 

To spend 


is sloth. 


time | much | too 
in studies 


To make 


is humor 


(3.) 

judgment 


by rules I their 

_ f -1 wholly 

the 

of scholar. \ a 


2. A verb in the infinitive mode may he used as the 
object. 

See the following: 

1. He refused to obey. 

2. We should learn to govern ourselves. 


( 1 .) 


( 2 .) 


Be 

refused 


to obey. 


We 

should learn 


to govern | ourselves . 








INFINITIVES. 


23 


3. A verb in the infinitive inode may be used as the 
attribute, 

See the following: 

1. The noblest vengeance is to forgive. 

2. To bear our fate is to conquer it. 

3. To be good is to be great. 

(10 (20 (3.) 

vengeance 
is to forgive. 

Note.—T he adjectives good and great in example (3) are used 
abstractly. 


The 

noblest 

To bear 

fate \ 

our To be good 


is to conquer 

it. 

is to be great. 


4. A verb in the infinitive mode may be used as an 
adjective modifier, 

See the following: 

1. Orders to vacate were given yesterday. 

2. The hot-house is a trap to catch sunbeams. 

3. Money to assist the poor was left with me. 

4. All attempts to conquer him were fruitless. 


(10 


Orders 
were given 


to vacate 
yesterday. 


( 2 .) 


hot-house 
is trap 


The 

a 

to catch | sunbeams. 


(3.) 


Money 


to assist | poor | the 


(4.) 

All 


attempts 


to conquer j him 


was left 


with me. 


were fruitless. 


5. A verb in the infinitive mode may be used as an 
adverbial modifier. 

See the following: 

1. We will sing to please you. 

2. The child was afraid to go alone. 









24 


GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. 


3. The boys stopped to play by the way. 

4. We came to recite our lesson. 


( 1 .) 


( 2 .) 


We 


child The 


will sing to please | you. was afraid to go [ alone. 


(3.) 

boys The 


(4.) 


We 


stopped 


to play 
by way. \ the 


came 


to recite | lesson. \ our 


Note. —For the use of the infinitive as a factitive see page 21. 

6. A verb in the infinitive mode is sometimes used 
independently , as in the sentence, To confess the truth, 
I am sorry for him. 

In such cases the infinitive is diagrammed as an inde¬ 
pendent element, as follows: 

To confess | truth, \ the to spealc, f So 


1 


object every 
has faces. | several 


am sorry for him. 


7. The infinitive phrase is sometimes used after a 
preposition , the two forming an attribute , as in the 
sentences: 

1. Our friends are about to leave us. 

2. The pupils are now about to recite. 

3. If you are about to strive for your life, take with you a 
stout heart and a clear conscience. 


.( 1 .) 

friends Our 


( 2 .) 

pupils The 


are 

about to leave us. 


are 

about to recite. 


now 












INFINITIVES. 


25 


take 


(3.) 


with you 



about to strive 


for life, | your 


8. Sometimes the verb in the infinitive mode, preceded 
by a prepositional phrase, is used as the subject of a 
sentencey as in the sentences : 


1. For us to do our duty is proper. 

2. For a man to be proud of his learning is the greatest 
ignorance. 


( 1 .) 


( 2 .) 


For us | to do 

duty 1 our 

For man 

a 

— 

—■ 


to be proud 

is proper. 


is ignorance. 


of learning \ his 
the 

greatest 


9. An infinitive phrase is sometimes used as explan¬ 
atory of the subject , as in the sentences : 


1. It is wise to improve the time. 

2. It is easy to find fault. 

3. It is natural to man to indulge in the illusions of hope. 


( 1 .) 


( 2 .) 


It 

is wise 


to improve | time. | the 


It 

is easy 


to find | fault. 


It 

is natural 


(3.) 

to indulge | in illusions 
to man 


the 

of hope. 













26 


grammatical analysis. 


PARTICIPLES. 

1. participles, when used as nouns, may be modified 
either as nouns or as participles, or as both at the 
same time . 

See the following sentences : 


1. The cackling of geese saved Rome. 

2. We may gain much information by reading diligently. 

3. His writing that letter so neatly secured the position for 

him. . ,, , 

4. Our going to the lecture will depend upon my fathers 

giving his consent. 


( 1 .) 


cackling 


saved 


The 

of geese 
Rome. 


( 3 .) 

writing 


secured 


His 

letter | that 
neatly | so 
for him. 
position | the 


( 2 .) 


We 


may gain 


information | much 
by reading | diligently. 


(4.) 

Our 


will depend 


to lecture | the 

father’s | my 


upon giving 


consent. | his 


2. Participles , when not forming a part of the simple 
subject or predicate , are either objective or adjective 
elements . They are objective only when used as nouns . 
When used as pure participles , they are adjective ele¬ 
ments, as in the following sentences: 

1. Forsaken by all my friends, I took refuge in flight. 

2. The tree felled by the woodman’s axe lay on the ground. 

3. Van Twiller sat in a huge chair of solid oak hewn in the 
celebrated forest of the Hague. 







PARTICIPLES. 


27 


took 


( 1 .) 

Forsaken \ by friends, 

refuge 
in flight. 

Van Twitter 


all 


my 


tree 

lay 

(3.) 


( 2 .) 

The 

felled | by axe | woodman’s | the 
on ground. | the 


sat 


in chair 


a 

huge 
of oak 


solid 

hewn | in forest 


the 

celebrated 
of Hague. | the 


3. A 'participle may be used as the attribute . 

See the following sentences : 

1. The rain came pouring in. 

2. Seeing is believing. 

3. The children kept singing and shouting. 

4. The wind came moaning around the corner and whistling 
through the keyhole. 


rain 

came pouring 


.) 


( 2 .) 


The 

in. 


Seeing 

believing. 


kept < 


(3.) 

children The 
/singing 
and 

v shouting. 


(4.) 


wind 


The 


/moaning 
came/ and 

\ whistling 


around comer I the 


through keyhole. | the 

Note.—F or the use of the participle as a factitive see 
page 21. 
















28 


GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. 


4. A participle may be used independently after a 
verb in the infinitive mode; as, 


1. To keep studying always is impossible. 

2. To be fretting continually mars the disposition. 

( 1 .) ( 2 .) 


To keep studying 
is impossible. 


always 


To be fretting 


continually 
disposition. | the 


5. A participle may be followed by a noun or a 
pronoun used independently, as in the sentences: 

1. His being an officer protected him. 

2. Our being Americans gave us an advantage. 


( 1 .) 


being 

officer 

protected 


His 


him. 


being 

Americans 


( 2 .) 

Our 


X us 

advantage. | an 


6 A participle may be used in independent or 
absolute phrases, as in the sentences: 

1. The class having recited, school was dismissed. 

2. The bridge having been burned, the train fell into the 
river. 


( 1 .) 


class 


The 


having recited, 


bridge 


( 2 .) 

The 

having been burned, 


school 
was dismissed. 


train 

fell 


the 

into river. | the 












THE ADJECTIVE CLAUSE. 


29 


THE COMPLEX SENTENCE. 

A Complex Sentence is one which contains a principal 
proposition modified by one or more subordinate propo¬ 
sitions. The following are examples : 

The moon was still shining when we returned home. 

The hotel at which we stayed was overcrowded . 

In the sentences given above, the italicized words con¬ 
stitute the principal proposition in each sentence. 


THE ADJECTIVE CLAUSE. 


When a noun or a pronoun is modified by a clause, the 
modifier is known as an adjective element or clause . 

1. An adjective clause may modify a noun or a pro¬ 
noun in the subject; as, 

1. The harp that played so sweetly is now silent. 

2. He who feels noble will be noble. 

3. They will be defiled that touch pitch. 

4. The lever which moves the world of mind is the printing- 
press. 


( 1 .) 


harp 


is silent. 


The 


that I 

played | sweetly | so 


now 

( 3 .) 


They 
will be defiled 


Ahat I 
"touch 1 pitch. 


( 2 .) 

He < 


'who 

-feels noble 


will be noble. 


( 4 .) 


lever 


The 

swhich 


world 


the 

of mind 


is printing-press. 


the 


2. An adjective clause may modify a noun in the 
predicate ; as, 

1. This is the man that performed the task. 

2. These are the times that try men’s souls. 









30 


GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. 


( 1 .) 


( 2 .) 


This 


These 


the 


^/that 

performed j task. | the 


the 

/that 


are times ^ 

souls. | men 1 8 

3. An adjective clause may modify a noun in any of 
the modifying elements; as, 

1. I found the place to which you referred me. 

2. Hail to the chief who in triumph advances. 

3. The thirteen colonies were welded together by the measures 
which Samuel Adams framed. 



(1.) 

I 




the 

found 

place 

//you 

• 


NSs N 'eferred 


me. 

to which 


( 2 .) 


Hail 


colonies 


to chief 

The 

thirteen 


the 


jwho 

^ advances. 

( 3 .) 


in triumph 


were welded 


together 


the 


by measures 


< ■Samuel Adams I 

framed. | which 


4. An adjective clause is sometimes introduced by the 
relative ivhat, which in many cases has a double con¬ 
struction. 

See the following sentences : 

1. Men are what their mothers made them. 

2. He did what was right. 













THE ADJECTIVE CLAUSE. 


31 


3. The witness repeated what was said. 

4. What is dark in me illumine. 

5. What was lost has been found. 

6. Whatever is, is right. 

Note. —In the following diagrams what is equivalent to that 
which ; this is indicated by placing that and which in brackets, 
to show that they are not properly a part of the sentence. 


( 1 .) 


( 2 .) 


Men 

mothers 

their 

He 

— [which] 

swhat 1 

are what 
[that] 

made [which] 

them. 

did 

x <" — 

[that] ^was right. \ 


( 3 .) 


witness 


repeated 


The 


X 

[that] 


( 4 .) 

X 


[which] 

what 


as said. 


illumine. 


—- [which] 


X 

[that]^is 


What I 
is darlc | it 


( 5 .) 


( 6 .) 


[that] 


has been found. 


which] 
■ What 


< ^\was lost 


[that] 

X 


is right. 


[which] 

■ Whatever 


5. An adjective clause is sometimes introduced by a 
relative adverb ; as, 

1. They returned to Twickenham, where they met Pope. 

2. Youth is the time when the seeds of character are sown. 

3. A d6p6t is a place where goods are deposited. 

4. The Turk lay dreaming of the hour when Greece should 
tremble at his power. 

( 1 .) 

They 
returned 


to Twickenham, 


they 


met 


Pope. 

where 













32 


GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. 


(2.) 


(3.) 

Youth 



depdt 

A 


the 

the 


a 

is time 

^sseeds 

„ _ is place 

of character — 

< 


are sown. 

when 

(4.) 



Turk 

The 




: — 

— 

the 



laq_dreaming 

of hour 

Greece 

— - 




should tremble 


- goods 

''are deposited. 


where 


when 

at power. | his 


THE ADVERBIAL CLAUSE. 

1. An adverbial clause may modify the subject of a 
sentence when the subject consists of a participle or a verb 
in the infinitive mode. 

1. To study diligently when one is sick is irksome. 

2. Helping one when he is needy is the proper kind of com¬ 
passion. 


(!•) 


( 2 .) 


To study 


is irksome. 


diligently 


(when) 


■one 
-is sick 


Helping 


is kind 


(when)< 

the 

proper 


Hie I 
needy | 


of compassion. 

2. An adverbial clause may modify the predicate 
verb of a sentence. 

1. When pleasure calls we listen. 

2. The wind bloweth where it listeth. 

3. I will remain here till you return from the city. 

( 1 .) ( 2 .) 


we 


wind 

The 


v pleasure 


Hit | 

listen. 

(When)<ff — 

— bloweth 

(where) ■—1 


^^calls 


listeth. ) 














THE NOUN CLAUSE. 


33 


will remain 


(3.) 


here 

/you 
( tiU)<' 

\return 


from city. | the 


3. An adverbial clause may modify the attribute* 

1. Gold is heavier than iron. 

2. To preach is easier than to practice. 

3. We are confident that we shall see our friends soon. 

4. Our friends are anxious that we shall make a good ini' 
pression. 

(1.) (2.) 


Gold 

jiron. 

To preach 

_^.to practice. J 

is heavier 

than — 

— is easier 

than<f —j 


^ X 


. \ X 


(3.) 

We 


are confident 


that 


,/we 


•hall see 


friends \ our 
soon. 


friends 


Our 


(4.) 


are anxious 


that< 


/ve 

s -,shall make 


impression. 


a 

good 


THE NOUN CLAUSE. 

1. A noun clause may he used as the subject of a 
sentence. 

1. That we shall succeed is now certain. 

2. That the earth is round has been proved. 

3. “ Pay as you go ” is a good rule. 

4. “ Where is Abel, thy brother?” smote the ears of the guilty 
Cain. 


3 
















34 


GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. 


( 1 .) 


( 2 .) 


(3.) 


That 


That 


we 

shall succeed 


— 

earth 

is round 

the 

X 

^you 

_ 

— 

— 

— P«V 


in. 

nwo has been proved. 


00 


is rule. 


a 

good 


(4.) 


Abel, 

is 


brother ? | thy 
Where 

smote 


ears 


the 

of Cain. 


the 

guilty 


2 . A noun clause may be used as an attribute. 

1. My belief is that we shall succeed. 

2. Hamlet’s exclamation was, “ What a piece of work is 
man!” 

8. “ A bird in the hand,” says the old proverb, “ is worth two 
in the bush.” 

( 1 .) 


belief 


is that 


^/Wt 


"shall succeed. 


My 


( 2 .) 

exclamation 


y man! 

was,S 


\is pi 


piece 


What 

a 

of work 


Hamlet’s 


(3.) 


proverb 


says 


ird 

is worth 


A 

in hand I the 


two 

in bush. I the 


the 

old 


Note.— X indicates the omission of the word “ birds.” 






















THE NOUN CLAUSE. 


35 


3. A noun clause may be an objective modifier. 

1. None of us can tell when we shall die. 

2. Galileo taught that the earth revolves. 

3. We believe that all bodies occupy space. 


( 1 .) 


None 


can tell 


of us 
/we 

>shall die. I when 


He. | wh 


We 


believe 


( 2 .) 

Galileo 


taught 


that- 


(3.) 


^bodies 
that <A — 
\occupy 


all 

space. 


^earth 
v revolves. 


the 


4. A noun clause may be used as an explanatory 
modifier or adjective element. 


1. It is certain that we shall succeed. 

2. It has been proved that the earth is round. 

3. Shakespeare’s metaphor, “ Night’s candles are burnt out,” 
is one of the most beautiful in literature. 


( 1 .) 


( 2 .) 


is certain 


^we 

that<A — 

shall succeed. 


It 


has been proved 
(3.) 

Shakespeare's 


that 




-earth 1 the 

■is round. j 


metaphor, 


candles I Night's 

are burnt out , | 
the 

of X beautiful | most 
in literature. 


5. A noun clause may be used as the object of a 
preposition. 

1. Animals have no knowledge of why they eat. 

2. There is some dispute about who shall preside. 
















36 


GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. 


( 1 .) ( 2 -> 

There some 


Animals 


There 

some 

_ 

_ 

no 

dispute 

about■ 

have 

knowledge 

/they 

of <— 

eat. 

why 

is 


■who 

'shall preside. 


COMPOUND SENTENCES. 

A Compound Sentence is one that contains two or more 
principal propositions. 

The 'principal propositions may be either simple or 
complex. When simple, they are analyzed and diagram¬ 
med in the same manner as simple sentences . The con¬ 
nective is indicated by dotted lines. 


See the following: 

1. The sun shone and the ice melted. 

2. The boys will bring the evergreens, and the girls will dec¬ 
orate the schoolroom. 

3. Put not your trust in money, but put your money in trust. 

4. Now came still evening on, and Twilight gray 
Had in her sober livery all things clad. 


( 1 .) 


( 2 .) 


sun 

shone 


The 


hoys 
will bring 


The 

evergreens , | the 


and 


and 


, ice 


the 


melted 


girls 
will decorate 


the 

schoolroom. \ the 













COMPOUND SENTENCES. 


37 


(3.) 


Put 


not 

trust | your 
in money, 


but 

X 


put 


money \ your 
in trust. 


(4.) 


evening 


still 

Noio 


on , 
and 


Twiliqht 


Had clad. 


gray 
things | all 
in livery 


her 

sober 


5. The camel is the ship of the ocean of sand, the reindeer is 
the camel of the desert of snow. 

Note.— In this sentence the connective, being omitted, is in¬ 
dicated by dotted lines,.. 


(5.) 


camel 

The 


the 

is ship 



of ocean 

reindeer 

the 


the 

is camel 



of desert 


the 

of sand , 


the 

of snow. 


When the propositions of a compound sentence are complex , 
they are analyzed and diagrammed in the same manner as com 
plex sentences. 

1. Full many a gem of purest ray serene 

The dark unfathomed caves of ocean bear ; 

Full manj r a flower is born to blush unseen. 

And waste its sweetness'on the desert air. 

2. You think he’s all fun, 

But the angels laugh too at the good he has done; 

The children laugh loud as they troop at his call, 

And the poor man that knows him laughs loudest of all. 















38 


GRAMMATK!AL ANALYSIS. 


bear; 


( 1 .) 

The 

darlc 

unfathomed 
of ocean 

many a | Full 
purest 


gem 


of ray 


flower 


is born 


many a | Full 
to blush unseen f 
And 


X waste 


( 2 .) 


You 


think 


'he 


N fun, 


all 


But 


angels 

laugh 


the 

too 

at good, 


the 


< 


he 


has done ; 


children 


sweetness 1 its laugh 




^they 


the 

(as)<f 

on air. 


^troop 


desert And 


The 

loud 


at call, I his 


laughs 


the 
poor 
that 
knows 
loudest | of all. 


Note. —In example 2 all is an adverb modifying the copula 
*s or is. 


INDEPENDENT ELEMENTS. 

The independent parts of sentences neither modify nor 
connect. 

The independent parts are— 

1 . Nouns and JPronouns in the Nominative Case 
Independent or Absolute, 

2 . Interjections, 

3 . Independent Adverbs, 






















INDEPENDENT ELEMENTS. 


39 


1. The following sentences illustrate the Nominative 
Case Independent: 

1. [By address.) My father, must I stay ? 

2. [By exclamation.) Those evening bells, how many a tale 
their music tells! 

3. [By pleonasm.) Thy rod and thy staff, they comfort me. 

The following are by some writers said to be -in the 

Nominative Case Absolute: 

4. [Before a participle.) The teacher being sick, we did not 
recite on Monday. 

5. [Participle omitted.) The war at an end, the soldiers re¬ 
turned. 


( 1 .) 

father, | My 

I 

must stay f 


bells, 


( 2 .) 

Those 

evening 

music I their 

teUs ! 1 tale | many a j how 


(3.) 

(4) 

jrod 

Thy 

1 The 

teacher 

and 


\ being sick, 

staff, 

thy 

they\ 

we 


—i— 

did recite 


comfort 1 me. 



not 

on Monday. 


war 


(5.) 

The 

X at end, | an 

soldiers 

returned. 


the 














40 


GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS. 


2. The following sentences illustrate the use of the 

Interjection: 

1. Adieu, adieu! My native shore 
Fades o’er the waters blue. 

2. All! who can tell how hard it is to climb 

The steeps where Fame’s proud temples shine afar ? 


( 1 .) 


Adieu . adieu! 


shore 


Fades 


native 


o'er waters 


the 

blue. 


( 2 .) 


Ah! 

who 


to climb | steeps 

The 

ytemples 

can tell 

- 

— 

<^ - 


nw hard 

how 

\s7iine 





Fame's 
proud 
afar f 
where 


3. The following sentences illustrate the use of the 

Independent Adverb: 

1. Well, we have finally succeeded. 

2. There were six of us in the boat. 

3. Yes, he will come. 

4. Now, there is at Jerusalem, by the sheep-market, a pool. 


( 1 .) 


Well , 


There 


have succeeded. 


finally 


six 

were 


( 2 .) 

of us 

in boat. | the 














APPOSITION. 


41 


(3.) 


Yes, 

he 

will come. 


Now, there 


(4.) 


pool. 


iS 


at Jerusalem ., 
by sheep-market, J the 

APPOSITION. 

Sometimes a ivord is in apposition with a clause . 

1. He was silent on that point, a clear confession of guilt. 

2. They scaled Mont Blanc, a daring feat. 

3. Heat expands all known metals, a fact well known to 
students of science. 


a 

clear 
of guilt . 



(1.) 


He 

was silent 

on point, | that 

confession 


( 2 .) 


They 


feat. 

— 

— 

scaled 

Mont Blanc, 



(3.) 


Heat 

expands 





a 

— 

all 

fact 


metals, 

known 

knoivn 



a 

daring 


well 

to students | of science. 

















INTRODUCTORY NOTE. 


In considering the difficulties presented by the many 
sentences in the following pages, it must be borne in 
mind that no effort is made to discuss all the words 
and relations. Many of the sentences contain but a 
single difficulty; others, two or three; and some, many 
more. It is the aim of the author to discuss briefly 
those only which present difficult points to the ordinary 
student or teacher of English grammar. 

Some of the sentences present no complicated structure 
whatever : most of such sentences have been omitted, be¬ 
cause a discussion of them could be of no possible benefit 
to any one who knows anything on the subject. 

The author is well aware that exceptions may be 
taken to some of the positions he assumes, but the 
offices of words in some cases shade so imperceptibly 
into each other that there may be an honest difference of 
opinion, and no one can claim infallibility for his own de¬ 
cisions. Frequently two persons in reading a sentence 
get different meanings from the same expression. In 
that case either may be correct, according to the inter¬ 
pretation put on the sentence. 

Sentences should be interpreted liberally, and not ac¬ 
cording to the dictum of any one author on Grammar. 
For this reason the following pages contain only hints 
and helps on the subject, and not arbitrary decisions. 
They are meant to be an aid to the private student and 
to the teacher of Grammar, who has not always the time 
or opportunity to examine authorities on each construction. 

42 



SENTENCES 


FROM 

RAUB’S PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


Note. —The first number preceding each sentence in the fol¬ 
lowing pages indicates the page; the second, the number of the 
sentence. The comment in each case follows the example. 

45—2. He that loveth God will do diligence to please God by 
his works. 

Diligence , a noun, object of will do. 

45— 8 . When death strikes down the innocent and young, for 
every fragile form from which he sets the parting spirit free, a 
hundred virtues rise, in shapes of mercy, charity, and love, to 
walk the world and bless it. 

Innocent and young are nouns in the objective after 
strikes down, a complex verb. Spirit is a noun, in the 
objective after the complex verb sets free. World is a 
noun, in the objective after to walk. 

45 — 9 . The little I have seen of the world, and known of the 
history of mankind, teaches me to look on the errors of others 
in sorrow, and not in anger. 

Little is a noun, in the nominative to teaches. Which 
understood is the direct object of have seen and known. 
To look modifies teaches. Not modifies the phrase in 
sorrow. 

45 _ 10 . The busy click of machinery, the merry ring of the 

43 



44 


SENTENCES FROM 


anvil, the lowing of peaceful herds, and the song of the harvest- 
home, are sweeter music than the paeans of departing glory or 
songs of triumph in war. 

Paeans is a noun, in the nominative to are understood. 
Songs is a noun, in the nominative to are understood. 

46—12. The breaking waves dashed high 

On a stern and rock-bound coast, 

And the woods against a stormy sky 
Their giant branches tossed. 

High is an abverb, modifying dashed. Woods is a 
noun, in the nominative to tossed. Branches is a noun, 
in the objective after tossed. 

46—14. The sea, the sea, the open sea, 

The blue, the fresh, the ever free ; 

Without a mark, without a bound, 

It runneth the earth’s wide regions round. 

Sea, sea, sea are nouns, in the nominative independent 
by pleonasm. 

50—21. The wall was built solid. We painted the door white. 

Solid is a predicate adjective, after was built. White is 
a factitive adjective, after painted. 

53—1. Evil thoughts are more dangerous than wild beasts. 

Beasts is a noun, in the nominative case to are under¬ 
stood. 

53— 2. There is no better relief to study than the regular per¬ 
formance of special duties in the house. 

There is an independent adverb. Relief is a noun, in 
the nominative to is. Performance is a noun, in the 
nominative to is understood. 

54 — 4 . On the grassy bank stood a tall waving ash, sound to 
the very top. 

Ash is the subject of the sentence. Sound is an adjec¬ 
tive, modifying ash. 


IiAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 45 


54—5. A liappy life means prudent compromise. 

Compromise is a noun, in the objective after means. 

54—6. A cheerful temper, joined with innocence, will make 
beauty attractive, knowledge delightful, and wit good-natured. 

Attractive is a factitive adjective, referring to beauty. 
Delightful is a factitive adjective, referring to knowledge. 
Good-natured is a factitive adjective, referring to wit. 

54—8. A wide, rich heaven hangs above you, but it hangs 
high. A wide, rough world is around you, and it lies very low. 

High is a predicate adjective, referring to it. Low is 
also a predicate adjective, referring to it. 

54—9. New occasions teach new duties ; 

Time makes ancient good uncouth, 

They must upward still, and onward, 

Who would keep abreast the truth. 

Uncouth is a factitive adjective referring to good. Go 
is understood after must. Abreast is a predicate adjective 
referring to who. Truth is in the objective after keep 
abreast. 

59—4. People seem to improve when they have no model but 
themselves to copy after. 

Themselves is a pronoun, in the objective after but used 
as a preposition. To copy after modifies model. 

59—6. He that has his own troubles and the happiness of his 
neighbors to disturb him has work enough. 

He is a pronoun, in the nominative to has , in second 
line. 

59—7. When my eyes shall be turned to behold for the last 
time the sun in heaven, may I not see him shining on the broken 
and dishonored fragments of a once-glorious Union! 

I is a pronoun, in the nominative to may see. Shining 
is a participle, modifying him. 


46 


SENTENCES FROM 


59— 8. The sea is His, and He made it. 

His is a pronoun, having the possessive form, but in 
the nominative case after is. 

60— 11. Mine be a cot beside the hill. 

Mine is a personal pronoun, in the nominative to may 
be, may being understood. 

60—12. His is that language of the heart 

In which the answering heart would speak. 

His, a pronoun, is in the nominative to is. 

64—1. What we learn in our youth grows up with us, and in 
time becomes a part of the mind itself. 

What is a relative pronoun having a double construc¬ 
tion ; it is in the objective after learn, and in the nomina¬ 
tive to grows and becomes. Part is a noun, in the nomi¬ 
native after becomes. Itself is a pronoun, in the objective 
by apposition with mind. 

64—2. There are men who always fail in whatever they under¬ 
take, simply because they are always behind time. 

Whatever is a pronoun having a double construction ; 
it is in the objective after in, and in the objective after 
undertake. 

64— 3. Grace is to the body what good sense is to the mind. 

What is a pronoun having a double construction; it is 

in the nominative after is; also in the nominative after 
the second is. 

65— 5. He who every morning plans the transactions of the 
day, and follows out that plan, carries on a thread which will 
guide him through the labyrinth of the most busy life. 

He is a pronoun, in the nominative to carries. Who 
is a pronoun, in the nominative to plans and follows out, 
the latter being a complex verb. Morning is a noun, in 
the objective after a preposition understood. 


RAUli’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 47 


65—6. My sword and yours are kin. 

Yours is a pronoun, in the nominative to are. 

65—7. He that doth not know those things which are of use 
for him to know is but an ignorant man, whatever he may know 
besides. 

He is a pronoun, in the nominative to is. Whatever 
is a pronoun, in the objective after may know. 

65—8. Ethics is the science of the laws which govern our 
actions as moral agents. 

Agents is in apposition with our, in the possessive. 
As is a conjunction, connecting the words in apposition. 

65—9. Most men know what 1 they hate, few what 2 they love. 

What 1 is a pronoun having a double construction ; it 
is in the objective after know , also in the objective after 
hate. What 2 is a pronoun having a double construction : 
it is in the objective after know understood, also in the 
objective after love. 

65—io. The troops entered the Alhambra, the gates of which 
were wide open, and all its splendid courts and halls silent and 
deserted. 

Open is a predicate adjective, referring to gates. Wide 
is an adverb, modifying open. Silent and deserted are 
predicate adjectives, referring to courts and halls. 

65—12. Life ! I know not what thou art, 

But know that thou and I must part; 

And when, or how, or where we met, 

I own to me’s a secret yet. 

Life is a noun, in the nominative independent. What 
is a pronoun, in the objective after know , and in the nomi¬ 
native after art. Secret is a noun, in the nominative 
after is. 


48 


SENTENCES FROM 


65 — 16 . Whoever thinks a faultless piece to see, 

Thinks what ne’er was, nor is, nor e’er shall be. 

Whoever is a pronoun having a double construction ; 
it is in the nominative to thinks in each line. What is a 
pronoun, in the objective after thinks , and in the nomina¬ 
tive to was, is, and shall be. 

65—17. O little hands, that, weak or strong, 

Have still to serve or rule so long, 

Have still so long to give or ask— 

I, who so much with book and pen 
Have toiled among my fellow-men, 

Am weary, thinking of your task. 

I am weary, thinking, etc. is the main clause. Think¬ 
ing modifies I. Hands is a noun, in the nominative in¬ 
dependent. 

97—1. My lord, you know I love you. 

Lord is a noun, in the nominative independent. 

97—5. It is said that many an unlucky young urchin is in¬ 
duced to run away from liis family, and betake himself to a 
seafaring life, from reading the history of Robinson Crusoe. 

All that follows said is explanatory of it, which the 
clause modifies. Many an is a complex adjective, modi¬ 
fying urchin. Betake is a verb in the infinitive mode, 
modifying is induced. 

97—6. The best part of our knowledge is that which teaches 
us where knowledge leaves off and ignorance begins. 

Us is the indirect object of teaches. Leaves off is a 
complex verb, agreeing with knowledge. 

97—8. It is excellent discipline for an author to feel that he 
must say all he has to say in the fewest possible words. 

To feel is a verb in the infinitive mode, explanatory 
of it. The clause beginning with that is the direct object 
of to feel. 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 4if 


97—11. As we proceeded, the timid approach of twilight be¬ 
came more perceptible. 

Perceptible is a predicate adjective after became. 

97—12. The aim of education is to show our youth the broad 
line of demarcation between the value of those things which can 
be owned by but one, and those which can be owned and enjoyed 

by all. 

To show is a verb in the infinitive mode, used here as 
an attribute. Youth is the indirect object of to show. 
Those in last line is an adjective pronoun, in the objec¬ 
tive after of understood. 

97— 13. The mistletoe hung on the castle-hall. 

The holly branch shone on the old oak wall, 

And the baron’s retainers were blithe and gay, 

And keeping their Christmas holiday. 

Blithe and gay are predicate adjectives, referring to re¬ 
tainers. Keeping — were keeping. 

98— 14. The old mayor climbed the belfry tower, 

The ringers ran by two, by three, 

* “ Pull! if ye never pulled before; 

Good ringers, pull your best,” quoth he. 

Two, three , used as nouns, are in the objective after by. 
Ringers , fourth line, is a noun in the nominative inde¬ 
pendent. Best is an adjective, modifying a noun under¬ 
stood. He is a pronoun, in the nominative to quoth. 

98—15. Be still, and gaze thou on, false king! 

And tell me what is this. 

King , a noun, is in the nominative independent. 
What, a pronoun, is in the nominative after is, this 
being the subject. 

] 03—2. Elocution, in order to be perfect, must convey the 
meaning clearly, forcibly, and agreeably. 

Perfect is an adjective, used abstractly after to be. 

4 


50 


SENTENCES FROM 


103— 4. It is interesting to notice how some minds seem 
almost to create themselves, springing up under every disad¬ 
vantage. 

Interesting is a predicate adjective after is. To notice , 
a verb in the infinitive mode, is explanatory of the sub¬ 
ject it. Seem is a verb, agreeing with minds. To create 
is a verb in the infinitive mode, modifying seems. 'Spring- 
ing is a participle, referring to minds. 

103.—5. Without labor, what is there? 1 Without it, there 2 
were no world itself. 

There 1 is an independent adverb; also there . 2 Were is 
a verb in the subjunctive mode, agreeing with world. 

104— 6. In vain imagination seeks to extend itself in our 
cultivated fields; it everywhere meets the habitations of men. 

In vain is an adverbial phrase, modifying seeks. 

104—7. Education, to accomplish the ends of good govern¬ 
ment, should be universally diffused. 

To accomplish modifies should be diffused. 

104—9. Once Switzerland was free ! With what a pride b 
I used to walk these hills, look up to heaven, 

And bless God that it was so! 

Once is an adverb, modifying was. What is an adjec¬ 
tive, modifying pride. Used is a verb, agreeing with I. 
To walk is a verb, modifying used. Look is a verb 
in the infinitive mode, modifying used. Bless is a verb 
in the infinitive mode, modifying used. That it was so 
is a modifier of bless. 

104—10. While I nodded, nearly napping, suddenly there 
came a tapping, 

As of some one gently rapping, rapping at my 
chamber door. 

Napping is a participle, modifying I. There is an in¬ 
dependent adverb. Tapping is a participial noun, in the 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


51 


nominative to came. Rapping is a participle, modifying 
one. As is a conjunction = as (if it were the sound) of 
some one, etc. 

108—2. Everything good in man leans on what is higher. 

Everything is a noun, in the nominative to leans. 
Good is a predicate adjective after is understood = Every¬ 
thing (that is) good , etc. What is a pronoun, in the ob¬ 
jective after on, and in the nominative to is. 

108—4. One by one the objects of our affection depart 
from us. 

One by one may be taken as a complex adverb, mean¬ 
ing successively, or it may be expanded to “ one followed 
by one.” 

108—6. As a rule, the hottest water of the Gulf Stream is at, 
or near, the surface. 

A.s seems to be used here as a preposition, the phrase 
as a rule modifying a participle, (probably regarded) un¬ 
derstood. 

108— 7. My life is like the summer rose 

That opens to the morning sky, 

But, ere the shades of evening close, 

Is scattered on the ground—to die. 

Like is an adjective, referring to life. Rose is a noun, 
in the objective after a preposition understood. Ere is a 
conjunctive adverb, connecting the clauses. To die is a 
verb, modifying is scattered. 

109— 8. They sat in silent watchfulness the sacred cypress- 
tree about. 

Cypress-tree is a noun, the object of the preposition 
about. 

109—9. Poor wanderers of a stormy day, 

From wave to wave we’re driven. 

Wanderers, a noun, is in apposition with we. 


52 


SENTENCES FROM 


111—1. Death is at all times solemn, but never so 1 much so 2 
as at sea. 

So 2 is an adjective used instead of the word solemn. 
Much is an adverb, modifying so . 2 So 1 is an adverb 
modifying much. As is a conjunctive adverb, as at sea 
being a contraction of a subordinate proposition, “ as it 
is at sea.” 

Ill—2. But the recorded experience and wisdom of others 
may be of the greatest aid and benefit to us. 

But is an introductory conjunction. Aid and benefit 
are nouns, in the objective after the preposition of. 

Ill—3. Inaction is the symbol of death, if it is not death 
itself. 

If is a subordinate conjunction, connecting the subor¬ 
dinate to the principal clause. Itself is a pronoun, in ap¬ 
position with death. 

Ill—5. Let not the emphasis of hospitality be in bed and 
board, but let truth and love and honor and courtesy flow in all 
thy deeds. 

Flow is a verb in the infinitive mode, modifying let. 

111— 6. The characteristic peculiarity of Pilgrim's Progress 
is, 1 that it is 2 the only work of its kind which possesses a strong 
human interest. 

Note. —All that follows is 1 is the attribute of the main 
clause. 

112— 7. And now, farewell! Time unrevoked has run 

His wonted course, yet what I wished is done. 

Unrevoked is an adjective, modifying time. What is 
in the objective after wished , and in the nominative to is 
done. 

112—8. But who the melodies of morn can tell ? 

But is an introductory conjunction. Melodies is a 
noun, in the objective after can tell. 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 53 

112—1. Ha ! laugh’st thou, Lochiel, my vision to scorn? 

Lochiel is a noun, in the nominative case independent. 
Vision, a noun, is the direct object of laugh’st. 

112— 3. Oh soothe him whose pleasures like thine pass away. 

Like is a conjunctive adverb; pass away is understood 
after pleasures. Thine is here used as the subject of pass 
away understood. 

113— 5. Oh, it is excellent 

To have a giant’s strength; but it is tyrannous 
To use it like a giant. 

To have , a verb in the infinitive, is explanatory of it in 
the first line, and is used as an adjective element. To use 
is a verb in the infinitive, explanatory of it in the second 
line. Like is a conjunctive adverb. Giant is a noun, in 
the nominative to uses understood. 

113—6. Adieu, adieu ! My native shore 

Fades o’er the waters blue. 

Blue is an adjective, modifying waters. 

113—7. Farewell, farewell to thee, Araby’s daughter! 

Daughter is a noun in the nominative independent. 

116—1. It is not labor that makes things valuable, but their 
being valuable that makes them worth laboring for. 

Labor is a predicate nominative after is. That makes 
things valuable is explanatory of the subject it and modi¬ 
fies it. Valuable is a factitive adjective, referring to 
things. It is is understood before their being valuable . 
Thai makes , etc. is explanatory of it understood in the 
second main clause. Worth (makes worth) is a factitive 
adjective referring to them. Laboring for is a complex 
participle, used as a noun, following a preposition under¬ 
stood. 


54 


SENTENCES FROM 


116—2. Science, art, literature, philosophy,—all that man 
has done,—the experience that has been bought with the suf¬ 
ferings of a hundred generations,—all have been garnered up 
for us in the world of books. 

Science, art, literature, philosophy, and experience are 
subjects of have been garnered up. All and all are ad¬ 
jective pronouns, in apposition with the subjects. That 
(in the first line) is in the objective after has done. 

116— 3. It is pity that, 1 commonly, more care is had—yea, 
and that 2 among very wise men—to find out rather a cunning 
man 1 for their horse than a cunning man 2 for their children. 

That 1 is a subordinate conjunction, connecting the 
clauses. Yea is an independent adverb. That 2 is an 
adjective pronoun referring to a noun understood. The 
omission is probably (care is had) among, etc. To find 
out = ascertain, is a verb in the infinitive, modifying 
care. Rather, an adverb, is a modifier of to find out. 
Man 1 is object of the verb to find out. Than is a con¬ 
junction, connecting clauses. Man 2 is object of the verb 
to find out, understood. 

117— 4. Our work is a divine work. We carry on what God 
began. What a glorious spectacle is that of the labor of man 
upon the earth! Look around and tell me what you see that is 
worth seeing that is not the work of your hands 1 and the hands 2 
of your fellows,—the multitude of all ages. 

Carry on is a complex verb, agreeing with we. What 
(first line) is object of carry on and of began. What 
(second line) is an adjective, limiting spectacle. Upon 
the earth modifies labor. What (third line) is an adjective 
pronoun, object of see. Worth is a predicate adjective after 
is. Seeing, used as a noun, is in the objective after a prep¬ 
osition understood. Hands 2 is the object of a preposition 
understood. Multitude is in apposition with fellows. 


RAUb’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 55 

117—5. Whatever we see or perceive in heaven or on earth is 
the product of labor. The sky above us, the ground beneath us, 
the air we breathe, the sun, the moon, the stars, what are they ? 
The product of labor. They are the labors of the Omnipotent, 
and all our labors are but a continuance of His. 

Whatever is object of see and perceive, and subject of is. 
What is in the nominative after are. They is in appo¬ 
sition with shy, ground, air, etc. Product is a noun, in 
the nominative after are understood. His is a pronoun, 
in the objective after of. 

117—7. Men are but children of a larger growth. 

But is an adverb, modifying are. 

117—8. What nothing earthly gives or can destroy, 

The soul’s calm sunshine and the heartfelt joy, 

Is virtue’s prize. 

What is subject of is and object of gives and can de¬ 
stroy. Sunshine is in the nominative by apposition with 
the antecedent part of what. Joy is in the nominative by 
apposition with the antecedent part of what. Prize is a 
noun, in the nominative after is. 

117—9. The soul, secured in her existence, smiles 
At the drawn dagger, and defies its point. 

Secured is a participle, modifying soul. 

117—10. Ill fares the land, to hastening ills a prey, 

Where wealth accumulates and men decay. 

Ill is an adverb, modifying fares. Where is a rela¬ 
tive adverb equivalent to in which. Prey is a noun, in 
apposition with land. 

117—11. He is the freeman -whom the truth makes free, 

And all are slaves beside. 

Free is a factitive adjective, referring to whom. All is 
an adjective pronoun, the subject of the second member. 
Beside is an adjective, relating to all. 


56 


SENTENCES FROM 


117—12. Variety’s the spice of life, 

That gives it all its flavor. 

It is in the objective after to understood. Flavor is 
the direct object of gives. 

117—13. ’Tis distance lends enchantment to the view, 

And robes the mountain in its azure hue. 

Lends is a verb, agreeing with that understood. (That) 
lends enchantment, etc. modifies it (’t). 

117—14. Our birth is but a sleep and a forgetting; 

The soul that rises with us, our life’s star, 

Hath had elsewhere its setting, 

And cometh from afar. 

But is an adverb, modifying is. Star is in apposition 
with soul. Afar is an adverb used as a noun, in the ob¬ 
jective after from. 

117— 15. Call not that man wretched who, whatever ills he 
suffers, has a child to love. 

Wretched is a factitive adjective, referring to man . 
Whatever is an adjective, modifying ills. Ills is a noun, 
in the objective after suffers. To love is a verb in the in¬ 
finitive, modifying child. 

118— 16. They say, “ This shall be,” and it is, 

For ere they act they think. 

The object of say is u This shall be.” Ere is a con¬ 
junctive adverb, connecting they think and they act. For 
is a subordinate conjunction connecting the clauses. 

118—17. The enemy, having his country wasted, what by 
himself and what by the soldiers, findeth succor in no place. 

Having is a participle, modifying enemy. Wasted is a 
participle, modifying country. What and what are ad¬ 
verbs, meaning partly, and modify the phrases by himself 
and by soldiers. 


RAUb’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


57 


118—18. Love, 1 and love 2 only, is the loan for love. 

Love 2 is a noun, in apposition with love} Only is an 

adjective, modifying love . 2 ' 

118—19. “Banished 1 from Rome!” What’s banished, 2 but 
set free 

From daily contact of the things I loathe ? 

Banished 1 is a participle, modifying I understood. 
Banished 2 is a predicate participle (attribute). But 
(except) is a preposition. Set free is a complex parti¬ 
ciple, used as a noun in the objective after but. 

118—20. Hard by a cottage chimney smokes 
From betwixt two aged oaks. • 

Hard by is a complex adverb, modifying smokes. 
From betwixt is a complex preposition, showing the 
relation between oaks and smokes. 

118—21. Good-bye, proud world ! I’m going home; 

Thou art not my friend, and I’m not thine. 

Good-bye is an interjection. Home is an adverb. By 
some it is given as a noun in the objective without a gov¬ 
erning word. Thine is a pronoun, in the nominative 
after am. 

118—22. So live, that when thy summons comes to join 
The innumerable caravan, which moves 
To that mysterious realm where each shall take 
His chamber in the silent halls of death, 

Thou go not, like the quarry slave at night, 
Scourged to his dungeon, but, sustained and soothed 
By an unfaltering trust, approach thy grave 
Like one who wraps the drapery of his couch 
About him, and lies down to pleasant dreams. 

So is an adverb, modifying live. Where is a relative 
adverb, equivalent to in which. That (first line) is a 


58 


SENTE NTCES FROM 


conjunction (So live , that thou go, etc.) Like (fifth line) 
is an adverb (like the quarry slave goes). Sustained and 
soothed are participles, modifying thou. Like (eighth 
line) is a conjunctive adverb (Like one approaches, etc.). 

KINDS OF SENTENCES. 

121—6. “But why do you go ?” said the lady. 

A declarative sentence, containing an interrogative 
clause. 

124—9. “Shall I have naught that is fair?” saith he, 

“ Have naught but the bearded grain?”. 

A complex sentence, containing two interrogative sub¬ 
ordinate clauses. 

124—10. A man of real merit is never seen in so favorable a 
light as through the medium of adversity. 

A complex sentence with an abridged subordinate 
clause, “as (he appears when he is seen) through the 
medium of adversity 

124— 13. Soldier, rest! thy warfare o’er, 

Dream of fighting fields no more. 

This is a compound sentence. 

125— 17. Life bears us on like the stream of a mighty river. 

A complex sentence, containing the two clauses, “ Life 

bears us on ” and “ the stream of a mighty river (bears us 
on),” connected by the conjunctive adverb like. 

130—1. Without knowledge there can be no sure progress. 

There is an independent adverb. 

130—2. The Golden Rule contains the very life and soul of 
politeness. 

Of politeness modifies both life and soul. 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 59 


130—4. On the diffusion of education among the people rest 
the preservation and perpetuation of our free institutions. 

Preservation and perpetuation are both modified by of 
institutions. 

130—5. The hardest way of learning is by easy reading. 

The predicate is is by reading , by reading being a 
phrase attribute. 

130—7. Reading without purpose is sauntering, not exercise. 

The expression not exercise expanded means (It is) not 
exercise. 

130— 8. There is a tide in the affairs of men 

Which, taken at the flood, leads on to fortune. 

Tide is the subject, and is the predicate. There is an 
independent adverb. Taken , etc. modifies which. 

131— 3. Fatigue generally begins, and is always increased, by 
calculating in a minute the exertion of hours. 

By calculating modifies begins and is increased. 

131— 4. Honor lies in doing well whatever we find to do. 

Doing is modified by well, and by the objective clause we 

find whatever to do. 

132— 6. Language is the amber in which a thousand precious 
thoughts have been safely imbedded and preserved. 

Is amber is the predicate. Amber is modified by the 
subordinate clause, “ a thousand precious thoughts have 
been safely imbedded and preserved in which.” A thou¬ 
sand is by some given as a complex adjective, modifying 
thoughts. Properly the preposition of is understood after 
thousand (a thousand of thoughts). 

132—8. A great man is always willing to be little. 

Always modifies is. To be little modifies willing. 


60 


SENTENCES FROM 


132—9. Bat who the melodies of morn can tell? 

But is an introductory conjunction. 

132—10. The smallest bark on life’s tempestuous ocean 
Will leave a track behind for evermore. 

Behind is an adverb, modifying will leave . For ever¬ 
more is an adverbial phrase, modifying the predicate will 
leave. 

132—1. The best-laid plans, the most important affairs, the 
fortunes of individuals, the weal of nations, honor, life itself, 
are daily sacrificed because somebody is behind time. 

The subjects are plans, affairs, fortunes, weal, honor, 
and life. Itself is in apposition with life. Behind time 
is a phrase attribute, referring to somebody . 

132—2. The vine-clad cottage of the hillside, the cabin of 
the woodsman, and the rural home of the farmer are the true 
citadels of any country. 

Citadels is a noun attribute after are. 

132— 3. The ocean, the mountains, the clouds, the heavens, 
the stars, the rising and setting sun, all overflow with beauty. 

Rising and setting are adjectives modifying sun. All 
is an adjective pronoun, in apposition with ocean, moun¬ 
tains, etc., and a modifier of these. 

133— 4. No arch nor column in courtly English, or courtlier 
Latin, sets forth the deeds and the worth of the Father of his 
country. 

Sets forth is the predicate. It is modified by the 
phrases in English and (in) Latin. The phrase of Father 
modifies both deeds and worth. 

133—5. The sorrow for the dead is the only sorrow from 
which we refuse to be divorced. 

The clause we refuse to be divorced from which modifies 


sorrow. 


RAUb’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 61 

133—7. Honor and shame from no condition rise ; 

Act well your part, there all the honor lies. 

This is a compound sentence. The second line is com¬ 
plex, the subordinate clause being (for) there all the honor 
lies. 

133—8. The more we live, more brief appear 

Our life’s succeeding stages. 

Our modifies life’s, and life’s modifies stages. Appear 
brief, equivalent to are brief, is the predicate. The con¬ 
nective of the subordinate clause is understood ; we is the 
subject and live, the predicate; more , an adverb, modifies 
live, and the, an adverb, modifies more. 

135—1. A 1 cottage flower gives honey to the bee—a 2 king’s 
garden, none to the butterfly. 

A 1 modifies flower and a 2 modifies king’s. Gives is 
understood in the second clause. 

135—3. Energy is the steam-power, the motive principle, of 
intellectual capacity. 

Principle is a noun, in apposition with steam-power. . 

135 — 4 . The charities of life are scattered everywhere, en¬ 
ameling the vales of human beings as the flowers paint the 
meadows. 

Enameling modifies charities. The clause “ as the 
flowers paint the meadows ” modifies enameling. 

135_ 7 . Hang around your walls pictures which shall tell 

stories of mercy, hope, courage, faith, and charity. 

The subject in this sentence is understood. Stories is 
modified by the phrases of mercy, (of) hope, (of) courage, 
{oi) faith, and (of) charity. 

135 —8. Make your living-room the largest and most cheerful 
in the house. 

Largest and cheerful are factitive adjectives, the predi¬ 
cate is therefore make largest and cheerful. 


62 


SENTENCES FROM 


135—9. Those who contract thoughtless and rude habits 
toward members of their own family will be rude and thought¬ 
less to all the world. 

j Rude and thoughtless (in second line) are both predicate 
adjectives. 

135—10. While we commend the character and example of 
Washington to others, let us not forget to imitate it ourselves. 

* Us is the direct object, with ourselves in apposition. 
(To) forget modifies the verb let. 

135—11. The books-which help you most are those which 
make you think most.. 

Note. —See page 21 for the analysis of this sentence. 

135—12. A man is the happier through life for having once 
made an agreeable tour or lived for any length of time among 
pleasant people. 

Having made is a participle, used as a noun after the 
preposition for. The is an adverb, modifying happier. 
Lived is equivalent to having lived. 

135— 13. True, conscious honor is to feel no sin; 

He’s armed without that’s innocent within. 

To feel is an attribute after is. 

136— 14. The stars shall fade away, the sun himself 

Grow dim with age, and Nature sink in years; 

But thou shalt flourish in immortal youth, 

Unhurt amid the war of elements, 

The wreck of matter, and the crash of worlds. 

Himself in apposition with sun , is an adjective modi¬ 
fier. Groia dim is equivalent to shall grow dim , dim 
being an attribute; shall grow is equivalent to shall 
become. Unhurt is an adjective, modifying thou. 

136—17. Know then this truth, enough for man to know— 
Virtue alone is happiness below. 

Truth is modified by the clause in apposition, Virtue 
alone is happiness below. Alone is an adjective, modify- 


RATJB ? S PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 63 


ing virtue. Below is an adverb, modifying is. Enough 
modifies truth. By some authorities enough is given as 
part of an abridged clause ( which to know is enough for 
man). 

136—19. There Honor comes, a pilgrim gray, 

To deck the earth that wraps their day. 

Pilgrim is in apposition with Honor , the subject. 

138—1. Blessed be the hand that prepares a pleasure for a 
child! for there is no saying when and where it may again 
bloom forth. 

Hand is the subject of the sentence. For there is no 
saying , etc. is the subordinate clause, modifying be blessed. 
The subject of the subordinate clause is saying , modified 
by no, and by the clause it may bloom forth again when and 
where. 

138—2. Lying is a great sin against God, who gave us a 
tongue to speak the truth, and not falsehood. 

To speak modifies gave. Not modifies to speak 
understood. 

138— 3. It is the ancient feeling of the human heart that 
knowledge is better than riches; and it is deeply and sacredly 
true. 

The subject is it, modified by the explanatory clause 
that knowledge is better than riches (are). 

139— 4. None are poorer because others are made rich. 

Rich is a predicate adjective after are made. 

139—8. A lie which is all a lie may be met and fought with 
outright. 

But a lie which is half a truth is a harder matter to 
fight. 

All is an adverb, modifying is, in the sense of wholly. 
The predicate verbs in the first clause are may be met 
(with) and maybe fought with. Outright is an adverb, 


64 


SENTENCES FROM 


modifying the predicate verbs. In the second member 
the predicate is is half, half being modified by (of) truth. 

139— 9. Mortals that would follow me, 

Love Virtue ; she alone is free. 

Alone is an adjective, modifying she. 

140— 1. It is faith in something, and enthusiasm for something, 
that make a life worth looking at. 

It is the subject, modified by the explanatory clause, 
that make, etc. The predicate of the subordinate clause 
is make worth, worth being a factitive adjective. Life is the 
direct object of make worth. Looking at is a complex parti¬ 
ciple, used as a noun, object of a preposition understood. 

140—2. If we work upon marble, it will perish; if we work 
upon brass, time will efface it; if we rear temples, they will 
crumble into dust. 

The clauses in these members are all transposed, the 
subordinate clause coming first. 

140—3. Hope, only Hope, of all that clings 
Around us, never spreads her wings. 

The second word Hope is in apposition with the sub¬ 
ject Hope. Of all that clings around us modifies the 
subject. 

140—4. Better for a man to possess manners than wealth, 
beauty, or talent. 

This sentence expanded is equivalent to (It is) better 
for a man to possess manners than (it is good to possess) 
wealth, etc. The subject it is modified by to possess man¬ 
ners. In the second clause, the understood subject (it) is 
modified by (to possess) wealth, beauty, or talent. 

140—5. It is better to inspire the heart with a noble senti¬ 
ment than to teach the mind a truth of science. 

It, the subject, is modified by the explanatory phrase to 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 65 

inspire , etc. The subject of the second part of the sen¬ 
tence is it understood (it is good). The phrase to teach, 
etc. modifies the subject. 

140—6. Nature is full of freaks, and now puts an old head 
on young shoulders, and then a young heart beating under four¬ 
score winters. 

Then modifies puts understood. Under fourscore win¬ 
ters also modifies puts understood. Beating , a participle, 
modifies heart. 

140— 7. When a deed is done for freedom, through the broad 

earth’s aching breast 

Runs a thrill of joy prophetic, trembling on from east 
to west. 

Trembling modifies thrill, the subject of the chief 
clause. On, an adverb, modifies trembling. The modi¬ 
fies earth's. 

141— 1. The savage believed that to every man there is an 
appointed time to die. 

The clause introduced bv that is the direct object of 
. believed. There is an independent adverb. 

141—2. Montezuma displayed all the energy and enterprise 
in the commencement of his reign which had been anticipated 
from him. 

The clause which had been, etc. modifies energy and 
enterprise. 

141—3. Bunyan is almost the only writer that ever gave to 
the abstract the interest of the concrete. 

Almost, an adverb, modifies only. 

141—4. We admire the great deeds of Howard’s benevolence, 
and wish that all men were like him. 

In the subordinate clause, the predicate is were like, the 
preposition to being understood before him. 

5 


66 


SENTENCES FROM 


141 _ 5 . One of the illusions is, that the present hour is not 
the critical, the decisive hour. 

All that follows the first is is the attribute of the main 
clause. 

141—G. Ye have heard that it hath been said, An eye for an 
eye, and a tooth for a tooth. 

Heard is modified by all that follows as au objective 
clause element. It is modified by the explanatory clauses, 
An eye (shall be given) for an eye, and a tooth (shall be 
given) for a tooth. 

141 — 7 . Rivers will always have a shingly shore to play over, 
where they may be shallow, and foolish, and childlike; and 
another steep shore, under which they can prance and purify 
themselves, and get their strength of waves fully together for 
due occasion. 

To 'play over modifies shore. Shore is modified also 
by the clause introduced by where, a relative adverb. 
The attribute is compound. In the second clause the 
predicates are can prance, (can) purify, and (can) get 
together — (can concentrate). 

141—8. Oh joy ! that in our embers 

Is something that doth live— 

That Nature yet remembers 
What was so fugitive ! 

This sentence is equivalent to Oh (it is) joy, etc., the 
subject being it understood, which is modified by the 
clause, that something is in our embers that doth live. 
That doth live modifies something. It is modified also by 
That Nature yet remembers, etc. 

147—2. Religion is the most gentlemanly thing in the 
world. 

In world is an adjective element, modifying thing. 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 67 

147—3. Earnestness alone makes life eternity. 

Alone modifies earnestness. Eternity is a factitive noun, 
the predicate being makes eternity = (immortalizes). 

147—6. How sweet the moonlight sleeps upon this bank! 

Sleeps sweety equivalent to is sweet, is the predicate. 

147—8. Composition is the flowering out of a man’s mind. 

Is flowering out is the predicate, is being the copula, 
and flowering out, a complex participle, the attribute. 

147—10. Westward the course of empire takes its way. 

Way is the direct object of takes. 

147—11. An effort made for the happiness of others lifts us 
above ourselves. 

Made, a participle, modifies effort. 

147—12. Leisure is time for doing something useful. 

Something is the direct object of doing. Useful modi¬ 
fies the noun something. 

147—15. In character, in manners, in style, in all things, the 
supreme excellence is simplicity. 

The phrases, in character, in manners, in style, in things, 
all modify the subject excellence. 

147—18. Beauty itself is but the sensible image of the In¬ 
finite. 

Itself is in apposition with the subject beauty. Only 
modifies the copula is. 

147—19. Night, sable goddess, from her ebon throne 
In rayless majesty now stretches forth 
Her leaden sceptre o’er a slumbering world. 

Goddess, an adjective element, is in apposition with 
night. Stretches forth, a complex verb, is the predicate. 

147 —20. The splendor falls on castle-walls 

And snowy summits old in story. 

Old modifies both castle-walls and summits. 


68 


SENTENCES FROM 


147—21. Among the pitfalls in our way 

The best of us walk blindly. 

Best is the subject, and walk, the predicate. 

147— 23. Politeness is not always a sign of wisdom. 

Not modifies always. 

148— 26. True politeness is the spirit of benevolence showing 
itself in a refined way. 

Showing modifies spirit. 

148—27. The end of learning is to know God, and out of that 
knowledge to love Him and to imitate Him. 

The attribute in this sentence is compound, consisting 
of the three infinitives, to know, to love , and to imitate. 
Out of that knowledge modifies to love and to imitate. 

148—28. The chief art of learning is to attempt but little at 
a time. 

Is to attempt is the predicate, to attempt being the at¬ 
tribute. But , an adverb, modifies little ; little modifies a 
noun understood. 

148—29. The spacious firmament on high, 

With all the blue ethereal sky 

And spangled heavens, a shining frame, 

Their great Original proclaim. 

The subject of the sentence is compound, consisting of 
firmament and heavens. With all the blue ethereal sky 
modifies firmament. Proclaim is the predicate, and 
Original, the direct object. Frame is in apposition with 
the compound subject. 

150—1. Tears are the softening showers which cause the seed, 
of heaven to spring up in the human heart. 

The subordinate clause, which cause, etc., modifies 
showers. To spring up is a complex verb, modifying 
cause. 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


69 


150—4. Nothing is troublesome that we do willingly. 

That we do willingly modifies nothing. That is the 
direct object of do. 

150—5. The best part of our knowledge is that which teaches 
us where knowledge leaves off and ignorance begins. 

That is an attribute, modified by the subordinate clause, 
which teaches , etc. Us is an adverbial modifier = teaches 
(to) us. The direct objects of teaches are the two clauses, 
knoivledge leaves off where and ignorance begins (where). 
Leaves off\ the first predicate, is a complex verb. 

150—7. One sweetly solemn thought 

Comes to me o’er and o’er— 

That I’m nearer my home to-day 
Than I’ve ever been before. 

Sweetly modifies solemn. That 1 am nearer, etc. is a 
modifier of thought. Home = (to home), modifies nearer. 
Nearer is modified also by the clause, than I have ever 
been before. O’er and o’er is a complex adverb, modifying 
comes. 

150—9. He prayeth best who loveth best 

All things, both great and small. 

Who loveth best modifies He, the subject of the main 
clause. Both and and are correlatives. The diagram 
may be indicated as follows: 


He 



all 

both 


things 


great 

and 

small 


prayeth 


best 







70 


SENTENCES FROM 


150—10. They are never alone that are accompanied by noble 
thoughts. 

Are alone is the predicate of the main clause. They is 
modified by the clause, that are accompanied , etc. 

150—11. He struck a blow in the world that resounded 
through the universe. 

In the world modifies struck. 

150—12. Beauty is the mark God sets on virtue. 

God sets on virtue modifies mark. Which is under¬ 
stood after mark. 

150—13. The books which help you most are those which 
make you think most. 

Note.—S ee page 21 for the diagram of this sentence. 

150—14. Whene’er a noble deed is wrought, 

Our hearts in glad surprise 
To higher levels rise. 

The subordinate clause, the first line, modifies the verb 
rise. 

150— 15. No man who needs a monument ever ought to have 
one. 

Ought is the predicate, modified by the infinitive to 
have , as an adverbial element. 

151— 17. The eternal stars shine out as soon as it is dark 
enough. 

Shine out is the predicate, a complex verb. As soon as 
is the connective, a complex conjunctive adverb. Enough 
modifies dark. 

151—18. No one who has once heartily and wholly laughed 
can be altogether irreclaimably depraved. 

Altogether modifies irreclaimably. 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 71 


151—19. This is truth the poet sings, 

That a sorrow’s crown of sorrow is remembering 
happier things. 

The clause, the poet sings (which), modifies the subject 
this, as an explanatory clause. The whole of the second 
line also modifies this, as a subordinate adjective clause. 
Remembering is a participial attribute. A modifies 
sorrow’s. 

151—20. Cursed be the social lies that warp us from the liv¬ 
ing truth. 

Be cursed is the predicate, and lies, the subject. 

151—22. How blessings brighten as they take their flight! 

As is a conjunctive adverb, introducing the subordinate 
clause. 

151—23. The poorest education that teaches self-control is 
better than the best that neglects it. 

Best may be taken as the subject of the subordinate 
clause with is as a predicate understood, or education un¬ 
derstood may be taken as the subject, in which case best 
becomes an adjective modifier. 

COMPOUND SENTENCES. 

153— 1 . In peace, Love tunes the shepherd’s reed; 

In war he mounts the warrior’s steed; 

In halls in gay attire is seen, 

In hamlets, dances on the green. 

Love rules the court, the camp, the grove, 

And men below, and gods above; 

For love is heaven, and heaven is love. 

In peaoe modifies tunes. In war modifies mounts. He, 
understood, is the subject in both the third and the fourth 
line. Below is an adjective element, modifying men. 
Above is an adjective element, modifying gods. The last 
line modifies rules, the predicate of the last three lines. 


72 


SENTENCES FROM 


153—4. Be not ashamed of thy virtues; honor is a good 
brooch to wear in a man’s hat at all times. 

The subject in this sentence is understood. Be ashamed 
is the predicate, ashamed being an adjective attribute. To 
wear is an adjective element, modifying brooch. A modi¬ 
fies man’s. 

153—5. Yon hear that boy laughing? You tiiink he’s all 
fun, 

But the angels laugh too at the good he has done; 
The children laugh loud as they troop at his call, 
And the poor man that knows him laughs loudest 
of all. 

Note. —See page 38 for the diagram of this sentence. 

153—6. Now came still evening on, and twilight gray 
Had in her sober livery all things clad. 

Note. —See page 37 for the analysis of this sentence. 

153—7. The accusing spirit which flew up to Heaven’s chan¬ 
cery with the oath, blushed as he gave it in ; and the recording 
angel, as he wrote it down, dropped a tear upon the word and 
blotted it out for ever. 

Up modifies flew. In modifies gave. As, a conjunc¬ 
tive adverb, connects the clauses. As he wrote it down 
modifies dropped. Dropped and blotted out is the com¬ 
pound predicate of the second member. For ever is a 
prepositional phrase, used to modify blotted out, adver¬ 
bially. 

153— 8. God’s livery is a very plain one, but its wearers have 
good reason to be content. 

To be content modifies reason. 

154— 9. Method is the hinge of business, and there is no 
method without order and punctuality. 

There is an independent adverb. Without order, etc. 
modifies is. Without has two objects, order and punctu¬ 
ality. 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 73 


154—10. The proper study of mankind is man ; 

The most perplexing one, no doubt, is woman. 

The diagram of the second member may be given as 
follows : 


the 

perplexing | most 
(thwe) 

/doubt I no 

N«) I 


GENERAL EXERCISES. 

156—1. Green be the turf above thee, 

Friend of my better days! 

None knew thee but to love thee, 

None named thee but to praise. 

The predicate of the first line is (may) be green, may 
being understood, and may be being the copula. Above 
thee modifies turf. Line 2 is independent in construction. 
But to love (except to love or without loving) modifies 
knew, as an adverbial element. But to praise is an ad¬ 
verbial element, modifying named. 

156—2. Education is a better safeguard of liberty than a 
standing army. 

Is safeguard understood is the predicate after army. 

156—3. Lives of great men all remind us 
We may make our lives sublime, 

And, departing, leave behind us 
Footprints on the sands of time. 

All is in apposition with lives. Sublime is a factitive 
adjective, makes sublime being the predicate of the first 
subordinate clause. The subject of the second subordi¬ 
nate clause is we, which is modified by the participle de¬ 
parting. On sands modifies may leave. 




74 


SENTENCES FROM 


156—4. But words are things; and a small drop of ink, 

Falling like dew upon a thought, produces 

That which makes thousands, perhaps millions, think. 

But is an introductory conjunction. Falling, a parti¬ 
ciple, modifies drop. Like, a conjunctive adverb, intro¬ 
duces the subordinate clause, like dew (falls). Upon a 
thought modifies falling. Makes think is the predicate 
of the clause in the third line, in which (to) think is a 
factitive infinitive. Perhaps millions, think = peihaps 
it makes millions think.” Pei'haps, an adverb, modifies 
makes understood. Millions is the direct object of (makes) 
think. 

156—5. ’Twas in autumn, and stormy and dark was the night, 
And fast were the windows and doors. 

In the second member stoi'my and dark form a com¬ 
pound attribute. 

156— 6. He is worthy of honor who willeth the good of every 
man; and he is much unworthy thereof who seeketh his own 
profit and oppresseth others. 

The subject He is modified by the clause beginning 
who willeth, etc. In the second member, the subject he 
is modified by the subordinate clause, who seeketh, etc. 
Unworthy is modified by much and thereof. 

157— 7 . The more 1 we live, more 2 brief appear 

Our life’s succeeding stages; 

A day to childhood seems a year, 

And years like passing ages. 

The subject of the first member is stages, the predicate 
is appear brief, appear being a copula. More, 2 an adverb, 
modifies brief. The , an adverb, modifies more} The 
more we live is a subordinate clause, modifying appear; 
we being’the subject, live, the predicate. Mare, an ad¬ 
verb, modifies live , and the, an adverb, modifies more} In 


RAUb’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 75 


the third line the predicate is seems year. In the last 
line, years (seem) like (unto) 'passing ages, like is an ad¬ 
jective attribute. 

157—8. The widest excursions of the mind are made by short 
flights, frequently repeated. 

Repeated, a participle, modifies flights. 

157—9. I know not what course others may take; but, as for 
me, give me liberty or give me death. 

What is in the objective after take; it also limits the 
noun course. In the second member, as for me is probably 
equivalent to as regarded for me, in which as is introduc¬ 
tory, and regarded is modified by the phrase for me; all 
of the expression is independent. 

157—10. We live in an age in which cultivated mind is be¬ 
coming more and more the controlling influence in affairs. 

More and more is a complex adverb, modifying is be¬ 
coming, the copula of the predicate is becoming influence. 

157—11. The contemplation of beauty in nature, in art, in 
literature, in human character, diffuses through our being a 
soothing and subtle joy by which the heart’s anxious and aching 
cares are softly smiled away. 

The phrases in nature, in art, in literature, in character, 
modify beauty. The subordinate clause, by which the 
heart’s anxious, etc., modifies joy. Are smiled away, the 
predicate of the subordinate clause, is modified by softly 
and by which. 

157—12. Full many a gem of purest ray serene 

The dark, unfathomed caves of ocean bear; 

Full many a flower is born to blush unseen, 

And waste its sweetness on the desert air. 

Gem, the direct object, is modified by the complex ad¬ 
jective many a; also by the phrase of ray. Full, an 
adverb, modifies the adjective many a. Purest and serene 


76 


SENTENCES FROM 


are adjectives, modifying ray. In the second half of the 
stanza, many a modifies flower , and full modifies many a. 
To blush unseen is an adverbial element, modifying is 
born ; the expression being equivalent to to be unseen , in 
which unseen is an abstract adjective after to be. On air 
modifies (to) waste. 

Note. —See page 38 for the diagram of this sentence. 

157—13. When all thy mercies, O my God, 

My rising soul surveys, 

Transported with the view, I’m lost 
In wonder, love, and praise. 

The expression 0 my God is independent. I, the sub¬ 
ject of the main clause, is modified by transported, etc. 
The predicate, am lost, is modified by the phrases in won¬ 
der, (in) love, (in) praise, and by the subordinate clause, 
When all, etc. 

157—14. If I were not a preacher, I know of no profession 
on earth of which I should be fonder than that of a preceptor. 

On earth modifies profession. The second subordinate 
clause, which is equivalent to the following : I should be 
fonder of which than (I am fond of) that of a preceptor, 
also modifies profession. In the first subordinate clause, 
which modifies fonder, the predicate is were preacher, not 
modifying were. 

157 — 15 . He who will determine against that which he knows, 
because there may be something which he knows not, is not to 
be admitted among reasonable beings. 

The clause, which he knows, modifies the word that. In 
the second subordinate clause, beginning with because 
there may be, etc., something is the subject ; it is modi¬ 
fied by he knows not which. To be admitted is the at¬ 
tribute of the main proposition. 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 77 

157—16. Ah, that deceit should steal such gentle shapes, 

And with a virtuous visor hide deep her vice! 

Both subject and predicate of the main clause of this 
sentence are understood. It is probably equivalent to 
Ah, (how sad it is) that deceit should steal such gentle 
shapes , etc., in which the subordinate clause modifies the 
subject it understood, being explanatory. Hide deep , 
equivalent to ( should ) hide deep ,* is a part of the com¬ 
pound predicate, deep being a factitive adjective, referring 
to vice. 

157—17. Nothing is proof against the general curse 
Of vanity that seizes all below; 

The only amaranthine flower on earth 
Is virtue; the only lasting treasure, truth. 

That seizes , etc. modifies curse. Below , an adjective, 
modifies the adjective pronoun all. Only properly modi¬ 
fies the expression amaranthine flower , but in diagram¬ 
ing it must be placed next to flower as the basis. In the 
last member is is understood before truth. 

159 _ 1 . To persevere in one’s duty and to be silent is the best 
answer to calumny. 

The subject is compound, consisting of to persevere and 
to be silent. Silent is used abstractly after to be. 

159—2. Men are but children of a larger growth. 

But , an adverb, modifies are. Children is a noun 
attribute. 

159 — 4 . All are but parts of one stupendous whole, 

Whose body Nature is, and God the soul. 

But is an adverb, modifying are. In the first sub¬ 
ordinate clause, Nature is the subject; in the second, God. 
The predicate is is understood in the last clause. Both 
clauses modify whole . 


78 


SENTENCES FROM 


159 _ 5 . When vice prevails and impious men bear sway, 

The post of honor is the private station. 

The two clauses, When vice 'prevails and (when) im¬ 
pious men bear sway , modify is. 

159 —6. To read without reflecting is like eating without 
digesting. 

To i'ead is the subject. Is like is the predicate, like 
being a predicate adjective, followed by a preposition 
understood, of which eating , used as a noun, is the 
object. 

159—7. How beautiful is night! 

A dewy freshness fills the silent air, 

No mist obscures, nor cloud, nor speck, nor stain, 
Breaks the serene of heaven. 

In the fourth clause the subject is compound, consist¬ 
ing of cloud , speck, and stain. “Nor—nor ” is used by 
poetic license for neither — nor. 

159 — 8 . if fun is good, truth is better, and love best of all. 

The first main clause is Truth is better ; better is modi¬ 
fied by if fun is good. Is is understood after love. In 
the last clause is best is the predicate. 

160— 9. As concerns the quantity of what is to be read, there 
is a single rule: Read much, but not many works. 

This is equivalent to As (it) concerns, etc. Buie is the 
subject of the main clause. There is an independent ad¬ 
verb. As is a conjunction introducing the subordinate 
clause, of which it understood is the subject, and concerns , 
the predicate. Of what is to be read modifies quantity, 
of being the preposition, and the clause being the object 
of the preposition. This portion of a diagram may be 
indicated as follows : 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 79 


the 


quantity 


of 


what 

is 

to be read 


To be read is an infinitive attribute. The clause, Read 
much, etc., has for its subject thou understood, the whole 
clause being explanatory of rule , which word it modifies. 

163—1. For tliou art Freedom’s now, and Fame’s— 

One of the few, the immortal names, 

That were not born to die. 

These three lines form a subordinate clause. They are 
preceded properly by the following : 

And even she who gave thee birth 
Will, by their pilgrim-circled hearth, 

Talk of thy doom without a sigh ; 

The subject she and the predicate will talk are both 
found in these latter lines. In the example given, for is 
the connective; the attribute is compound, consisting of 
the three predicate nominatives Freedom’s, Fame’s , and 
one. To die modifies were born. Not modifies the in¬ 
finitive to die. 


163—2. Be just and fear not. 

Let all the ends thou aim’st at be thy country’s, 

Thy God’s, and truth’s. 

The subject of the first sentence is thou understood. 
Of the second sentence, thou understood is also the sub¬ 
ject. Ends, the direct object, is modified by the clause, 
thou aim’st at. Let is modified also by the infinitive 
phrases (to) be thy country’s, (to be) thy God’s, and (to 
be) truth’s, in which country’s, God’s, and truth’s are 
modifiers of the word ends understood. 




80 


SENTENCES FROM 


163—3. An atheist’s laugh’s a poor exchange for Deity of¬ 
fended. 

Atheist's is in the possessive, limiting laugh. Laugh's 
is equivalent to laugh is ; offended modifies Deity. 

163—4. I dread thee, Fate, relentless and severe, 

With all a poet’s, husband’s, father’s fear. 

Fate, relentless and severe, is independent. Fear is 
modified by all, poet's, husband's, and father's. 

163—5. Tired Nature’s sweet restorer, balmy sleep ! 

Note.—T his is not a sentence. Sleep is in apposition with 
restorer. 

163—6. Ye are Christ’s, and Christ is God’s. 

Christ's is the attribute or predicate nominative in the 
first member, and God's is the predicate nominative in the 
second. 

163—7. Each thinks his own the best pretension. 

Pretension is understood after own, and to be is under¬ 
stood before the. To be pretension modifies thinhs, ad¬ 
verbially. 

163—8. There is something in their hearts which passes 
speech. 

Which passes speech modifies something. 

163—9. Land of the beautiful and brave, 

The freeman’s home, the martyr’s grave, 

The nursery of giant men, 

Whose deeds are linked with every glen ! 

My own green land for ever! 

The first four lines of this selection are independent, 
with the word land as a basis. Home, grave, and nursery 
are in apposition with land. The subject and the copula 
of the last line are both understood (Thou art). For ever 
modifies art. 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 81 


163—10. It is a noble faculty of our nature which enables us 
to connect our thoughts, our sympathies, and our happiness with 
what is distant in place or time. 

It, the subject, is modified by all that follows the word 
nature. To connect modifies the verb enables, as an ad¬ 
verbial element. With what is distant, etc. is a phrase 
modifier, having a clause for its basis. It may be writ¬ 
ten as follows: 


with < 


,what 


is 

distant 


in time 


or 


X place 


166—1. If we retrench the wages of the schoolmaster, we 
must raise those of the recruiting sergeant. 

The main clause begins with we must raise, etc. Those 
may be taken as the direct object of must raise. 

166—2. A guileful heart makes a guileful tongue and lips. 

Tongue and lips are direct objects of the predicate 
makes; both are modified by guileful. 

166—3. He who waits to do a great deal of good at once will 
never do anything. 

To do modifies waits, and is modified by the noun deal 
and the phrase at once. 

166—4. I pray the prayer of Plato old: 

God make thee beautiful within, 

And let thine eyes the good behold 
In everything save sin ! 

Prayer is the direct object of pray. All that follows 
the first line is in apposition with prayer, modifying it 
adjectively. Make beautiful, equivalent to (may) make 
beautiful, is the predicate of the first subordinate clause, 
beautiful being a factitive adjective. In the second sub- 




82 


SENTENCES FROM 


ordinate clause the subject is understood; (may) let is the 
predicate, having for its direct object eyes. (To) behold 
modifies let. Everything is modified by the phrase, save 
sin. Good is here used as a noun, the object of behold. 

166 — 5 . p u t not your trust in money, but put your money in 
trust. 

The subject in each member is understood. Not modi¬ 
fies the verb put. 

166—6. If you are about to strive for your life, take with you 
a stout heart and a clear conscience, and trust the rest to God. 

The first clause is subordinate, modifying the verb 
take , the predicate of the first member. Heart and con¬ 
science are direct objects of take. In the subordinate 
clause the predicate is are about to strive, are being the 
copula and about to strive a phrase attribute. 

166—8. He that filches from me my good name, 

Kobs me of that which not enriches him, 

And makes me poor indeed. 

The clause. That filches, etc., modifies he. Some au¬ 
thorities claim that and connects the two verbs robs and 
makes poor , while others claim that it connects the two 
subordinate clauses, which not enriches him and (which) 
makes me poor indeed. The latter seems preferable. 

166—9. Lorenzo, these are thoughts that make man man. 

Lorenzo is in the nominative independent. The predi¬ 
cate of the main clause is are thoughts; thoughts is modi¬ 
fied by the clause, that make man 1 man , 2 of which the 
predicate is make man . 2 The first word man is the direct 
object; the second is a factitive noun used in the predicate. 

166—10. He returned a friend who came a foe. 

This sentence is equivalent to He became a friend who 
was a foe. Both verbs are neuter verbs in this sentence, 
and are therefore used as copulas. The diagram may be 
given as follows: 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 83 


He 

returned 

friend. 


,who 

came 

K foe 


168—1. Friends, Romans, countrymen! lend me your ears! 

Friends, Romans, and countrymen are all in the nomi¬ 
native independent; me is the indirect object, and ears the 
direct object. You, understood, is the subject. 

168—2. Those evening bells! those evening bells ! 

How many a tale their music tells! 

Those evening hells is independent; the second those 
evening hells is in apposition with the first. Many a, a 
complex adjective, modifies tale , and how modifies many a. 

168—3. Her wheel at rest, the matron thrills no more 
With treasured tales and legendary lore. 


Her wheel (being) at rest is independent in construction. 
More, an adverb, modifies thrills, and no modifies more. 
168—4. His praise, ye winds that from four quarters blow, 

Breathe soft or loud, and wave your tops, ye pines. 

Winds is in apposition with ye; the diagram for the 
first part is as follows: 


ye 



from quarters | four 


praise | his 


Breathe 


soft 


or 


loicd. 

In the next member pines is in apposition with ye. 







84 


SENTENCES FROM 


168—5. I being in the way, the Lord led me to the house of 
my master’s brethren. 

I being in the way is independent in construction, in 
way modifying being. My modifies master’s. 

168—6. A horse ! a horse! my kingdom for a horse ! 

A horse! a horse! is independent in construction. 
The remainder is equivalent to (I will give) my kingdom 
for a horse. 

168—8. O thou that rollest above, round as the shield of my 
fathers, whence are thy beams, O sun ? 

This sentence contains two independent parts; the first 
being the whole of the first line, and the second, 0 sun. 
In the first, above , an adverb, modifies rollest; round, 
which modifies thou, is modified by the clause as the 
shield of my fathers (is round). Whence modifies are. 

168— 9. 0 Caledonia! stern and wild, 

Meet nurse for a poetic child ! 

Land of the brown heath and shaggy wood, 

Land of the mountain and the flood, 

Land of my sires ! What mortal hand 

Can e’er untie the filial band 

That knits me to thy rugged strand ? 

The independent part of this sentence includes all end¬ 
ing with the word sires in the fifth line. Caledonia is 
modified by stem, wild, and the four words in apposition, 
nurse, Land, Land, Land. Ijand in the third line is 
modified by the phrase of heath and wood, the object of 
the preposition being compound. Land in the fourth 
line is modified by the phrase of mountain and flood. 
The subject of the sentence is hand, modified by what 
and mortal. E’er modifies can untie, the predicate. 

169— 10. My friends, do they now and then send 

A wish or a thought after me ? 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 85 

My friends is independent in construction; now and 
then is a complex adverb, modifying send. 

169—11. Thou too sail on, O ship of State! 

Sail on, O Union, strong and great! 

In the first sentence, 0 ship of State is independent; 
on, an adverb, modifies sail. In the second sentence, 0 
Union, strong and great , is independent; on, an adverb, 
modifies sail. 

171—1. There is no policy like politeness. 

There is an independent adverb. Policy is the subject 
of the sentence; is like is the predicate, in which like is the 
attribute. Like is modified by the phrase (unto) politeness. 

171—2. Every great man is always being helped by every¬ 
body, for his gift is to get good out of all things and all 
persons. 

Is being helped is the predicate; it is modified by 
always, by everybody, and the subordinate clause begin¬ 
ning with for. In the subordinate clause is to get is the 
predicate, to get being the attribute. Good , used here as 
a noun, is the direct object. Out of is a complex prepo¬ 
sition. Out of things and (out of) persons are both ad¬ 
verbial modifiers of get. 

171—3. When Freedom from her mountain-height 
Unfurled her standard to the air, 

She tore the azure robe of night, 

And set the stars of glory there. 

The predicate of the main clause, which embraces the 
last two lines, is compound, consisting of tore and set. 
Stars is the direct object of set, and robe is the direct 
object of tore. In the subordinate clause, which modi¬ 
fies the predicate, the phrase from her mountain-height 
modifies unfurled. 


86 


SENTENCES FKOM 


171—4. Overhead the dismal hiss 

Of fiery darts in flaming volleys flew. 

Hiss is the subject of the sentence. Overhead modifies 
flew. In flaming volleys modifies darts. 

171—5. The window jingled in its crumbled frame, 

And through its many gaps of destitution 
Dolorous moans and hollow sighings came. 

Like those of dissolution. 

The subject of the main clause of the second member 
is compound, consisting of moans and sighings. Came , 
the predicate, is modified by through its many gaps , etc., 
and by the clause, like those of dissolution (come). Like is 
here a conjunctive adverb. Come , the predicate, is under¬ 
stood. 


171—6. Alike for feast and fight prepared, 

Battle and banquet both they shared. 

The diagram is best represented as follows: 

alike 


they 


prepared 


for' 


/feast 

and 

K fight 


both 


shared 


battle 

and 

banquet 


Prepared is a participle, modifying they ; alike is an 
adverb, modifying prepared ; prepared is modified also 
by the prepositional phrase for feast and fight. Both 
and and are correlative conjunctions; battle and banquet 
is the compound object. 


171—7. At his touch crowns crumbled, beggars reigned, sys¬ 
tems vanished. 







RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 87 

The predicate in each of the three clauses is modified 
by the phrase at his touch, 

171—8. Soldiers ! from yonder pyramids forty generations of 
men look down upon you. 

Soldiers is independent in construction. Look is modi¬ 
fied by down, upon you, and from yonder pyramids. 

171—9. The bell strikes one. We take no note of time but 
from its loss. *V v 

One is the direct object of strikes. But from loss 
modifies take , hut being a preposition followed by the 
phrase object from loss. 

171—10. Presently the brook came to a spot where men had 
thrown hard stones in its way, obstructed its course, turned it 
aside through a narrow channel, and forced it to rush in a con¬ 
fused, perilous way over a wheel. 

The predicate came is modified by the phrase to spot; 
spot is modified by the four subordinate clauses, men had 
thrown , etc., (men had) obstructed , etc., (men had) turned 
it aside , etc., and (men had) forced it, etc. To rush modi¬ 
fies forced , and is itself modified by in way and over 
wheel. Where in line 1 is a relative adverb. 

173 — 1 . I love thy kingdom, Lord 

The house of thy abode. 

Lord is in the nominative independent. House is in 
apposition with kingdom. 

173 —2. We, the people of the United States, ... do ordain 
and establish this Constitution. 

People is in apposition with we, the subject. Constitu¬ 
tion is object of both ordain and establish. 

173 _ 3 . O Music, sphere-descended maid, 

Friend of Pleasure, Wisdom’s aid! 

This is not a sentence. Maid, friend, and aid are all 
in apposition with Music. 


88 


SENTENCES FROM 


173—4. The harp, his sole remaining joy, 

Was carried by an orphan boy. 

Joy is in apposition with harp, the subject. His, sole, 
and remaining modify joy. 

173— 5. Company, villanous company, hath been the spoil 
of me. 

The second word company is in apposition with the 
subject company. The predicate is hath been spoil, of 
which hath been is the copula. 

174— 6. From bright’ning fields of ether fair disclosed, 

Child of the Sun, refulgent Summer, comes. 

The subject is Summer; child is in apposition with 
Summer. Brightening modifies fields, as does also the 
phrase of ether; ether is modified by fair and disclosed. 

174—7. Go ye every man unto his city. 

Man is in apposition with the subject ye. 

174—8. His praise, ye brooks, attune. 

Bi'ooJcs is in apposition with the subject ye. 

174—9. They went out one 1 by one. 

One 1 is in apposition with they, the subject. By one is 
a phrase, modifying went. One by one is by some gram¬ 
marians called a complex adverb. 

174—10. Thus shall mankind his guardian care engage, 

The promised father of a future age. 

Mankind is the subject, and shall engage, the predicate. 
Thus modifies shall engage. Care is modified by his; his 
is modified by father, a noun in apposition without the 
possessive sign. 

174—11. Out of this nettle, danger, we pluck this flower, 
safety. 

Out of nettle is a phrase, modifying pluck; nettle is 


RAUb’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 89 

modified by danger , a noun in the same case by apposi¬ 
tion. Flower is the direct object of pluck; safety is in 
apposition with flower. 

176—3. When I was a child I spake as a child. 

The natural order of this sentence is, “ I spake as a 
child (speaks) when I was a child.” The predicate spake 
is modified by both subordinate clauses. 

176 — 5 . “Behold l” said the streamlet; “to nourish this 
beauty is the end and aim of my life.” 

The predicate of the main clause is said. Behold is a 
verb in the imperative, with its subject understood. To 
nourish is the subject of the subordinate clause. Is end 
and aim is the predicate, of which end and aim is a com¬ 
pound attribute, both words, end and aim, being modified 
by the phrase of life. 

170 —6. And he returned a friend who came a foe. 

Note.—S ee page 82 for this sentence. 

176—7. By such a change thy darkness is made light, 

Thy chaos order, and thy weakness might. 

The predicate of the first member is is made light, is 
made being the copula. In the remaining clauses is made 
is understood; thus, Thy chaos (is made) order, and thy 
weakness (is made) might. 

176—8. But what! is thy servant a dog ? 

But is an introductory conjunction ; what is an inter¬ 
jection. Servant is the subject; is dog is the predicate. 

176 — 9 . When pain and anguish wring the brow, 

A ministering angel thou. 

Art angel is the predicate of the main clause, art being 
understood. Art is modified by the subordinate clause, 
when pain and anguish wring the brow. 



90 SENTENCES FROM 


176—10. A man he was to all the country dear, 

And passing rich with forty pounds a year. 

The following diagram will explain the sentence. 


He 

was 

a 

man dear | to country 


all 

the 


and 

X with pounds 

X 

rich passing 


forty 
X year | a 


Was is understood before rich; passing is an adverb, 
modifying rich; a preposition is understood before year . 


176—11. Art thou that traitor angel? Art thou he who first 
broke the peace of heaven ? 

Thou is the subject, and art angel the predicate, angel 
being modified by that and traitor . Thou is the subject 
of the second sentence, and art he the predicate. 

176—12. Where ignorance is bliss 

’Tis folly to be wise. 

It , the subject, is modified by the phrase to he wise , in 
which wise is an abstract adjective. Is, the copula, is 
modified by the subordinate clause, where ignorance is 
bliss. 

176—13. Neither a borrower nor a lender be. 

For loan oft loseth both itself and friend, 

And borrowing dulls the edge of husbandry. 

The subject is thou understood, and be is the copula. 
The attribute, borrower nor lender , is compound. Neither 
and nor are correlative conjunctions. The subordinate 







RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 91 


clause, which modifies the predicate, is compound. It 
may be illustrated in diagram as follows : 



oft 

both 

itself 

and 

friend 


and 


yborrowing 


'dulls 


edge 


the 

of husbandry 


180—1. Sloth makes all things difficult, but industry all easy. 
Makes difficult is the predicate in the first member, in 
which difficult is a factitive adjective, referring to things . 
In the second member the predicate is (makes) easy , easy 
being a factitive adjective. 


180—2. A pebble in the streamlet scant 

Has turned the course of many a river; 

A dewdrop on the infant plant 
Has warped the giant oak for ever. 

Many a , a complex adjective, modifies river . For ever , 
a phrase, modifies has warjped. 

180—3. Set a high price on your leisure moments. Properly 
expended, they will procure for you a stock of great thoughts. 

Thou is the subject of the first sentence. In the 
second sentence the participle expended modifies they } 
the subject. 

180—4. The true hero is the great wise man of duty. 

Is man is the predicate. 









92 


SENTENCES FROM 


180— 5. One of the illusions is, that the present hour is not 
the critical, decisive hour. Write it on your heart that every 
day is the best day of the year. 

In the first sentence is is the copula, and all that fol¬ 
lows, introduced by the conjunction that , is the attribute, 
which is a clause in itself, having hour for the subject 
and is hour for the predicate. In the second sentence all 
that follows heart is explanatory of it , the direct object. 

181— 6. A dainty plant is the ivy green, 

That creepeth o’er ruins old; 

Of right choice food are his meals, I ween, 

In his cell so lone and cold. 

Ivy is the subject; it is modified by the, green, and the 
subordinate clause, that creepeth, etc. Is plant is the predi¬ 
cate. Of the second member, I is the subject and ween is 
the predicate, modified by the subordinate clause, of right 
choice food, etc. Meals is the subject of the subordinate 
clause, and are of food is the predicate, are being the 
copula, and of food, the attribute. Cell is modified by 
his, lone, and cold; in cell modifies meals; and so modi¬ 
fies lone and cold. Choice modifies food, and the adverb 
right modifies the adjective choice. 

181—7. Judges ought to be more learned than witty, more 
reverend than plausible, and more advised than confident. 

Ought, the predicate of the main clause, is modified by 
the infinitive phrases, to he learned, to be reverend, and to 
he advised. The subordinate clause modifying learned is 
than (they are) witty. Than (they are) plausible modifies 
reverend. Than (they are) confident modifies advised. 

184—1. Spring hangs her infant blossoms on the trees, 
Rocked in the cradle of the western breeze. 

Blossoms is modified by the participial phrase, rocked in 
the cradle, etc. On the trees modifies the predicate hangs . 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 93 


184—2. With the talents of an angel a man may be a fool. 

The subject is man , modified by the phrase with the 
talents, etc. May be fool is the predicate. 

184—3. The things which are impossible with men are possi¬ 
ble with God. 

Things , the subject, is modified by the subordinate 
clause, which are impossible. Are possible is the predicate 
of the main clause. 

184—4. The hand is 1 almost valueless at one end of the arm, 
unless there is 2 a brain at the other end. 

At one end modifies hand. Is valueless is the predicate 
of the main clause, and is 2 of the subordinate clause. At 
the other end modifies the verb is. 2 

184—5. The will of the many and their interests must very 
often differ. 

The subject is compound, consisting of will and inter¬ 
ests. Many is here used as a noun, modified by the. 

184—6. How brilliant and mirthful the light of her eye, 

Like a star glancing out from the blue of the sky ! 

Light is the subject of the main clause, and (is) bril¬ 
liant and mirthful is the predicate, in which is is under¬ 
stood, the attribute being compound. Like , an adjective, 
modifies light , and is modified by the phrase (unto) a star. 
Glancing is a participle, modifying star; out is an adverb, 
modifying glancing. Blue is here used as a noun in the 
objective after from. 

186—1. This only grant me, that my means may lie 
Too low for envy, for contempt too high. 

The subject is understood. Grant, the predicate, is 
modified by (to) me, and by this, the direct object. This 
is modified by only and by the subordinate clause follow¬ 
ing me. Of the subordinate clause, that, a conjunction, is 


94 


SENTENCES FROM 


the connective, means is the subject, and may lie low and 
(may lie) high form the compound predicate, in which the 
verbs are copulas. 

186—2. They shall every man turn to his own people, and flee 
every one into his own land. 

In the first clause man is in apposition with they , the 
subject. In the second clause one is in apposition with 
they, the subject understood. 

186— 3. All actual heroes are essential men, 

And all men possible heroes. 

In the second clause are is omitted before possible. 

187— 4. None but the brave deserves the fair. 

None is the subject, modified by the phrase but the 
brave, in which but is a preposition and brave a noun ; 
fair also is here used as a noun. 

187—5. All are architects of fate, 

Working in these walls of time— 

Some with massive deeds and great, 

Some with ornaments of rhyme. 

Working modifies all, the subject of the first member. 
Are working is understood after some , in each of the last 
two lines. 

187—6. I dare do all that may become a man; 

Who dares do more is none. 

(To) do modifies dare, the predicate; all is the object 
of do. All is modified by the subordinate clause, that 
may become , etc. The predicate of the subordinate clause 
is may become; man is the direct object. In the second 
member the subject he is understood; it is modified by 
the subordinate clause, who dares, etc., of which who is 
subject and dare is predicate. Dares is modified by (to) 
do, which is modified by more. 



RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 95 


187—7. Every phrase and every figure which he uses tends to 
render the picture more lively and complete. 

The nouns of the compound subject, every phrase and 
every figure, are modified by the subordinate clause, which 
he uses. To render lively and (to render) complete are 
modifiers of tends. Lively and complete are factitive ad¬ 
jectives, referring to picture. More modifies both lively 
and complete. 

187—8. Not every one that saith unto me, Lord! Lord I 
shall enter into the kingdom of heaven. 

One is the subject of the main clause. It is modified 
by every and the subordinate clause, that saith, etc. Every 
is modified by not. Lord and Lord are direct objects of 
saith. 

187—9. If your arguments produce no conviction, they are 
worth nothing to men. 

Are worth is the predicate of the main clause. Worth 
is modified by the phrase ( x ) nothing, a preposition being 
understood before nothing. Are is modified by the sub¬ 
ordinate clause, if your arguments, etc. 

187—10. Honor and shame from no condition rise; 

Act well your part, there all the honor lies. 

Honor and shame is the compound subject of the first 
member. Of the second member the subject is under¬ 
stood in the main clause. The connective of the sub¬ 
ordinate is for understood; thus, For all the honor lies 
there. 

191—1. Thou art, 0 God, the life and light 

Of all this wondrous world we see. 

Life and light form a compound attribute, and both 
words are modified by the phrase of world. The subor¬ 
dinate clause, we see (which), modifies world . 


96 


SENTENCES FROM 


191—2. Yes, child of suffering, thou may’st well be sure 
He who ordained the Sabbath loves the poor. 

Yes is an independent adverb. Child of suffering is 
also independent in construction. May’st he sure is the 
predicate, of which sure is an attribute, modified by the 
subordinate clause, He who ordained , etc. Poor is used 
here as a noun. 

191—3. My son, if sinners entice thee, consent thou not. 

Thou is the subject; consent is the predicate, modified 
by not and by the subordinate clause, If sinners entire thee . 

191—4. Though the mills of God grind slowly, yet they grind 
exceeding small; 

Though with patience He stands waiting, with exact¬ 
ness grinds He all. 

They is the subject of the first member. Crrind small 
is the predicate, in which small is a factitive, referring to 
an object understood. Exceeding is an adverb, modi¬ 
fying small. Yet—though are correlatives, introducing 
the subordinate clause. In the second member grinds, 
the predicate, is modified by the subordinate clause, 
though with patience, etc. Stands waiting is equivalent 
to is waiting , in which waiting is a participial attribute. 

191.—5. Our very hopes belied our fears, 

Our fears our hopes belied ; 

We thought her dying when she slept, 

And sleeping when she died. 

Very modifies hopes. Belied , the predicate, is modified 
by fears. In the second member belied is modified by 
hopes. Dying is a participle, modifying her, and sleeping 
is a participle, modifying her understood. 

191—6. This above all, to thine own self be true, 

And it must follow, as the night the day, 

Thou canst not then be false to any man. 

The subject and the predicate of the main clause are 





KAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 97 

both understood. The predicate is probably observe or 
remember. Thus, Remember this above all , etc. The 
predicate verb is modified by the direct object this and by 
the phrase above all. This, used as an adjective pronoun, 
is modified by the clause to thine own self, etc., of which 
the subject is understood ; be true is the predicate, modified 
by to self; self is modified by thine and own. The first 
subordinate clause is connected with the .second by and. 
In the second clause, it is the subject, modified by the ex¬ 
planatory clause, thou canst not then be false. Canst be 
false is the predicate, false being the attribute. Must 
follow, the predicate, is modified by the subordinate 
clause, as the night (follows) the day. 

191—7. These are thy glorious works, Parent of good, 
Almighty ! Thine this universal frame. 

Parent of good is independent. Almighty also is in¬ 
dependent. In the second member frame is the subject, 
and (is) Thine, the predicate. 

191—8. Thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory. 

Thine is the subject; the compound attribute is king¬ 
dom, power, and glory. 

191—9. All mine are thine, and thine are mine. 

Mine is the subject of the first member; it is modified 
by all. Are thine is the predicate, of which thine is the 
attribute, in the nominative after the verb. In the second 
member thine and mine are both in the nominative, the 
former as subject and the latter as attribute. 

191—10. Alas ! they had been friends in youth, 

But whispering tongues can poison truth; 

And constancy lives in realms above, 

And life is thorny, and youth is vain ; 

And to be wroth with one we love 
Doth work like madness on the brain. 

Had been friends is the predicate of the first member, 
7 


98 


SENTENCES FROM 


friends being the attribute. In the third member above 
is an adjective, modifying realms. In the sixth member 
to be wroth is the subject, wroth being modified by with 
one , and one being modified by the clause, (whom) we love. 
Doth work , the predicate, is modified by the subordinate 
clause like madness (works), in which like is a conjunctive 
adverb, and ivorks , the predicate, is understood. 

194—1. In this world it is not what we take up, but what we 
give up, that makes us rich. 

In the first member it is the subject; it is modified by 
the explanatory clause that makes us rich , of which makes 
rich is the predicate, rich being a factitive adjective. In 
this world modifies take up and give up. Is is modified 
by not. What, the attribute, has a double construction ; 
it is in the nominative after is and in the objective after 
take up. In the second member it is is understood ; thus, 
(It is) what we give up, in which what again has a double 
construction, being in the nominative after is, and in the 
objective after give up. 

194— 2 . Men are what their mothers made them. 

Note. —See page 31 for the analysis of this sentence. 

195— 4. He’s true to God who’s true to man. 

Who is true to man modifies the subject he. 

195 — 5 . The best part of our knowledge is that which teaches 
us where knowledge leaves oft' and ignorance begins. 

The predicate of the main clause is is that. That is 
modified by all that follows. Us is the indirect object 
(to us) of teaches. The direct objects of teaches are 
knowledge leaves off where and ignorance begins where; 
leaves off, a complex verb, and begins, being the pred¬ 
icates. 


RAUb’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 99 


195—6. Who would be free, themselves must strike the blow. 
The subject of this sentence is they understood; the 
analysis may be indicated as follows: 


(they) X 



themselves 


must strike 


blow | the 


Themselves is in apposition with the subject under¬ 
stood. 


195—7. There is, however, a limit at which forbearance ceases 
to be a virtue. 

Limit is the subject; the predicate is is ; there is an in¬ 
dependent adverb. The subject is modified by the sub¬ 
ordinate clause, at ivhich, etc. However modifies is. 

195—8. We should count time by heart-throbs; he most lives 
Who thinks most, feels the noblest, acts the best. 

In the second member he , the subject, is modified by 
the three clauses who thinks most , (who) feels the noblest , 
(who) acts the best. In the second of these the predicate 
is feels noblest , feels being equivalent to a neuter verb. 
Lives , the predicate of the main clause, is modified by 
most , an adverb. 

195—9. What in me is dark, 

Illumine; what is low, raise and support. 

195—10. Whatever is, is right. 

Note.— See page 31 for the written analysis of both these 
sentences. Sentence 10 may also be diagramed as follows: 

Whatever 

is 


is 

right 





100 


SENTENCES FROM 


195—11. I hope I shall always possess firmness and virtue 
enough to maintain what I consider the most enviable of all 
titles, the character of an honest man. 

All that follows hope in the sentence is the direct 
object. Enough modifies firmness and virtue ; to maintain 
modifies enough, and to maintain is modified by what fol¬ 
lows, as a direct object. Consider is modified by what 
and to he {title), title understood being modified by the, 
most enviable, and of all titles. Character is in apposition 
with the antecedent part of what. 

195 — 13 . What a rare gift, by the by, is that of manners! 

Gift is the subject, modified by what, a , and rare. Is, 
the copula, is modified by the complex adverb, by the by; 
that, the attribute, is modified by of manners. 

195—14. It is what we ourselves have done, and not what 
others have done for us, that we shall be remembered by in after 
ages. 

It, the subject, is modified by the explanatory clause, 
that we shall be remembered by, etc. Remembered is modi¬ 
fied by the phrase by that. The predicate of the first 
member is is what. Ourselves is in apposition with the 
subject we. In the second member both the subject it and 
copula is are understood. Not modifies is understood. 

195 — 15 . Heaven from all creatures hides the book of fate, 

All but the page prescribed, their present state; 

From brutes what men, from men what spirits 
know; 

Or who could suffer being here below? 

Hides, the predicate, is modified by the phrase from all 
features ; by the direct object book ; by all, etc.; by the 
phrase from brutes ; by the clause what men know; by the 
phrase from men; and by the clause what spirits know. 
In the second line all is modified by the phrase but the 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 101 


page, page being modified by the participle prescribed, 
and by the noun state in apposition. The two subordi¬ 
nate clauses in their natural order read, men know what 
and spirits know what. In the last member, could suffer, 
the predicate, is modified by being, and being is modified 
by here and belo.w. 

Note.—T he full diagram is given below. 


Heaven 


from creatures | all 
the 

of fate 


book 


hides 


all | but page 


from brutes 


the 

prescribed 
our 


state 


present 


^men 

X | what 
from men 


spirits I 

^know I what 


or 

who 


could suffer 


here 

below. 


199—1. To live in hearts we leave behind 

Is not to die. 

To live is the subject. In the subordinate clause, behind, 
an adverb, modifies leave. Is to die is the predicate, to die 
being the attribute. Not modifies to die. 









102 


SENTENCES FROM 


199— 2. Language is the amber in which a thousand precious 
thoughts have been safely imbedded and preserved. 

Is amber is the predicate of the main clause; it is 
modified by all that follows. Thoughts is the subject 
of the subordinate clause, and is modified by a thousand 
and precious. The predicate of the subordinate clause is 
have been imbedded and preserved. 

200— 3. To find some sure interpreter 

My spirit vainly tries ; 

I only know that God is love, 

And know that love is wise. 

Spirit is the subject; tries is the predicate, modified by 
vainly and to find. In the third line, know is modified 
by only and by the clause that God is love. In the fourth 
line, know is modified by the clause that love is wise. 

200—4. The flowers fade, the heart withers, man grows old 
and dies, the world lies down in the sepulchre of ages; but 
Time writes no wrinkles on the brow of Eternity. 

In the third member, grows old, equivalent to becomes 
old , is the predicate. In the last member, on brow modi¬ 
fies writes. 

200—5. If God send thee a cross, take it up willingly and 
follow Him. 

The subject of the main clause is understood. Take up 
and follow is the compound predicate, modified by the 
clause, If God send, etc. 

200—6. Heaven is not gained at a single bound; 

But we build the ladder by which we rise 
From the lowly earth to the vaulted skies, 

And we mount to its summit round by round. 

Not modifies the phrase at bound. Rise is modified by 
the phrases by which, from earth, and to skies. Mount is 
modified by the phrase to summit, and by the phrase (with) 
round. This phrase is probably modified by the word 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 103 


followed when the ellipsis is supplied, which in turn is 
modified by the second phrase, by round. 

200—7. Dare to be true ; nothing can need a lie; 

A fault which needs it most grows two thereby. 

The subject is understood in the first member. Dare 
is the predicate, modified by to be true , in which true is 
an abstract adjective. In the last clause, grows two is 
equivalent to becomes two. The predicate is grows two , of 
which two is the attribute. Thereby modifies grows. 

200—8. Worth makes the man, and the want of it the fellow. 

In the second member the word makes is understood 
after it. 


200—9. Life is real! life is earnest! 

And the grave is not the goal; 

“ Dust thou art, to dust returnest,” 

Was not spoken of the soul. 

The last half of the selection may be diagramed as 
follows : 

Thou 

art 

dust 


X 


returnest 


to dust 


was spoken 


of soul I the 
V_| not 


200—10. There are moments, I think, when the spirit re¬ 
ceives 

Whole volumes of thought on its unwritten leaves. 
Think is the predicate. It is modified by the subordi¬ 
nate clause, There are moments when the spirit , etc. There 
is an independent adverb. Moments is modified by the 






104 


SENTENCES FROM 


explanatory clause that follows the word think, of which 
spirits is the subject and receives is the predicate. When 
is a relative adverb equivalent to in which. 

200—11. Mont Blanc is the monarch of mountains ; 

They crowned him long ago — 

On a throne of rocks, in a robe of clouds, 

With a diadem of snow. 

In the second member, crowned is the predicate. Long 
modifies ago , and ago modifies crowned . 

203—1. What a tangled web we weave 

When first we practise to deceive! 

The predicate is weave, modified by web, which is 
modified by what, a, and tangled. Weave is modified 
also by the subordinate clause, When first, etc. When is 
the connective. Practise is modified by first and to 
deceive. 

203—2. The Son of man is come to seek and to save that 
which is lost. 

Is come, the predicate, is equivalent to has come. It is 
modified by the infinitives to seek and to save , which are 
both modified by the objective that. That is modified by 
the adjective clause, which is lost. 

203— 3. His hands refuse to labor. 

To labor is in the objective after refuse. 

204— 4. When thou doest alms, let not thy left hand know 
what thy right hand doeth. 

The subject of the main clause is understood. Let is 
the predicate; not modifies let ; hand is the direct object 
of let. Let is modified also by (to) know, which is modi¬ 
fied by the clause, thy right hand doeth what. Let is modi¬ 
fied also by the subordinate clause, When thou doest alms. 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 105 

204—5. Give me liberty to know, to think, to believe, and to 
utter freely, according to conscience, above all other liberties. 

Give, the predicate, is modified by (to) me, also by 
liberty and by the phrase above liberties. Liberty is 
modified by the four infinitives to know, to think, to 
believe, and to utter. To utter is modified by the phrase, 
according to conscience, in which according to is a com¬ 
plex preposition. 

204—6. “Ah/’ cried the streamlet, “ this is a heavenly light 
sent to tell me what I wish to know, and to guide my course.” 

Cried is the predicate, modified by the clause that fol¬ 
lows the word streamlet. Ah is an interjection. Sent 
modifies light, and is in turn modified by to tell and to 
guide. To tell is modified by the phrase (to) me and by 
the subordinate clause, I wish to know what. 

204— 7. Delightful task ! to rear the tender thought, 

To teach the young idea how to shoot! 

This is not a sentence. Both infinitive phrases modify 
task, being in apposition with it. To shoot modifies to 
teach. 

204—8. Teach me to feel another's woe, to hide the fault I 
see; 

The mercy 1 I to others show, that mercy 2 show 
to me. 

The subject is understood. (To) me modifies teach . 
The direct objects are to feel and to hide. Fault is modi¬ 
fied by I see (which). In the second member mercy 2 is 
the direct object, modified by the clause, I show to others. 
Mercy 1 is in apposition with mercy . 2 

204—9. To be or not to be, that is the question. 

To be or not to be is independent by pleonasm. That 
is the subject, and is question, the predicate. 



106 


SENTENCES FROM 


204—10. To reign is worth ambition. 

To reign is the subject, and is worth, the predicate. 
Ambition is object of a preposition understood. 


204_11. It is not from my lips that that strain of eloquence 

is this day to flow. 

See diagram: 

that 


that 


strain 


zs 

to flow 


of eloquence 
X day | this 




from lips 
V_ 


my 

not 


204—12. To spend too much time in studies is sloth; to use 
them too much for ornament is affectation; to make judgment 
wholly by their rules is the humor of a scholar. 

In the first member much modifies time. In the second 
member much modifies use. In the third member wholly 
modifies the phrase by rules. 

204—13. Read not to contradict and confute, nor to believe 
and take for granted, nor to find talk and discourse; but to 
weigh and consider. 

The subject of the first member is understood. Not 
modifies to contradict and (to) confute. The infinitives 
in the first member all modify read. The phrase for 
granted modifies take. Granted is a participle used as a 
noun. In the second member, the predicate read is modi¬ 
fied by to weigh and (to) consider. 

204—14. Thy Hector, wrapt in everlasting sleep, 

Shall neither hear thee sigh, nor see thee weep. 

Wrapt is a participle, modifying Hector. Shall hear is 
modified by thee, which is modified by sigh. (Shall) see 
is modified by thee, which is modified by weep. Neither 
and nor are correlative conjunctions. 





RAUB’s* PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 107 


204—15. To err is human—to forgive, divine. 

To err is the subject of the first member, is human is 
the predicate. In the second member the copula is under¬ 
stood. 


207—1. Life is as tedious as a twice-told tale 
Vexing the ears of a drowsy man. 

The predicate is is tedious. Tedious is modified by the 
subordinate clause introduced by the conjunctive adverb 
as. The subject of the subordinate clause is tale; the 
predicate is understood. Twice-told and vexing modify 
tale. 

207—2. Learning is like a river, whose head, being far in the 
land, is at first rising little and easily viewed. 

Is like is the predicate of the main clause, in which 
like is a predicate adjective followed by the phrase (unto) 
a river. River is modified by the subordinate clause, 
whose head , etc. Being , a participle, modifies head. 
The phrase in land modifies being. Far modifies the 
phrase in land. At first rising modifies is. The pred¬ 
icate in the subordinate clause is compound, consisting 
of is little and is viewed. 

207—3. True politeness is the spirit of benevolence showing 
itself in a refined way. 

Showing , a participle, modifies spirit. 

207—4. This mournful truth is everywhere confessed: 

Slow rises worth by poverty depressed. 

Truth is the subject. The second line is a subordinate 
adjective clause, modifying truth. Worth, the subject, is 
modified by the participle depressed. Slow is an adverb, 
modifying rises. 


108 


SENTENCES FROM 


207—5. When a man has not a good reason for doing a thing, 
he has a good reason for letting it alone. 

Of the main clause he is the subject, and has, the pred¬ 
icate. Reason is the direct object of has; it is modified 
by the phrase for Jetting alone, alone being a factitive ad¬ 
jective. In the subordinate clause has is the predicate, 
modified by not and reason. Reason is modified by a, 
good, and the phrase for doing, doing being used as a 
participial noun after for. 

207—6. Many a word at random spoken 

May soothe or wound a heart that’s broken. 

Many a, a complex adjective, modifies word. Spoken, 
a participle, modifies word. The predicate of the main 
clause is compound, consisting of the two predicates, may 
soothe and (may) wound. Heart is the direct object of 
the predicate, and is modified by the clause, that is 
broken. 

207—7. Of all the myriad moods of mind 

That through the soul come thronging, 

What one was e’er so dear, so kind, 

So beautiful, as longing! 

Of the main clause one is the subject. It is modified 
by what and of moods. The clause, that come thronging, 
etc., modifies moods. Come thronging, equivalent to are 
thronging, is the predicate of this clause. The attribute 
of the chief predicate consists of three simple attributes, 
dear, kind, and beautiful, modified by the subordinate 
clause, as longing (is). 

207—8. I have no more pleasure in hearing a man attempt¬ 
ing wit and failing than in seeing a man trying to leap over a 
ditch and tumbling into it. 

In hearing modifies have; man is the direct object 
of hearing; attempting and failing are both participles, 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 109 

modifying man. More is modified by the subordinate 
clause, than (I have) in seeing a man, etc., in which both 
subject and predicate are understood. Seeing is used as a 
participial noun after in. Man is the direct object after 
seeing. Trying and tumbling modify man. To leap is 
the direct object of trying. 

207—9. A vile conceit in pompous words expressed 
Is like a clown in regal purple dressed. 

Conceit is modified by expressed , a participle. Is like 
is the predicate, like being an adjective, modified by (unto) 
clown. Dressed is a participle, modifying down. 

207—10. The heights by great men gained and kept 
Were not attained by sudden flight. 

Heights, the subject, is modified by the participles 
gained and kept. The phrase by flight modifies were 
attained. Not modifies the phrase by flight. 

207—11. The stoical scheme of supplying our wants by lop¬ 
ping off our desires is like cutting off our feet when we want 
shoes. 

Scheme , the subject, is modified by the phrase of sup¬ 
plying ; supplying is modified by the phrase by lopping 
off, of which lopping off is a complex participle used as a 
noun. Is like is the predicate, like being modified by the 
phrase (unto) cutting off, of which cutting off is a complex 
participle used as a noun. 

211—1. Man wants but little here below, 

Nor wants that little long. 

The predicate in this sentence is compound. The first 
word wants is modified by little, here and below; but is 
an adverb modifying little in its adjective sense. The 
second wants is modified by the direct object little and by 
the adverb long. 


110 


SENTENCES FROM 


211—2. ’Tis not 1 in folly not 2 to scorn a fool; 

And scarce in human wisdom to do more. 

The explanatory clause, to scorn, etc. modifies it, the 
subject. The second word not modifies to scorn. The 
predicate is is modified by the phrase in folly. JS/ot 
modifies in folly. Of the second member, to do is the 
subject, modified by more. The predicate is is under¬ 
stood, and it is modified by in wisdom. 

211—3. How sleep the brave who sink to rest 
By all their country’s wishes blessed! 

Brave , the subject, is modified by the participle blessed. 
All modifies country’s. 

211—4. It is well to think well; it is divine to act well. 

To think well modifies the subject it. Is well is the 
predicate. To act well modifies the subject it, of the 
second member. 

211—5. Generally, also, a downright fact may be told in a 
plain way. 

Generally, also, and in way modify may be told, as ad¬ 
verbial elements. 

211—6. Peradventure he is asleep, and must be awakened. 

Peradventure is an adverb, modifying is. 

211—7. Loveliest of lovely things are they 
On earth that soonest pass away. 

The subject they is modified by the subordinate clause. 
Are loveliest is the predicate. 

211—9. There is no flock, however watched and tended, 

But one dead lamb is there. 

There is an independent adverb. Watched and tended, 
participles, modify flock. But is a subordinate con¬ 
junction. 


JvATJB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. Ill 


212—10. There beamed a smile 

So fixed, so holy, from that cherub brow, 

Death gazed, and left it there. 

There is an independent adverb. Fixed modifies 
smile; so modifies fixed. The subordinate clause, Death 
gazed, modifies so. The connective that is understood. 
There, the last word, modifies left. 

212—11. Vice is a monster of so frightful mien, 

As, to be hated, needs but to be seen ; 

But seen too oft, familiar with her face, 

We first endure, then pity, then embrace. 

As to be hated, etc. modifies so. It understood is the 
subject of this subordinate clause, and needs is the pred¬ 
icate. To be seen is the direct object of needs, and to be 
hated modify needs adverbially. The second couplet is 
equivalent to we (having) seen, etc. Having seen modifies 
we, the subject. {Being) familiar also modifies we. En¬ 
dure, pity, and embrace form the compound predicate of 
the second couplet. 

212—12. No man can safely command that has not truly 
learned to obey. 

The subordinate clause modifies man. 

212—13. A true good man there was there of religion, 

Pious and poor, the parson of the town. 

The first there is an independent adverb; the second 
modifies was. Parson is in apposition with man. 

212—14. The stronger the mind the greater its ambition. 

Ambition is the subject of the main clause; (is) greater 
is the predicate. Greater is modified by the adverb the, 
and by the subordinate clause the mind (is) the stronger. 
The second the is an adverb modifying stronger. 

215—1. He that goes 1 a-borrowing goes 2 a-sorrowing. 

Goes 1 is modified by the phrase at borrowing, and goes, 2 
by the phrase at sorrowing a — at being a preposition. 


112 


SENTENCES FROM 


215—2. From peak to peak, the rattling crags among, leaps 
the live thunder. 

Leaps is modified by from peak, to peak and among 
crags. 

215—3. Oh for a lodge in some vast wilderness ! 

Subject and predicate ( I long ) are omitted. 

215—4. As the mountains are round about Jerusalem, so the 
Lord is round about his people. 

About people modifies is; round modifies the phrase 
about people. So and as are correlatives, introducing 
the subordinate clause, in which round modifies about 
Jerusalem, which phrase modifies are. The first clause 
is subordinate; the second, principal. 

215—5. The quality of mercy is not strained; 

It droppeth as the gentle rain from heaven, 

Upon the place beneath. 

In the second member, as the gentle rain from heaven 
(droppeth) modifies droppeth. Upon the place beneath 
also modifies droppeth. Beneath modifies place. 

215— 6. I hold, in truth, with him who sings 

To one clear harp in divers tones, 

That men may rise on stepping-stones 
Of their dead selves to higher things. 

In truth modifies hold. The subordinate clause also 
modifies hold. 

216— 7. An effort made for the happiness of others lifts us 
above ourselves. 

Effort, the subject, is modified by made, a participle. 

216—8. By ceaseless action all that is subsists. 

All, the subject, is modified by the subordinate clause, 
that is. 

216—9. E’en the oak thrives by the rude concussion of the 
storm. 

E’en modifies thrives. According to some authorities, 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 113 

it may be called an emphatic adverb, modifying the 
whole sentence. 

216—10. And I have made a pilgrimage from far. 

And is an introductory conjunction. Far is here used 
as a noun. 

216—11. At midnight, in his guarded tent, 

The Turk was dreaming of the hour 
When Greece, her knee in suppliance bent, 

Should tremble at his power. 

Was dreaming , the predicate of the main clause, is 
modified by at midnight , in tent , and of hour. Hour is 
modified by the subordinate clause, When Greece , etc. 
Greece is modified by the phrase (with) knee , and knee is 
modified by bent. When modifies should tremble. 

216—12. Ishmael’s wandering race, that rode 
On camels o’er the spicy tract that lay 
From Persia to the Eed Sea coast. 

This is not a sentence. Race is modified by all that 
follows. To coast modifies lay. 

216—13. How dear to my heart are the scenes of my child¬ 
hood, 

When fond recollection presents them to view ! 

Are dear is the predicate of the main clause. The 
subordinate clause modifies are. 

216—14. I bring fresh showers for the thirsty flowers 
From the sea and the stream. 

For flowers modifies bring. From sea and stream also 
modifies bnng. 

216—15. Oh, my love’s like the melody 

That’s sweetly played in tune. 

In the main clause the predicate is is like. Like is 
modified by (unto) melody. Melody is modified by the 
subordinate clause, Thafs sweetly played. 


114 


SENTENCES FROM 


219—1. Beautiful and salutary as a religious influence is the 
sound of a distant Sabbath-bell in the country. 

The predicate has a compound attribute beautiful aud 
salutary. As and as are correlatives. Is, the predicate 
of the subordinate clause, is understood. (Influence is.) 

219—2. Young heads are giddy, and young hearts are warm, 
And make mistakes for manhood to reform. 

Heads or they understood is the subject of make. To 
reform modifies make. Manhood is the object of a preposi¬ 
tion understood. For to is the sign of the infinitive. For 
to reform is the full infinitive. 

219—3. That you have wronged me doth appear in this. 

That you have wronged is the subject of the main clause. 

219—4. I am debtor both to the Greeks and to the Barba¬ 
rians, both to the wise and to the unwise. 

Both—and are correlatives. 

219—5. ’Tis midnight’s holy hour, and silence now 
Is brooding like a gentle spirit o’er 
The still and pulseless world. 

Is brooding is the predicate of the second member. 
Like a gentle spirit (broods) modifies is brooding, like 
being a conjunctive adverb. 

219— 6. Human beings are composed not of reason only, but 
of imagination also, and sentiments, and that is neither wasted 
nor misapplied which is appropriated to the purpose of giving 
right direction to sentiments and opening proper springs of feel¬ 
ing in the heart. 

Not only—but also are correlatives. That is modified 
by the clause beginning which is appropriated, etc. Pur¬ 
pose is modified by of giving and (of) opening. To sen¬ 
timents modifies giving ; in the heart modifies opening. 

220— 7. We recognize books by their bindings, though the 
true and essential characteristics lie inside. 

The subordinate clause, though, etc., modifies recognize . 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 115 


220—8. Order is Heaven’s first law, and this confessed, 

Some are, and must be, wiser than the rest, 

More rich, more wise; but who infers from hence 
That such are happier, shocks all common sense. 

In the second member, this confessed is independent. 
The second line is equivalent to Sorne are (wiser), and 
(they) must be wiser than the rest (are wise). The clause, 
than the rest, etc., seems to modify the attribute in each 
clause. The next two members are equivalent to (some 
are) more rich, (some are) more wise. Who infers, etc. 
modifies he understood. From hence modifies infers, 
hence being used here as a noun. Infers is modified 
also by the clause, that such are happier, in which such is 
used as a noun. 


220—9. That it is not good for man to be alone is true in 
more views of our species than one ; and society gives strength 
to our reason as well as polish to our manners. 

The first part may be diagramed as follows: 

That 

it to he alone 
is not 


good 


for man 


is 


of species | our 


true 


in views 


more | than 



vis well as is a complex conjunction. 

220— 10. And I have loved thee, Ocean ! 

And is an introductory conjunction. Ocean is inde¬ 
pendent. 

221— 2. Ah ! who can tell how hard it is to climb* 

The steep where Fame’s proud temples shine afar! 
Can tell, the predicate of the main clause, is modified 







116 


SENTENCES FROM 


by the subordinate clause, of which it is the subject, and 
is hard the predicate. To climb , etc. modifies it. Steep 
is modified by the subordinate clause, where Fame’s, etc., 
of which temples is the subject. Afar modifies shine. 

221—3. Oh that men should put an enemy into their mouths 
to steal away their brains ! 

The subject and the predicate of this sentence are 
understood. The sentence is probably equivalent to Oh 
(it is lamentable), etc., in which all that follows Oh modi¬ 
fies it, the subject, as an explanatory clause. To steal 
modifies put. 

221—4. Oh for a world in principle as chaste as this is gross 
and selfish! 

This is equivalent to Oh (I long) for, etc. In principle 
modifies chaste. 

221—5. Oh for that warning voice! 

Subject and predicate, probably I wish, are both under¬ 
stood. 

221—6. What! this a sleeve ? ’tis like a demi-cannon. 

In the first member the copula is is omitted. What is 
an interjection. In the second member is like is the pred- 
cate, like being modified by (unto) demi-cannon. 

221—7. Heigh-ho! 1 sing heigh-ho! 2 unto the green holly; 

Most friendship is feigning, most loving is folly. 

Heigh-ho 1 is an interjection. Thou or you understood 
is the subject. The second word heigh-lio is a noun, the 
object of sing. 

GENERAL EXERCISES. 

228—1. “ You are a tyrant,” he answered with a sigh. 

He is the subject, and answered is the predicate of the 
main clause. The direct object of answered is, “ You are 
a tyrant .” 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 117 


228—2. “Stop!” said the driver, in a tone of anger. 

This, expanded, is, The driver, in a tone of anger, said, 
“Do thou stop,” the latter clause being the object of 
said. 

228—3. “I do not mean,” said the antiquary, “to intrude 
upon your lordship.” 

All in quotation-marks is the direct object of said. 

228—4. “ A bird in the hand,” says the old proverb, “ is worth 
two in the bush.” 

Note. —See page 34 for the diagram of this sentence. 

228— 5. So great was the demand for paper that the sovereigns 
of some countries, where the plant out of which it was made 
flourished, monopolized entirely its culture. 

So modifies great. The clause, that the sovereigns ,etc., 
modifies so. Countries is modified by some , and by the 
clause, where the plant flourished. It was made out of 
which modifies plant. 

229— 6. “ All tickets, please,” rang through the car. 

This is equivalent to show all tickets, if you please. 
The analysis may be indicated as follows: 


x 


X tickets | all 



'please 


rang through car | the 


229—7. I live as I did, I think as I did, I love you as I did. 

Each of the clauses as I did modifies the verb preced¬ 
ing the clause. 

229—8. Deliver us from the nauseous repetition of as and so , 
which some so-so writers, if I may call them so, are continually 
sounding in our ears. 

Of as and so is an adjective phrase, modifying repeti- 





118 


SENTENCES FROM 


tion, as and so being here used as nouns. So-so, an ad¬ 
jective, modifies writers. The clause, if I may call them 
so, modifies are sounding. So in the second line is an ad¬ 
jective pronoun modifying them, being in apposition with 
that word. 

229—9. Pausing a while, thus to herself she mused. 

Pausing modifies she ; thus modifies mused. 

229—10. Oh that those lips had language ! 

After Oh, “ I wish ” is probably understood. 

229—11. There is no man that sinneth not. 

There is an independent adverb. 

229—12. See the blind beggar dance, the cripple sing, 

The sot a hero, lunatic a king. 

(To) dance modifies beggar ; (to) sing modifies cripple ; 
(to be) hero modifies sot; and (to be) king modifies lunatic. 

229—13. From liberty each nobler science sprung, 

A Bacon brightened, and a Spenser sung. 

Bnglitened is modified by the phrase from liberty, as is 
also sung. 

229—14. The why is plain as way to parish church. 

Why, used as a noun, is the subject of the main clause. 
The second clause is equivalent to as (the) way to parish 
church (is plain). 

229—15. A dainty plant is the ivy green, 

That creepeth o’er ruins old, 

Of right choice food are his meals, I ween, 

In his cell so lone and cold. 

The walls must be crumbled, the stones decayed, 

To pleasure his dainty whim, 

And the mouldering dust that years have made 
Is a merry meal for him. 

In the second half of this* selection crumbled and 


EAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 119 


decayed are adjectives. To pleasure modifies both 
crumbled and decayed. That is in the objective after 
have made. 

229—16. Close beside her, faintly moaning, 

Fair and young a soldier lay, 

Torn with shot and pierced with lances, 

Bleeding slow his life away. 

Close modifies the phrase beside her. Moaning , torn, 
pierced, and bleeding away are participles modifying 
soldier. Slow, an adverb, modifies bleeding away, a 
complex participle. Beside her modifies lay. 

229—17. Down came the tree, nest, eagles, and all. 

Tree is modified by (with) nest, (with) eagles, and 
(with) all. 

229—18. His heart went 1 pit-a-pat, 

But hers went 2 pity Zekle. 

Pit-a-pat is an adverb, modifying went} Hers is the 
subject of the second member. The adverbial modifier of 
went 2 is (I) pity Zekle. 

229—19. Laugh those who can, weep those who may. 

The subject of each member is understood. The pred¬ 
icate in each member is let understood. In the first 
member the probable meaning is (Let) those laugh who 
can (laugh); (to) laugh, the infinitive, modifying let under¬ 
stood. In the second member the meaning is (Let) those 
weep who may (weep ); the infinitive (to) weep modifying 
let understood. 

229—20. Now they wax and now they dwindle, 

Whirling with the whirling spindle ; 

Twist ye, turn ye! Even so 
Mingle human bliss and woe. 

They, the subject, is modified by whirling. Now modi- 


120 


SENTENCES FROM 


ties wax. Ye is the subject of the third member, and twist is 
the predicate. Bliss and woe form the compound subject 
of the fifth member. So modifies mingle, and even modi¬ 
fies so. 

229— 21. The piper loud and louder blew, 

The dancers quick and quicker flew. 

Loud and louder are adverbs modifying blew. Quick 
and quicker are adverbs modifying flew. 

Note. —Sentences 22 and 23 have been disposed of on 
page 86. 

230— 24. Hands that the rod of empire might have swayed 

Close at my elbow stir the lemonade. 

Might have swayed is modified by rod of empire. At 
elbow modifies stir, and close modifies the phrase at elbow. 

230—25. Can storied urn or animated bust 

Back to its mansion call the fleeting breath? 

Can Honor’s voice provoke the silent dust, 

Or Flattery soothe the dull, cold ear of death? 

The subject is compound. Can call is the predicate. 
Back modifies can call, adverbially. In the second 
member can provoke is the predicate. In the third 
member (can) soothe is the predicate. 

230—26. Away they went, pell-mell, hurry-skurry, wild buf¬ 
falo, wild horse, wild huntsman, with clang and clatter and 
whoop and halloo that made the forest ring. 

They is the subject, modified by the nouns in apposi¬ 
tion, buffalo, horse, and huntsman. The predicate went is 
modified by the adverbs pell-mell, hurry-skurry, and by 
the phrases with dang, (with) clatter, (with) whoop, and 
(with) halloo. The clause, that made the forest ring, 
modifies the nouns clang, clatter, whoop, and halloo. In 
the predicate of the subordinate clause, made (to) nng, 
the infinitive (to) ring is factitive. 


RAUB’s PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 121 

230—27. This is the message that ye heard from the begin¬ 
ning, that we should love one another. 

This , the subject, is modified by the explanatory clause, 
that we should love , etc. Message is modified by the clause, 
that ye heard from the beginning , in which that is the 
object of heard. One is in apposition with we. 

230—28. Whatever is read differs from what is repeated. 

The subordinate clause, Whatever is read , is the subject 
of the main clause. The object of from is the clause, 
what is repeated. 

230—29. What ho ! thou genius of the clime, what ho! 

What ho ! what ho ! are interjections. 

230—30. Mark what it is his mind aims at in this question, 
and not what words he expresses. 

Mark is the predicate of the main clause in the first 
member. The object is all that follows, including the 
word question. In the subordinate clause it is the sub¬ 
ject, modified by the explanatory clause, the mind aims 
at (x) in this question. Is what is the predicate, in which 
what has a double construction. In the second member 
the subject you and the predicate mark are both under¬ 
stood. The object is the clause following and. Words 
modifies expresses. What modifies words. 

230—31. In singing, as in piping, you excel. 

This means, You excel in singing as (you excel) in 
piping. 

230—32. There brighter suns dispense serener light, 

And milder moons imparadise the night. 

Dispense y the predicate, is modified by the adverb 
there and by the direct object light. 


122 


SENTENCES FROM, ETC. 


230—33. The beautiful strikes us as much by its novelty as 
the deformed itself. 

Beautiful is used as a noun. much as is a complex 
conjunction introducing the subordinate clause, in which 
deformed,, an adjective, used as a noun, is the subject. 
Itself is in apposition with the noun deformed. The 
predicate of the subordinate clause is strikes or does 
understood. 


SENTENCES 


FROM 

HARVEY’S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


53—17. None think the great 1 unhappy but the great . 2 

But great 2 = except great, modifies none. Unhappy is 
an adjective, referring to great. It is used factitively after 
think . 

53—18. Our birth is but a sleep and a forgetting. 

But is an adverb, modifying is. 

53— 19. To make a long story short, the company broke up 
and returned to the more important concerns of the election. 

To make short , etc. is independent, short being a facti¬ 
tive adjective, referring to story. Broke up is a complex 
verb. 

54 — 21. For nine long years, session after session, we have 
been lashed round and round this miserable circle of occasional 
arguments and miserable expedients. 

Have been lashed is modified by round and round 
circle ; also by for years ; also by (during) session. 

54 —22. Dim with the mist of years, gray flits the shade of 
power. 

Flits gray is equivalent to is gray, gray being a pred¬ 
icate adjective. 


123 



124 


SENTENCES FROM 


54—23. Can storied urn or animated bust 

Back to its mansion call the fleeting breath? 

Back is an adverb, modifying call. 

54 —24. With secret course, which no loud storms annoy, 
Glides the smooth current of domestic joy. 

Course is modified by the clause, which no loud , etc. 
Current is the subject of the main clause, and glides, 
the predicate. 

54—26. With many a weary step, and many a groan, 

Up the high hill he heaves a huge round stone. 

Many a is a complex adjective, modifying the noun 
following. 

62—5. You, yourself, told me so. 

Yourself is in apposition with you. 

62—10. For we dare not make ourselves of the number, or 
compare ourselves with some that commend themselves; but 
they, measuring themselves by themselves, and comparing them¬ 
selves among themselves, are not wise. 

Make is in the infinitive mode, modifying dare , as is 
also (to) compare. Measuring and comparing are parti¬ 
ciples, modifying they. 

62—11. My country, ’tis of thee, 

Sweet land of liberty, 

Of thee, I sing. 

My country, sweet land of liberty, is independent in 
construction. It is the subject, modified by the clause 
(that) I sing. The predicate is is of thee , of which of 
thee is a phrase attribute. 

62—12. Thou great Instructor, lest I stray 

Teach thou my erring feet thy way. 

Thou great Instructor is independent. (To) feet is 
the indirect, and way, the direct object of teach. Lest I 
stray, a subordinate clause, modifies teach. 


harvey’s English grammar. 


125 


64—1. The farm is neither his nor theirs. 

His and theirs are in the nominative after is. They 
have the possessive form, but their use determines their 
case. 

64—2. Is that horse of yours lame yet ? 

Yours is in the objective after the preposition of. 

64—3. I did not hear that lecture of yours last evening. 

Yours is in the objective after the preposition of. 
Evening is in the objective after a preposition under¬ 
stood. 

64—4. He is an old friend of ours. 

Ours is in the objective after the preposition of. 

64—5. This book is not mine; it must be his or hers. 

Mine is in the nominative after is ; his and hers are in 
the nominative after must be. 

64—6. That carriage of theirs is a very fine one. 

Theirs is in the objective after of. 

64—7. Friend of mine, why so sad? 

Mine is in the objective after of. 

68 —3. They that forsake the law, praise the wicked; but 
such as keep the law, contend with them. 

Such is an adjective pronoun, subject of contend. As 
is given by some as a relative pronoun after such. It 
may also indicate an ellipsis (such as those are who 
keep, etc.). 

68 —4. There is no class of persons that I dislike so much as 
those who slander their neighbors. 

As is a conjunctive adverb, connecting with the main 
clause the subordinate, as (I dislike) those, etc. Those is 
an adjective pronoun, in the objective after dislike under¬ 
stood. 


126 


SENTENCES FROM 


69—6. Whatever is, is right. 

Note. —See page 31 for this sentence ; also page 99. 

69—7. Whatsoever ye ask in my name, that will I do. 

Whatsoever is in the objective after shall ask. 

69—8. He will do what is right. 

What has a double construction. It is in the objective 
after will do, and is subject of is right. 

69— 9 . This is the dog that 1 worried the cat that 2 killed the 
rat that 3 ate the malt that 4 lay in the house that 5 Jack built. 

That 1 is in the nominative to worried. That 2 is in 
the nominative to killed. That 3 is in the nominative to 
ate. That* is in the nominative to lay. That 6 is in the 
objective after built. 

69— 10 . A kind boy avoids doing whatever injures others. 

Whatever has a double construction ; it is in the objec¬ 
tive after doing, and in the nominative to injures. 

70— 6 . Whom do you take me to be? 

Whom, following to be, is in the same case, the object¬ 
ive, as me preceding. 

70— 8 . What can be more beautiful than that landscape? 

Landscape is in the nominative to is understood. 

70—10. Who told you how to parse “ what ” ? 

“ What ” is here a noun, in the objective after parse. 

70—1. Who is in the garden?—My father. 

Father is in the nominative to is understood. 

70—2. I do not know who is in the garden. 

Who is in the garden is the direct object of know. 

Who, in such cases, is by some grammarians called a 
responsive pronoun. 


harvey’s English grammar. 


127 


70—3. Tell me what I should do. 

What is the direct object of should do. What I should 
do is the direct object of tell. 

70— 5. Always seek for what you need the most. 

What has a double construction; it is in the objective 
after for and in the objective after need. 

71— 6. Whose house was burned last night ?—Mr. Hubbard’s. 

Mr. Hubbard’s is a complex noun, limiting house 

understood. The expression is equivalent to Mr. Hub - 
bay'd’s house was burned last night. 

71—7. The boy closed the shutters which darkened the 
room. 

Which is in the nominative to darkened. It relates to 
the whole preceding clause, and may be considered in ap¬ 
position with the clause. 

71—8. What is his name ? 

What is in the nominative after is (His name is 
what ?). 

71—9. Whoever enters here should have a pure heart. 

Whoever has a double construction; it is in the nomi¬ 
native to enters , and in the nominative to should have. 

71—10. I gave all that I had. 

That is in the objective after had. 

71—4. One ounce of gold is worth sixteen ounces of silver. 

Worth is a predicate adjective after is; ounces is in the 
objective after a preposition understood. 

71—8. Be of the same mind one toward another. 

Ye understood is the subject ; one is in apposition 
with ye. 


128 


SENTENCES FROM 


71—9. He sacrificed everything he had in the world: what 
could we ask more ? 

What is an adjective, modifying more. More is here 
used as a noun, in the objective after asked. 

71—10. Who’s here so base that would be a bondman ? 

Base is an adjective, modifying who. That is a con¬ 
junction, followed by he understood. The clause, that 
woidd he, etc., modifies so. 

71—11. I speak as to wise men: judge ye what I say. 

This sentence is equivalent to I speak as (I would 
speak) to wise men. As is a conjunctive adverb, and to 
is a preposition. What has a double construction ; it is 
in the objective after judge and after say. 

71—12. Liberty was theirs as men 1 : without it they did not 
esteem themselves men 2 . 

Theirs is the predicate nominative after was. As is an 
introductory conjunction. Men 1 is in apposition with 
theirs. In the second member men 2 is in the same case 
as themselves by predication. 

71—13. The death of Socrates, peacefully philosophizing with 
his friends, is the most pleasant that could be desired. 

Philosophizing is a participle, modifying Socrates. 
The clause, that could be desired , modifies the noun 
death understood. 

71—14. O Popular Applause! what heart of man 

Is proof against thy sweet, seducing charms ? 

What is an adjective, modifying heart . 

71—15. What 1 black, what 2 ceaseless cares besiege our state 1 
What strokes we feel from fancy and from fate! 

What 1 and what 2 are adjectives, modifying cares. 
What in the second line is an adjective, modifying 
strokes, which is a noun in the objective after feel. 


iiarvey's English grammar. 


129 


71—16. Unveil thy bosom, faithful tomb ; 

Take this new treasure to thy trust, 

And give these sacred relics room 
To slumber in the silent dust. 

Relics is a noun in the objective after a preposition 
understood room is the direct object of give. To slum- 
. her modifies room. 

71—17. Thy spirit, Independence, let me share, 

Lord of the lion heart and eagle eye: 

Thy steps I’ll follow with my bosom bare; 

Nor heed the storm that howls along the sky. 

The word Independence is independent; it is modified 
by the word Lord in apposition. Spirit is the direct 
object of (to) share; (to) share modifies let. 

71—18. The gay will laugh 

When thou art gone; the solemn brood of care 
Plod on, and each one as before will chase 
His favorite phantom : yet all these shall leave 
Their mirth and their employment, and shall come 
And make their bed with thee. 

Brood is in the nominative to (will) plod; on is an 
adverb modifying plod. before is equivalent to as 
(he did chase) before , before being an adverb, modifying 
did chase; as is a conjunctive adverb. Yet is a con¬ 
junction. 

81—1. I have heard the bells tolling. 

Tolling , a participle, modifies bells. 

81—2. He saw the letter opened. 

Opened is a participle, modifying letter. 

81—4. Boys like running, jumping, and skating. 

Running , jumping , and skating are participial nouns, 
in the objective after like. 

9 


130 


SENTENCES FROM 


82—5. The vessel anchored in the bay has lost her sails. 

Anchored is a participle, modifying vessel. 

82—6. Having sold my farm, I shall remove to Iowa. 

Having sold is a participle, modifying I. 

82—8. Have you not seen strong men weeping? 

Weeping , a participle, modifies men. 

82—9. The general having been captured, the army was de¬ 
feated. 

Having been captured modifies general. 

82—10. Your remaining here would ruin us all. 

Remaining is a participle used as a noun, in the nomi¬ 
native to would ruin. 

82—11. Said 1 but 1 once, said 2 but 2 softly,not marked at all, 
words revive before me in darkness and solitude. 

Said 1 , said 2 , and marked are participles, modifying 
wai'ds. But 1 , an adverb, modifies once; but 2 modifies 
softly. At all, an adverbial phrase, modifies marked. 

82—12. A man hardened in depravity would have been per¬ 
fectly contented with an acquittal so complete announced in 
language so gracious. 

Hardened, a participle, modifies man. Announced, a 
participle, modifies acquittal. 

82—13. I heard the ripple washing in the reeds, 

And the wild water lapping on the crags. 

Washing is a participle, modifying ripple. Ripple and 
water are the direct objects of heard. Lapping is a parti¬ 
ciple, modifying water. 

82—14. Toiling, rejoicing, sorrowing, 

Onward through life he goes; 

Something attempted, something done, 

Has earned a night’s repose. 

Toiling , rejoicing, sorrowing, are participles, modifying 


harvey’s English grammar. 


131 


he. Attempted is a participle, modifying something. The 
second word something is in apposition with the first, and 
is modified by the participle done. 

87—3. Bring me some flowers. 

Me is the indirect and flowers the direct object after 

87—12. Blessed are the poor in spirit; for theirs is the king¬ 
dom of heaven. 

Theirs is a pronoun in the nominative, used as the 
subject. Blessed is an adjective, modifying poor. 

87—16. God help us! what a poor world this would be if 
this were the true doctrine ! 

God is the subject of (may) help. What is an adjec¬ 
tive, modifying world. 

87—19. Could he have kept his spirit to that flight, he had 
been happy. 

Had been is equivalent to would have been; it agrees 
with he. If understood is the connective. The first 
clause is subordinate. 

87— 20. Reign thou in hell, thy kingdom; let me serve, 

In heaven, God ever blest. 

Kingdom is in apposition with hell. God is the direct 
object of serve. Blest is an adjective, modifying God. 

88 - —21. Place me on Sunium’s marble steep, 

Where nothing save the waves and I 
May hear our mutual murmurs sweep; 

There, swan-like, let me sing and die. 

The subject of the first member is understood. Place 
is the predicate. Steep is modified by the two lines fol¬ 
lowing, in which nothing is the subject, and may hear , the 
predicate. Save is a preposition. I is used for me by 
poetic license. The phrase, save the waves and I (me), 


132 


SENTENCES FROM 


modifies the word nothing. (To) sweep modifies murmurs. 
In the second member the adverbs there and swan-like 
modify sing and die. (To) sing and (to) die modify let. 

112—3. My father brought me some pine-apples when he 
came from the city. 

Me is the indirect, and pine-apples the direct, object of 
brought. 

112—4. She had gone to walk. 

To walk , a verb in the infinitive, modifies had gone. 

112—7. Hallowed be thy name. 

This is equivalent to a May thy name be hallowed 
the verb is in the potential mode. 

112—8. Respect the aged. 

Aged is here used as a noun. 

112— 9. I could not learn to do it. 

To do , a verb in the infinitive, is used as a noun, in the 
objective after learn. 

113— 13. How many regiments were mustered out? 

Were mustered out = were discharged , is a complex 
verb. 

113—14. Have all the gifts of healing 1 

All , an adjective pronoun, is the subject of the sentence. 

113—16. The poor must work in their grief. 

Poor is a noun, in the nominative. 

113—17. We were speedily convinced that his professions 
were insincere. 

The clause, that his professions, etc., modifies convinced. 
That is a conjunction. 


harvey’s English grammar. 


133 


113—18. Hear, Father, hear our prayer! 

Long hath thy goodness our footsteps attended. 

Goodness is in the nominative to hath attended. Long 
is an adverb, modifying hath attended. 

113—19. That 1 yery law that 2 moulds a tear, 

And bids it trickle from its source, 

That 3 law preserves the earth a sphere, 

And guides the planets in their course. 

That 1 is an adjective, modifying law. That 2 is a rela¬ 
tive pronoun, in the nominative to moulds. (To) trickle is 
a verb in the infinitive, modifying bids. That 3 is a pro¬ 
nominal adjective. Sphere is a factitive noun after pre¬ 
serves, and with preserves forms the predicate of the sen¬ 
tence. 

113—20. Why restless, why cast down, my soul ? 

Hope still, and thou shalt sing 
The praise of Him who is thy God, 

Thy Savior, and thy King. 

The first part of this sentence is equivalent to Why (art 
thou) restless, why (art thou) cast downf Cast down — de¬ 
jectedl, is a complex participle, used here as an attribute. 
Praise is the direct object of shalt sing. God, Savior, 
and King are all in the nominative after is. 

113—21. If parts allure thee, think how Bacon shined, 

The wisest, brightest, meanest of mankind. 

Wisest, brightest, meanest, and of mankind modify man 
understood, which is in apposition with Bacon. 

113 —22. If goodness lead him not, yet weariness 
May toss him to my heart. 

Weariness is in the nominative to may toss. Yet is an 
adverb, modifying may toss. May toss is modified also 
by the subordinate clause, If goodness, etc. If and yet 
are correlatives. 


134 


SENTENCES FEOM 


120—6. I have read it again and again. 

Again and again, a complex adverb, modifies have 
read. 

120—7. He will do so no more. 

So and more are adverbs modifying will do ; no is an 
adverb modifying more. 

120—8. The mystery will be explained by and by. 

By and by, a complex adverb, modifies will be ex¬ 
plained. 

120—9. Perchance you are the man. 

The adverb perchance modifies are. 

120—12. He lives just over the hill yonder. 

Just is an adverb, modifying the phrase, over the hill; 
yonder is an adjective, modifying hill. 

120—13. Henceforth let no man fear that God will for¬ 
sake us. 

Henceforth, an adverb, modifies fear. That God will 
forsake us is the direct object of fear. 

120—17. Doubtless, ye are the people. 

Doubtless, an adverb, modifies are. 

120—18. Perhaps I shall go. 

Perhaps, an adverb, modifies shall go. 

123—3. We went over the river, through the corn-fields, into 
the woods yonder. 

Yonder, an adjective, modifies woods. 

125—4. I am not satisfied as to that affair. 

to is a complex preposition, equivalent to with. 

125—5. All came but Mary. 

But, a preposition, shows the relation between Mary 
and all. 


harvey’s English grammar. 


135 


125—6. The Rhone flows out from among the Alps. 

Out is an adverb, modifying flow. From, among , a 
complex preposition, shows the relation between Alps 
and flows. 

125—10. Night, sable goddess ! from her ebon throne, 

In rayless majesty, now stretches forth 
Her leaden sceptre o’er a slumbering world. 

Note. —See page 67 for this sentence. 

130—1. I am a poor man, and argue with you, and convince 
you. 

I is understood before argue. 

130— 2. He’d sooner die than ask you or any man for a 
shilling. 

This is equivalent to, He would sooner die than (he 
would) ash you , etc. 

131— 5. The truth is, that I am tired of ticking. 

All that follows is is the attribute of the sentence. 

131—6. I remember a mass of things, but nothing distinctly. 

I remember is understood after but. 

131—7. I alone was solitary and idle. 

Alone is an adjective, referring to I. 

131—11. The soldier marches on and on, inflicting and suf¬ 
fering, as before. 

On and on is a complex adverb, modifying marches. 
Inflicting and suffering are participles, modifying soldier. 
As before is equivalent to as (he did) before. 

131—13. Not a having and resting, but a growing and be¬ 
coming, is the true character of perfection as culture con¬ 
ceives it. 

Having , resting , growing , and becoming are participles, 
used as nouns, in the nominative to is; not modifies hav¬ 
ing and resting adverbially. As is a conjunctive adverb, 
connecting the clauses. 


136 


SENTENCES FROM 


131—14. Men must be taught as if you taught them not. 

As—if is a complex conjunction, connecting the clauses. 

131—15. Essex had neither the virtues nor the vices which 
enable men to retain, greatness long. 

Neither and nor are correlative conjunctions. Long is 
an adverb, modifying retain. 

131—16. How long didst thou think that his silence was 
slumber? 

Long is an adverb, modifying think; how modifies 
long. The direct object of think is all that follows that 
word. 

131—17. Vice is a monster of so frightful mien 
As to be hated needs but to be seen; 

But seen too oft, familiar with her face, 

We first endure, then pity, then embrace. 

Note. —See page 111 for the discussion of this sentence. 

133—5. Let them be desolate for a reward of their shame 
which say unto me, Aha! aha! 

& 

Aha! aha! are interjections, used here as nouns, in 
the objective after say. 

133—6. Ob, that the salvation of Israel were come out of 
Zion I 

This is equivalent to Oh (I wish) that , etc. 

133—10. Soft! I did but dream. 

Soft is here an interjection. But is an adverb, modify¬ 
ing did dream. 

133—11. What! old acquaintance! could not all this flesh 
Keep in a little life? Poor Jack, farewell! 

I could have better 1 spared a better 2 man. 

What and farewell are interjections; acquaintance and 
Jack are in the nominative independent. Keep in = re¬ 
tain, is a complex verb. Better 1 is an adverb, modifying 
spared; better 2 is an adjective, modifying man. 


harvey’s English grammar. 


137 


133—2. I send you here a sort of allegory. 

You is in the objective after a preposition understood. 

133—3. Our island home is far beyond the sea. 

har, an adverb, modifies the phrase beyond the sea. 

133—4. Love took up the harp of life, and smote on all the 
chords with might. 

Took up is a complex verb, agreeing with Love. 

1^3—5. Your If is the only peace-maker: much virtue in If. 

If is a noun, in the nominative to is. The second 
clause is equivalent to Much virtue (is) in If in which If 
is a noun in the objective after in. 

133—6. He is very prodigal of his ohs and ahs. 

Ohs and ahs are here used as nouns, in the objective 
after of. 

133—7. He looked upward at the rugged heights that towered 
above him in the gloom. 

Upward , an adverb, modifies looked. 

133—8. He possessed that rare union of reason, simplicity, 
and vehemence which formed the prince of orators. 

The subordinate clause, which formed , etc., modifies 
union. 

133— 9. Mark well my fall, and that 1 that 2 ruined me. 

That 1 is an adjective pronoun, in the objective after 

mark; that 2 is a relative pronoun, in the nominative to 
ruined. 

134— 11. His qualities were so happily blended that the re¬ 
sult was a great and perfect whole. 

Happily , an adverb, modifies blended; so, an adverb, 
modifies happily. The subordinate clause, that the result , 
etc., modifies so. 

134—12. There is no joy but calm. 

But calm = without calm , modifies joy. 


138 


SENTENCES FROM 


134 _ 13 . I m u S t be cruel, only to be kind. 

To be hind modifies cruel. Only modifies to be hind. 
By some authorities it is given as modifying hind. 

134 — 14 . Why are we weighed upon with heaviness ? 

Weighed upon is a complex verb, equivalent to op¬ 
pressed. 

134—15. Now blessings light on him that first invented sleep: 
it covers a man all over, thoughts and all, like a cloak. 

(May) light is a verb, agreeing with blessings. First is 
an adverb, modifying invented. All over is a complex ad¬ 
verb, modifying covers. The expression is used in the 
sense of entirely. Thoughts and all modifies man. The 
expression is equivalent to including thoughts and all. 
Lihe is a conjunctive adverb, introducing the clause, a 
cloah (covers him). 

134 — 16 . Many a morning on the moorlands did we hear the 
copses ring. 

Many a, a complex adjective, modifies morning; morn¬ 
ing is in the objective after a preposition understood. (To) 
ring is a verb in the infinitive, modifying copses. 

134 — 17 . He stretched out his right hand at these words, and 
laid it gently on the boy’s head. 

Stretched out = extended , is a complex verb. The 
modifies boy’s. 

134—18. He acted ever as if his country’s welfare, and that 
alone, was the moving spirit. 

if, a complex conjunction, introduces the subordi¬ 
nate clause. Alone is an adjective, modifying that. 

134—19. The great contention of criticism is to find the faults 
of the moderns and the beauties of the ancients. Whilst an 
author is yet living we estimate his powers by his worst per¬ 
formance ; and when he is dead we estimate them by his best. 

To find is an infinitive attribute, having for its direct 


harvey’s English grammar. 


139 


objects faults and beauties. The subordinate clause, Whilst 
an author, etc., modifies estimate. Best modifies perform¬ 
ance understood. 

134—20. I will work in my own sphere, nor wish it other 
than it is. 

Will is understood before wish, in the second part of 
the sentence. Other is an adjective, referring to it. Other 
is modified by the clause, than it is. 

134—21. As his authority was undisputed, so it required no 
jealous precautions, no rigorous severity. 

So and as are correlatives. As introduces the subordi¬ 
nate clause. 

134 —22. Like all men of genius, he delighted to take ref¬ 
uge in poetry. 

Like is an adjective, followed by a preposition under¬ 
stood ; it relates to he. 

134—23. To know how to say what 1 other people only think, 
is what 2 makes men poets and sages; and to dare to say what 3 
others only dare to think, makes men martyrs or reformers, or 
both. 

What 1 has a double construction ; it is in the objective 
after say, and in the objective after think. What 2 also has 
a double construction ; it is in the nominative after is, and 
is the subject of makes. What 3 also has a double con¬ 
struction ; it is in the objective after say, and in the ob¬ 
jective after to think. To know is the subject of the first 
member. How, an adverb, modifies to say. Poets and 
sages are factitive nouns, after the word makes. To dare 
is the subject of the second member. The clause, others 
only dare, etc., modifies what (that). Makes martyrs or 
reformers or both is the predicate, in which martyrs and 
reformers are factitive nouns, and both an adjective pro¬ 
noun used factitively. 


140 


SENTENCES FROM 


134—24. That done, she turned to the old man with a lovely- 
smile upon her face—such, they said, as they had never seen, 
and never could forget,—and clung with both her arms about 
his neck. 

That done is independent, done modifying that. Turned 
and clung form the compound predicate. The parenthetic 
clause, such, they said , as they had never seen , and never 
could forget , modifies smile. Of this clause they is the 
subject, and said, the predicate. There* is an ellipsis. 
The meaning is (It was) such (a smile) as (those are) 
which, etc. Such and as are correlatives. As is parsed 
by some grammarians as a relative pronoun when used 
with such. 

134 _25. To live in hearts we leave behind 

Is not to die. 

Note. —See page 101 for the discussion of this sentence. 

134 —26. But war’s a game which, were their subjects wise, 
Kings would not play at. 

Which is in the objective after at. If, understood, is 
the connective; were wise is the predicate of the subordi¬ 
nate clause, wise being a predicate adjective. 

134—27. Whoever thinks a faultless piece to see, 

Thinks what ne’er was, nor is, nor e’er shall be. 

Whoever has a double construction. It is in the nomi¬ 
native to thinks in each line. To see is used as a noun in 
the objective after thinks. Piece is the direct object of to 
see. What has a double construction. It is in the ob¬ 
jective after thinks, and in the nominative to was, is, and 
shall be. 

134 —28. The Niobe of nations, there she stands, 

Childless and crownless, in her voiceless woe; 

An empty urn within her withered hands, 

Whose holy dust was scattered long ago. 

Niobe is in the nominative case independent by pleo- 


HARVEY S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


141 


nasrn. There , an adverb, modifies stands. Childless and 
crownless are predicate adjectives after stands — is. In 
her voiceless woe modifies she. Urn is in the nominative 
to is understood. Ago is an adverb, modifying was scat¬ 
tered, and long is an adverb, modifying ago. 

134— 29. Can storied urn or animated bust 

Back to its mansion call the fleeting breath ? 

Can Honor’s voice provoke the sleeping dust? 

Or Flattery soothe the dull, cold ear of death ? 

Note. —See page 120 for the discussion of this sentence. 

135— 30. Forth from his dark and lonely hiding-place 

(Portentous sight!) the owlet Atheism, 

Sailing on obscure wings athwart the noon, 

Drops his blue-fringed lids, and holds them close, 
And hooting at the glorious sun in heaven, 

Cries out, “ Where is it?” 

Portentous sight is independent by exclamation. Athe¬ 
ism is in apposition with the subject owlet. Sailing , a 
participle, modifies owlet. Drops and holds are predicate 
verbs. Close is an adverb, modifying holds. Hooting is 
a participle, modifying he understood. Cries out is a 
complex verb, agreeing with he understood. Where is it 
(it is where) is the object of cries out (exclaims). 

135—31. A thing of beauty is a joy for ever ; 

Its loveliness increases; it will never 
Pass into nothingness. 

For ever , an adverb, modifies is. 

135 — 32 . Dry clank’d his harness in the icy caves 

And barren chasms, and all to left and right 
The bare black cliff clang’d round him, as he based 
His feet on jets of slippery crags that rang 
Sharp-smitten with the dint of armed heels. 

Harness is the subject of the first member. Clank’d 
is the predicate verb. Dry is an adverb, modifying 


142 


SENTENCES FROM 


clanked. In is understood before barren chasms. All = 
everywhere , is an adverb, modifying the phrases to left and 
(to) right. Left and right are nouns in the objective after 
the preposition to. Sharp-smitten is a participle, modify¬ 
ing that. Cliff is the subject of the second member, and 
clang’d , the predicate. 

135 — 33 . Then came wandering by 

A shadow, like an angel with bright hair 
Dabbled in blood ; and he shriek’d out aloud: 

" Clarence is come! false, fleeting, perjur’d Clarence! 
That stabbed me in the field by Tewksbury: 

Seize on him, Furies, take him to your torments!” 

Shadow is the subject of the first member; came wan¬ 
dering is the predicate verb, modified by the adverbs then 
and by. Like is an adjective, followed by a preposition 
understood. Dabbled is a participle, modifying hair. 
Out and aloud are adverbs, modifying shrieked. Clar¬ 
ence is come , etc., is the direct object of sln'ieked. The 
second word Clarence is in apposition with the first. By 
Tewksbury modifies field. Furies is in the nominative 
independent. 

135—34. There are things of which I may not speak: 

There are dreams that cannot die: 

There are thoughts that make the strong heart weak, 
And bring a pallor upon the cheek, 

And a mist before the eye. 

And the words of that fatal song 
Come over me like a chill: 

“A boy’s will is the wind’s will, 

And the thoughts of youth are long, long thoughts.” 

There is an independent adverb in each of the first 
three lines. In the third line make weak is the predicate, 
equivalent to weaken , weak being a factitive adjective. 
The direct objects of bring ar e-pallor and mist . Like is 


HARVEY S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


143 


a conjunctive adverb, introducing the subordinate clause, 
a chill (comes). The last two lines are explanatory of 
song in the sixth line, and modify song as an adjective 
element. 

135—35. These ages have no memory, but they left 
A record in the desert—columns strown 
On the waste sands, and statues fallen and cleft, 
Heap’d like a host in battle overthrown; 

Vast ruins, where 1 the mountain’s ribs of stone 
Were hewn into a city : streets that spread 
In the dark earth, where 2 never breath had blown 
Of heaven’s sweet air, nor foot of man dares tread 
The long and perilous ways—the Cities of the Dead. 

Columns , statues , ruins, streets , and cities are in apposi¬ 
tion with record. Strown , a participle, modifies columns. 
Fallen , cleft , and heaped are participles modifying statues. 
Like is a conjunctive adverb, introducing like a host in 
battle overthrown (is heaped). Overthrown is a participle, 
modifying host. Where 1 is a relative adverb, relating to 
ruins. Where' 2, is a relative adverb, relating to earth. 
Of heaven’s sweet air modifies breath. (To) tread , a verb 
in the infinitive, modifies dares. Of air modifies breath. 

142—13. He will be heard from presently. 

Will be heard from is a complex verb. 

142—15. The doctor will be here immediately. 

Here is an adverb, modifying will be. 

145—7. He deserved punishment rather than pity. 

This sentence is equivalent to “ He deserved punish¬ 
ment rather than (he deserved) pity.” 

145—11. Alas for the man who has not learned to work! 

This is equivalent to Alas , (I am sorry) for the 
man , etc. 


144 


SENTENCES FROM 


145 — 13 . I had a dream which was not all a dream. 

All is an adverb, modifying was ; it means wholly. 

145 — 14 . A plague of all cowards, still say I. 

Plague is the direct object of say. 

145 — 17 . When shall it be morn in the grave, to bid the 
slumberer awake? 

The predicate here is shall he morn. To bid , a verb in 
the infinitive, modifies morn. (To) awake refers to bid. 

145—18. The Commons, faithful to their system, remained in 
a wise and masterly inactivity. 

Faithful , an adjective, modifies Commons. 

147^-2. Level spread the lake before him. 

Spread level is equivalent to was level; level is there¬ 
fore a predicate adjective. 

147 — 4 . A soldier of the Legion lay dying in Algiers. 

Lay dying is equivalent to was dying. 

147 — 11 . The village all declared how much he knew. 

All is an adjective, modifying village. 

147 — 13 . is it for thee the lark ascends and sings ? 

It is the subject, modified by the explanatory clause, 
(that) the lark ascends and sings. 

147 — 15. He dares not touch a hair of Catiline. 

Pares is modified by (to) touch. 

147 _ 19 . All were sealed with the seal which is never to be 

broken till the great day. 

Is to be broken is the predicate of the clause which is 
never , etc. 

148— 20. O God, we are but leaves on thy stream, clouds in 
thy sky. 

But is an adverb, modifying are. Leaves and clouds 
are attributes. 


harvey’s English grammar. 


145 


148 22. It was now the Sabbath-day, and a small congrega¬ 

tion of about a hundred souls had met for divine service in a 
place more magnificent than any temple that human hands had 
ever built to Deity. 

A hundred is a complex adjective, modifying souls. 
Should hundred be taken as a noun, of must follow. 
About is an adverb, modifying a hundred. Temple is in 
the nominative to is understood. 

148—23. I know thou art gone where the weary are blest, 
And the mourner looks up and is glad. 

Up is an adverb modifying looks. Art gone is here 
used for hast gone. 

148—24. What matter how the night behaved? 

What matter how the north wind raved ? 

The first line is equivalent to What matter (is it) how 
the night behaved. It is the subject, modified by the ex¬ 
planatory clause, the night behaved how . Is matter is the 
predicate. What modifies matter. The second line is 
similar in construction to the first. 

148—25. Bird of the broad and sweeping wing. 

Thy home is high in heaven, 

Where the wide storms their banners fling, 

And the tempest-clouds are driven. 

Bird , with its modifiers, is independent. Is high is the 
predicate, high being a predicate adjective. The last two 
lines modify heaven , where being a relative adverb. 

163—1. Black crags behind thee pierce the clear blue sky. 

The phrase, behind thee , modifies crags. 

163—5. The fate of gods may well be thine. 

May be thine is the predicate, thine being a predicate 
nominative. 


10 


146 


SENTENCES FROM 


163— 7. His architecture has become a mere framework for 
the setting of delicate sculpture. 

Has become framework is the predicate, framework 
being a predicate nominative. 

164— 4. His home lay low in the valley. 

Lay low is equivalent to was low. 

164—5. We one day descried some shapeless object floating 
at a distance. 

A preposition is understood before day. Floating , a 
participle, modifies object. 

164—6. The horses ran two miles without stopping. 

Miles is in the objective after a preposition understood. 
Sorfie authors say it is “ in the objective without a gov¬ 
erning word.” 

164—8. See what a grace is seated on his brow. 

The subject is understood. Grace is the subject of the 
subordinate clause. What , an adjective, modifies grace. 

164—9. There is a very life in our despair. 

Life is the subject. There is an independent adverb. 

164— 11. Heaven first taught letters for some wretch’s aid. 

Some, an adjective, modifies wretch’s. 

165— 1. To doubt the promise of a friend is a sin. 

To doubt is the simple subject. Is sin is the predicate. 

165—2. He has gone to his office to write a letter. 

To write modifies has gone. 

165—3. How pleasant it is to see the sun! 

The subject is it. To see modifies it, the subject. Is 
how pleasant is the predicate. 

165—4. Not to know me argues yourself unknown. 

To know is the subject, modified by not and me. Un¬ 
known is a factitive adjective, modifying yourself. 


147 


harvey’s English grammar. 

165—5. Tis not in mortals to command success. 

. It is the subject, modified by the explanatory phrase, 
to command success. 

165—6. Music hath charms to soothe the savage breast. 

To soothe , a verb in the infinitive, modifies charms. 

165—7. I was not hardened enough to venture a quarrel with 
him then. 

Hardened , the attribute, is modified by enough , an ad¬ 
verb. The phrase, to venture , etc., modifies enough. 

165— 8. A thousand years scarce serve to found a state. 

A thousand, an adjective, modifies years. Scarce , an 
adverb, used for scarcely , modifies serve. 

166— 1. Soon rested those who fought. 

Soon, an adverb, modifies rested. Those is the subject 
of the main clause. 

166—3. He builds a palace of ice where the torrents fall. 

The clause, where the torrents fall, modifies builds. 

166—4. It was now a matter of curiosity who the old gentle¬ 
man was. 

It, the subject, is modified by the clause beginning 
with who. Was matter is the predicate of the main 
clause. 

166—5. The fires of the bivouac complete what the fires kin¬ 
dled by the battle have not consumed. 

What has a double construction; it is in the objective 
after complete, and in the objective after have consumed. 
Kindled modifies fires. 

166—6. Towards night the schoolmaster walked over to the 
cottage where his little friend lay sick. 

Over is an adverb, modifying walked. Cottage is 
modified by the subordinate clause, where his little 
friend lay sick. Lay sick is equivalent to was sick. 


148 


SENTENTCES FROM 


166—7. Until you become lost to all feeling of your true in¬ 
terest and your natural dignity, freedom they can have from 
none but you. 

They is the subject of the sentence. The phrase, 
from, none, modifies can have, and the phrase, hut you, 
modifies none. But is here a preposition. The predicate, 
can have , is modified by the subordinate clause, Until you 
become , etc. Lost is an adjective after become. 

166—8. The sound of the wind among the leaves was no 
longer the sound of the wind, but of the sea. 

The phrase, among the leaves , modifies wind. Longer 
modifies was, and no modifies longer. But of the sea is 
equivalent to but (it was the sound) of the sea. 

166— 9. These are follies on which it would be greater folly 
to remark. 

To remark on which modifies the subject it, of the sub¬ 
ordinate clause. 

167— 10. I am now at liberty to confess that much which I 
have heard objected to my late friend’s writings was well 
founded. 

To confess modifies liberty. Much is the subject of 
was founded, and is modified by the subordinate clause, 
which I have heard objected, etc. Which is the object of 
have heard. Objected is a participle, referring to which. 

167—11. One of his favorite maxims was, that the only way 
to keep a secret is never to let any one suspect that you have 
one. 

All that follows that in the first line is the attribute 
of the main clause. Of the subordinate clause, way, the 
subject, is modified by to keep ; the predicate is is to let, 
of which to let is the attribute. (To) suspect is an infini¬ 
tive, modifying let. 


harvey’s English grammar. 


149 


167—12. How his essays will read , now they are brought to¬ 
gether, is a question for the publishers, who have thus ventured 
to draw out into one piece his “ weaved-up follies.” 

The subject of the main clause is all that precedes is in 
the second line. Will read , the predicate of the first clause, 
is modified by the subordinate clause, now (that) they are 
brought together. Is question is the predicate of the main 
clause. To draw out modifies ventured. 

167—13. Examples may be heaped until they hide 

The rules that they were made to render plain. 

That is in the objective after to render. To render 
modifies were made. Plain is a factitive adjective, refer¬ 
ring to rules. 

167—14. Merciful wind, sing me a hoarse, rough song, 

For there is other music made to-night 
That I would fain not hear. 

There is an independent adverb. Is made is the predi¬ 
cate in the first subordinate clause. To-night is an ad¬ 
verb, modifying made. The last line modifies music. 
Fain is an adverb, modifying would hear. 

167—15. Woe worth the chase! woe worth the day, 

That cost thy life, my gallant gray ! 

This is equivalent to Woe be to the chase ! woe be to 
the day ! worth being an old form of the imperative. 

167—16. The mountain arose, with its lofty brow, 

While its shadow was sleeping in vales below. 

With its lofty brow modifies mountain. Below , air ad¬ 
jective, modifies vales. 

172—1. God’s balance, watched by angels, is hung across the 
sky. 

Watched j a participle, modifies balance.. 


150 


SENTENCES FROM 


172—2. My eyes pursued him far away among the honest 
shoulders of the crowd. 

Away , an adverb, modifies pursued; far modifies 
away. 

172—3. Nothing is law that is not reason. 

The clause, that is not reason , modifies the word 
nothing. 

172—4. Vice itself lost half its evil by losing all its grossness. 

Itself is in apposition with vice. Half is a noun, fol¬ 
lowed by the preposition of understood. The same is 
true of all. Some prefer to call these words adjectives. 

172—5. There is a limit at which forbearance ceases to be a 
virtue. 

There is an independent adverb. Limit is the subject 
of the main clause. To he virtue modifies ceases. 

172—7. Were I not Alexander, I would be Diogenes. 

This is equivalent to I would he Diogenes (if) I were 
not Alexander. 

172—8. Unless he reforms soon, he is a ruined man. 

The main clause is, he is a ruined man. 

172—9. Except ye repent, ye shall all likewise perish. 

All is in apposition with ye , the subject. likewise 
modifies perish. Except is used in the sense of unless , 
and is a conjunction. 

172—10. Withdraw thy foot from thy neighbor’s house, lest 
he weary of thee, and so hate thee. 

So modifies hate ; lest connects the clauses. 

172—11. I am quite sure that Mr. Hutchins rode through the 
village this morning. 

Sure is modified by quite and by the subordinate clause 
following. 


haryey’s English grammar. 151 

173—12. He never lias a lesson, because he is too lazy to 
study. 

To study modifies too. 

173—14. Even by means of our sorrows we belong to the 
eternal plan. 

Even modifies belong. 

173 15. The gentleman who was dressed in brown-once- 
black had a sort of medico-theological exterior, which we after¬ 
ward found to be representative of the inward man. 

Brown-once-black is here used as a noun after in. 
Which is the object of found. To be representative 
modifies which. 

173—16. Every art was practised to make them pleased with 
their own condition. 

To make modifies art. 

173—17. The man that blushes is not quite a brute. 

Quite modifies is. 

173— 18. My soul is an enchanted boat, 

Which, like a sleeping swan, doth float 
Upon the silver waves of thy sweet singing. 

The subordinate clause, Which doth float, etc., modifies 
boat. Like is a conjunctive adverb ; swan is in the nomi¬ 
native to doth float understood. Singing is a participial 
noun, in the objective after of. 

174— 6. I want to be quiet and to be let alone. 

To be quiet and to be let alone are direct objects of 
want. 

174—7. The book which I loaned you, and which you lost, 
was a present from my father. 

Which in the first line is the direct object of loaned. 
Which in the second line is the direct object of lost. 


152 


SENTENCES FROM 


174 —8. To live in a fine house and drive fast horses is the 
height of his ambition. 

To live and (to) drive form the compound subject of the 
sentence ; is height is the predicate. 

174 — 9 . All the girls were in tears and white muslins, except 
a select two or three, who were being honored with a private view 
of the bride and bridesmaids, up stairs. 

In the main clause the attribute is in tears. A verb, 
were dressed, is understood before the phrase, in white 
muslins , which is adverbial. All following the word 
muslins is a modifier of girls. The word girls is under¬ 
stood after three. The clause beginning with, who were 
honored , etc., modifies girls understood. Up stairs is a 
prepositional phrase, modifying were being honored. 

174—10. There was another tap at the door—a smart, poten¬ 
tial tap, which seemed to say, “ Here I am, and in I’m coming.” 

Tap in the second line modifies tap, the subject, being 
in apposition with it. All that follows to say is the 
object of that verb. Here modifies am; and in, an ad¬ 
verb, modifies coming. 

174—11. Not a truth has to art or to science been given, 

But brows have ached for it, and souls toiled and 
striven. 

A modifies truth, and not modifies a. Has been given 
is the predicate. Have is understood before toiled and 
before striven. 

177—2. He were no lion were not Romans hinds. 

Were lion is the predicate of the main clause. If un¬ 
derstood connects the clauses. 

177—3. I would that ye all spake with tongues. 

The object of would is all that follows that word. In 
the subordinate clause ye is the subject, all being a modi¬ 
fier in apposition with ye. 


HARVEY'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


153 


177—1. Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself. 

The last part of the sentence is equivalent to as (thou 
lovest) thyself. 

177—6. He made them give up their spoils. 

(To) give up is a factitive infinitive, referring to them. 

177 —7. Go quickly, that you may meet them. 

That you may meet them is an adverbial clause, modi¬ 
fying go. 

177—9. The French, a mighty people, combined for the re¬ 
generation of Europe. 

People is in apposition with French. 

177—10. Not many generations ago, where you now sit, circled 
with all that exalts and embellishes civilized life, the rank thistle 
nodded in the wind, and the wild fox dug his hole unscared. 

The subject of the first member is thistle , and of the 
second, fox. Generations is in the objective after a prep¬ 
osition understood ; circled, a participle, modifies you; ago 
is an adjective, modifying generations. Unscared, an ad¬ 
jective, modifies the noun fox. Nodded and dug are 
modified by the phrase and the clauses preceding the 
words, the rank thistle, etc. 

177—11. Very few men, properly speaking, live at present: 
most are preparing to live another time. 

Speaking modifies the pronoun I understood, used in¬ 
dependently. At is understood before another time. 

177—13. While the bridegroom tarried, they all slumbered 
and slept. 

The clause, While the bridegroom, etc., modifies both 
slumbered and slept. 

177—14. Study nature, whose laws and phenomena are deeply 
interesting. 

Nature, the direct object, is modified by the subordinate 
clause, vjhose laws, etc. 


154 


SENTENCES FROM 


177 _ 15 . its qualities exist, since they are known, 1 and are 
known 2 because they exist. 

The predicate of the main clause is compound, consist¬ 
ing of exist and are known , 2 each of the verbs being modi¬ 
fied by a subordinate clause. 

177 — 16 . At ten o’clock, my task being finished, I went down 
to the river. 

My task being finished is independent. At ten o'clock = at 
ten of the clock. 

177 _ 17 . Some say, that ever ’gainst that season comes 
Wherein our Saviour’s birth is celebrated, 

This bird of warning singeth all night long : 

And then no spirit dares stir abroad ; 

The nights are wholesome: then no planets strike, 
No fairy takes, nor witch hath power to charm, 

So hallowed and so gracious is the time. 

All that follows say in the first three lines is the 
direct object of that verb. That as a conjunction intro¬ 
duces the subordinate clause. Ever, an adverb, modifies 
singeth. 'Gainst is a conjunctive adverb, in the sense of 
when. The clause, Wherein our Saviour's birth , etc., 
modifies season. Night is in the objective after a prepo¬ 
sition understood, and is modified by all and long. Dares 
is modified by the infinitive (to) stir. Powen' is modified 
by to charm. So hallowed, etc. is one of the main clauses, 
in which so and so are modified by the clauses, (that) no 
planets strike them, no fairy takes, nor witch hath power 
to charm. 

180—7. Thou denied a grave! 

This is equivalent to Thou (art) denied a grave ! 

180—9. How, now, Jenkinson? 

This is probably equivalent to How (is it) now, Jen - 
kinson f 


harvey’s English grammar. 155 

180—11. Rather he than I. 

This is equivalent to (I would) rather (it were) he than 
(that it were) I. 

180 12. The orphan of St. Louis, he became the adopted 
child of the Republic. 

The orphan of St. Louis is independent by pleonasm. 
Became child is the predicate. 

180—13. Seest thou a man wise in his own conceit? There is 
more hope of a fool than of him. 

After than in the second line, there is hope is under¬ 
stood. 

180—16. That building is as large as the capitol. 

Insert is large after capitol. 

180—17. Multitudes of little floating clouds, 

Ere we, who saw, of change were conscious, pierced 
Through their ethereal texture, had become 
Vivid as fire. 

Pierced is a participle, modifying clouds. The predi- • 
cate of the main clause is had become vivid, modified by 
the subordinate clause as fire (is vivid). The first subor¬ 
dinate clause in its natural order is Ere we, who saw, were 
conscious of change. Who saw modifies we. 

180—18. Then here’s to our boyhood, its gold and its gray! 
The stars of its winter, the dews of its May! 

And when we have done with our life-lasting toys, 
Dear Father, take care of thy children, the Boys! 

The first part is equivalent to Then here is (a toast) to 
our boyhood. To is understood before its gold, its gray, 
stars, and dews, all of which form prepositional phrases 
modifying is. In the second member, Dear Father is in¬ 
dependent ; thou understood being the subject. Boys is in 
apposition with children. 


156 


SENTENCES FROM 


180—19. Wisdom, judgment, prudence, and firmness were his 
predominant traits. 

The subject is compound. 

130—20. Rural employments are certainly natural, amusing, 
and healthy. 

The attribute is compound. 

180— 21. He had a good mind, a sound judgment, and a vivid 
imagination. 

The direct object is compound. 

181— 28. During our voyage, we whiled away our time in 
reading, in writing a journal, and in studying navigation. 

The phrases, in reading , in writing a journal, and in 
studying navigation , form a compound adverbial element, 
modifying whiled. 

181—29. That the climate of the northern hemisphere has 
changed, and that its mean temperature nearly resembled that 
of the tropics, is the opinion of many naturalists. 

The two subordinate clauses form the compound sub¬ 
ject of the main clause. The sentence may be diagramed 
as follows: 


That 


climate 
has changed 

and 


of hemisphere 


the 

northern 


that 

temperature 

resembled 


its 

mean 

nearly 

that | of tropics ] the 

is 

opinion 


the 

of naturalists [ many 








harvey’s English grammar. 


157 


181—30. The writings of the sages show that the best empire 
is self-government, and that subduing our passions is the noblest 
of conquests. 

The two subordinate clauses are direct objects in this 
sentence. 

181—31. The chastity of honor, which felt a stain like a 
wound, which inspired courage while it mitigated ferocity, 
which ennobled whatever it touched, and under which vice 
itself lost half its evil by losing its grossness, is gone. 

Like is an adjective. Wound is in the objective after a 
preposition understood. Whatever is in the objective after 
ennobled and touched. Itself is in apposition with vice. 
Chastity is the subject of the main clause, and is gone is 
the predicate. Under which modifies lost. Half is a 
noun, the direct object of lost. Evil is in the objective 
after a preposition understood. 

181—32. When public bodies are to be addressed on moment¬ 
ous occasions, when great interests are at stake and strong pas¬ 
sions excited, nothing is 1 valuable in speech further than it is 2 
connected with high intellectual and moral endowments. 

Nothing is the subject of the main clause. In speech 
modifies nothing. Further modifies valuable , and is 
modified by the subordinate clause introduced by than. 
Is 2 is modified by the subordinate clauses, When public 
bodies , etc., when great interests , etc., and (when) strong 
passions (are) excited. 

184—1. Csssar having crossed the Eubicon, Pompey prepared 
for battle. 

Caesar is in the nominative independent, by some called 
the nominative absolute before a participle. 

184 —2. Having accumulated a large fortune, he retired from 
business. 

Having accumulated a large fortune modifies he. 


158 


SENTENCES FROM 


184—3. Being but dust, be humble and wise. 

Being but dust modifies the subject thou understood. 

184—4. Judging from his dress, I should pronounce him an 
artisan. 

Judging, etc. modifies I. Artisan is in the same case 
as him . It is a factitive noun, referring to him . 

184—5. I believe him to be an honest man. 

All that follows believe is the direct object of that verb. 
It may be indicated in diagram as follows: 


an 

honest 

Him is used as the assumed subject of the infinitive. 

184—6. There is no hope of his recovering his health. 

There is an independent adverb. Recovering is a par¬ 
ticiple, used as a noun in the objective after of. 

184—7. There is no prospect of the storm’s abating. 

There is an independent adverb. Storm’s modifies 
abating. Abating is a participle, used as a noun in the 
objective. 

184—8. Having been detained by this accident, he lost the 
opportunity of seeing them. 

Having been detained modifies he, the subject of the 
sentence. 

184—9. Having annoyed us for a time, they began to form 
themselves into close columns, six or eight abreast. 

Having annoyed modifies they. The word having or 
containing is understood before the word six, and is 
modified by the objective six or eight. Placed is under¬ 
stood after eight. Abreast modifies 'placed understood. 





harvey’s English grammar. 


159 


184—10. My story being done, 

She gave me for my pains a world of sighs. 

My story being done is independent in construction. 

187— 3. He was a very young boy; quite a little child. 
Child is in apposition with boy ; quite , an adverb, 

modifies little . 

188— 5. “Well, what is it?” said my lady Brook. 

Brook modifies lady , the subject. The object of said 
is Well y what is it? Well is an independent adverb. Of 
the subordinate clause it is the subject, and is what, the 
predicate. 

188—6. Suddenly the watch gave the alarm of “A sail 
ahead!” 

Alarm is modified by the phrase of u A sail ahead” of 
which the expression a sail ahead may be regarded as a 

noun. 

188—7. He saw a star shoot from heaven, and, glittering in 
its fall, vanish upon the earth. 

(To) shoot, (to) vanish , and glittering modify the noun 
star. 

188—10. This were a wicked pretension, even though the 
whole family were destroyed. 

Were pretension is the predicate of the main clause. 
Even though is a complex conjunction. 

188—11. And behold there came a voice unto him, and said, 
What dost thou here, Elijah? 

Behold is an interjection. There is an independent ad¬ 
verb. The predicate is came and said, the object of said 
being the clause, What dost thou here , Elijah? 

188—12. I passed the house many successive days. 

A preposition is understood before many . 


160 


SENTENCES FROM 


Igg— 13 . He wore an ample cloak of black sheep’s wool, 
which, having faded into a dull brown, had been refreshed by 
an enormous patch of the original color. His countenance was 
that of the faded part of his cloak. 

Of wool modifies cloak; black modifies sheep, and 
sheep’s modifies wool. Having faded modifies which. 

188 — 14 . The line which bisects the vertical angle of a tri¬ 
angle divides the base into segments proportional to the ad¬ 
jacent sides. 

Proportional modifies segments. 

188—15. He is so good, he is good for nothing. 

The second clause is subordinate, being introduced by 
that understood, and modifies so. 

188—16. The clouds are divided in heaven: over the green 
hills flies the inconstant sun : red, through the stony vale, comes 
dow T n the stream of the hills. 

Comes red — is red. Ped is an attribute after 
comes = is. 

188—17. The accusing angel flew up to Heaven’s chancery 
with the oath, and blushed as he gave it in. And the recording 
angel, as he wrote it down, dropped a tear on the word, and 
blotted it out for ever. 

Note.—S ee page 72 for the discussion of this sentence. 

188—18. In the awful mystery of human life, it is a consola¬ 
tion sometimes to believe that our mistakes, perhaps even our 
sins, are permitted to be instruments of our education for im¬ 
mortality. 

It is the subject of the main clause. To believe , etc. is 
an explanatory phrase, modifying the subject. Sometimes 
modifies is. In the clause, that our mistakes are permitted 
to be, etc., the predicate is are permitted to be instruments, 
of which are permitted is the copula, and to be instruments, 
the infinitive attribute. Perhaps even our sins is equiva¬ 
lent to perhaps even our sins are permitted to be, etc., in 
which perhaps and even modify are permitted to be. 




iiarvey’s English grammar. 


161 


188—19. Even if his criticism had been uniformly indulgent, 
the position of the nobles and leading citizens, thus subjected to 
constant but secret superintendence, would have been too gall¬ 
ing to be tolerated. 

Even and unifonnly modify indulgent . The subordi¬ 
nate clause, if his criticism, etc., modifies would have been 
galling. Position is the subject of the main clause. Sub¬ 
jected , a participle, modifies nobles and citizens. Thus, an 
adverb, modifies subjected. But connects constant and 
secret. To be tolerated modifies too. 

188—20. No axe had leveled the giant progenv of the 
crowded groves, in which the fantastic forms of * withered 
limbs, that had been blasted and riven by lightning, con¬ 
trasted strangely with the verdant freshness of a younger 
growth of branches. 

In which modifies contrasted. 

188 21. The sun was now resting his huge disk upon the 
edge of the level ocean, and gilding the accumulation of clouds 
through which he had traveled the livelong day, and which now 
assembled on all sides, like misfortunes and disasters around a 
sinking empire and failing monarch. 

Was resting and (was) gilding is the compound predi¬ 
cate. Through which modifies had traveled. A preposi¬ 
tion is understood before day. Which now assembled, etc., 
refers to clouds. Like is a conjunctive adverb, introdu¬ 
cing the clause, misfortunes and disasters (assemble) etc. 

189—22. It is, therefore, a certain and a very curious fact, 
that the representative, at this time, of any great Whig family, 
who probably imagines that he is treading in the footsteps of 
his forefathers, in reality, while adhering to their party names, 
is acting against almost every one of their party principles. 

It is the subject, modified by the explanatory clause 
fol lowing fact. Therefore modifies the copula is. Rep¬ 
resentative is modified by at this time, of any great Whig 
family, and the clause, who probably imagines, etc. In 
u 


162 


SENTENCES FROM 


reality modifies is acting. One is modified by every, 
which is modified by almost While adhering, equiva¬ 
lent to while (he is) adhering, modifies is acting, 

189—23. Rivers will always have one shingly shore to play 
over, where they may be shallow, and foolish, and childlike; 
and another steep shore, under which they can pause and puiify 
themselves, and get their strength of waves fully together for due 
occasion. 

Note. —See page 66 for the discussion of this sentence. 

189—24. I seem to have been only like a boy playing on the 
sea-shore, and diverting myself in now and then finding a 
smoother pebble or a prettier shell than ordinary, whilst the 
great ocean of truth lay all undiscovered before me. 

The predicate of the main clause is seem to have been 
like, to have been like being the attribute. Boy is in the 
objective after a preposition understood. Playing and 
diverting modify boy. Finding is in the objective after 
in. Now and then, a complex adverb, modifies finding. 
Than ordinary is equivalent to than ordinary (pebbles 
are smooth or shells are pretty). All is an adverb, modi¬ 
fying undiscovered. Lay undiscovered is equivalent to 
was undiscovered. Before me modifies the copula lay. 

189—25. We’re nettles, some of us, 

And give offense by the act of springing up. 

Some is in apposition with we, the subject. Springing 
up is a complex participle, used as a noun. 

189—26. The twilight deepened round us. Still and black 

The great woods climbed the mountain at our back. 

Still and black modify woods. At our back modifies 
mountain. 

189—27. May God forgive the child of dust 

Who seeks to know where Faith should trust l 

The second line modifies child. Where Faith should 
trust modifies seeks. 


harvey’s English grammar. 


163 


189—29. Better far 

Pursue a frivolous trade by serious means, 

Than a sublime art frivolously. 

This sentence expanded is equivalent to “ It is better 
far to pursue a frivolous trade by serious means, than it 
is to pursue a sublime art frivolously.” It is the subject, 
modified by the infinitive phrase, to pursue a frivolous 
trade , etc. The subordinate clause, than it is, etc., modi¬ 
fies better. It is the subject of the subordinate clause, and 
is modified by to pursue understood. 

189— 30. With grave 

Aspect he rose, and in his rising seemed 
A pillar of state; deep on his front engraven, 
Deliberation sat, and public care; 

And princely counsel in his face yet shone, 

Majestic, though in ruin. 

The predicates of the first member are rose and seemed 
pillar , of which pillar is the attribute. Deep modifies 
engraven. On front also modifies engraven. In the last 
member shone is the predicate. Yet, an adverb, modifies 
shone. Majestic modifies face. 

190— 31. Near yonder copse, where once the garden smiled, 

And still where many a garden flower grows wild, 
There, where a few torn shrubs the place disclose, 
The village preacher’s modest mansion rose. 

A man he was to all the country dear, 

And passing rich with forty pounds a year. 

Mansion is the subject of the main clause. Preacher’s 
modifies mansion, and village modifies preacher’s. The 
modifies preacher’s. Near modifies rose. (To) copse 
modifies near. Where once , etc. modifies copse. Copse is 
modified also by the clause, where many a garden flower, 
etc. Still modifies grows. Many a modifies flower. In 
the last member teas man is the predicate. Dear and 


164 


SENTENCES FROM 


rich modify man. Dear is modified by the phrase, to all 
the country. Passing , an adverb, modifies rich. With 
forty pounds , etc., modifies he. 

190—32. As 1 when upon a tranced summer night 

Those green-robed senators of mighty woods, 

Tall oaks, branch-charmed by the earnest stars, 
Dream, 1 and so dream 2 all night without a stir, 

Save from one gradual solitary gust, 

Which comes upon the silence, and dies off, 

As 2 if the ebbing air had but one wave: 

So came these words and went. 

Words in the last line is the subject of the main clause. 
Came and went is the compound predicate. So modifies 
came and went. As 1 is a conjunctive adverb. In the 
first subordinate clause senators is the subject, with oaks 
in apposition. Branch-charmed modifies oaks. Dream 
and dream is the compound predicate of this clause. 
Upon a tranced summer night modifies dream . 1 A prepo¬ 
sition is understood before night in the fourth line. With¬ 
out a stir modifies dream . 2 Save from gust modifies stir , 
save from being a complex preposition. The subordinate 
clause, which comes , etc., modifies gust. The predicate of 
this clause is comes and dies off. Dies is modified by the 
subordinate clause, As if the ebbing air , etc., in which as 
if is the connective. But is an adverb, modifying one. 

190—33. When Freedom, from her mountain-height, 
Unfurled her standard to the air, 

She tore the azure robe of night 
And set the stars of glory there. 

She mingled with its gorgeous dyes 
The milky baldric of the skies, 

And striped its pure, celestial white 
With streakings of the morning light. 

She in the third line is the subject, and tore and set the 
predicate of the main clause. Both verbs are modified by 


harvey’s English grammar. 


165 


the first two lines, when being the connective. Unfurled 
is modified by from height , standard , and to air . In the 
second member baldric is the direct object of mingled. 
Mingled and striped is the compound predicate. Striped 
is modified by the noun white , and by the adverbial 
phrase, with streakings , etc. 

197—1. Soldier, rest! thy warfare o’er. « 

Being is understood before o’er; warfare is in the 
nominative independent or absolute. 

197—2. “ Stop ! the hat!” he exclaims. 

“ Stop! the hat!” is the direct object of exclaims. 
Stop agrees with a subject understood. “The hat” is 
probably equivalent to u Get the hat .” 

197—3. Our fathers, where are they? 

Fathers is in the nominative independent by pleonasm. 
They is the subject of the sentence. 

197—4. My being a child was a plea for my admission. 

Child is in the nominative independent after the parti¬ 
ciple being , which is used as the subject. 

197—5. The north and the south, thou hast created them. 

Nor'th and south are in the nominative independent by 
pleonasm. 

197— 9. Problem III.—To construct a mean proportional 
between two given lines. 

Problem III. is in the nominative independent by pleo¬ 
nasm. 

198— 2. The parting words shall pass my lips no more. 

More is an adverb, modifying shall pass. 

198—4. They have left unstained what there they found. 

What has a double construction ; it is in the objective 
after left and in the objective after found. Unstained 
modifies what. 


166 


SENTENCES FROM 


199 — 7 . Reading makes a full man, conference a ready man, 
and writing an exact man. 

Makes is understood after conference and writing. 

199 — 9 . His disciples said, Who, then, can be saved? 

The direct object of said is all that follows that word. 
Then is an independent adverb. 

• 199—10. I was forbidden the premises. 

This sentence is not strictly correct. In its correct 
form, “The premises were forbidden to me,” it pre¬ 
sents no difficulties. Some authors, however, claim that 
premises is in the objective after was forbidden. 

199—11. They were debarred the privilege of walking in the 
park. 

This is not strictly a correct sentence. A better form 
is, The privilege was denied !, etc. In its present form the 
preposition from, is understood before the privilege. See 
last remark under 199—10. 

199 — 12 . “ But what good came of it at last ?” 

Quoth little Peterkin. 

“ Why, that I cannot tell,” said he; 

“ But ’twas a famous victory.” 

The first line is the direct object of quoth. But is an 
introductory conjunction. Last is used here as a noun, 
in the objective after at. In the second sentence, why is 
an independent adverb. Said is the predicate of the main 
clause. The two other clauses are both subordinate. That 
in the first is the direct object of can tell. But connects 
the two clauses. 

200_1. We cruised about for several hours in the dense fog. 

About, an adverb, modifies cruised. 

200— 5. The pile sank down into the opening earth. 

Down is an adverb, modifying sank. 


harvey’s English grammar. 


167 


200—6. The ground lifts like a sea. 

Like is a conjunctive adverb. Sea is in the nomina¬ 
tive to lifts understood. 

200—7. The clouds are driven about in the sky, like squad¬ 
rons of combatants rushing to the conflict. 

Like is a conjunctive adverb. About is an adverb, modi¬ 
fying are driven. Squadrons is the subject of a verb un¬ 
derstood. Rushing modifies combatants. 

200—8. In vain does the old dragon rage. 

In vain , an adverbial phrase, modifies does rage. 

200 — 9. I had supposed till lately that you were my friend. 

Lately is here used as a noun after till. Till is a prepo¬ 
sition. The subordinate clause is the direct object of 
supposed. 

201— 1. The horse ran a mile. 2. I do not care a straw. 
3. He is worth a million of dollars. 4. The child is nine years 
old. 5. He wore his coat cloak-fashion. 6. Spring has already 
covered thy grave twelve times with flowers.' 7. The ship sailed 
four knots an hour. 

In the foregoing sentences mile , straw, million, years, 
times, and knots are by some authors said to be in the 
objective without a governing word. Others claim that 
a preposition is understood before each verb. The author 
prefers the latter disposition of them. In sentence 5 cloak- 
fashion is an adverb. 

201—8. This is worth remembering. 

Remembering is a participle, used as a noun, in the 
objective after a preposition understood. 

201 —9. The tower is two hundred and fifty feet high. 

Is high is the predicate. Feet is in the objective after 
the preposition by understood. The complex adjective, 
two hundred and fifty, modifies feet. 


168 


SENTENCES FROM 


201—10. How many square yards of plastering in a room 
twenty-one feet long, fifteen feet wide, and ten feet high? 

Yards is the subject; are understood is the predicate. 
Long , wide , and high are adjectives, modifying room; 
each of these adjectives is modified by the phrase (by) 
feet. 

201—11. The poor, dissipated student was refused his diploma. 

The sentence is not correct. In its proper form it 
presents no difficulties. See last remark under 199—10. 

204—3. Many a man shall envy him who henceforth limps. 

Many a is a complex adjective, modifying man. Who 
henceforth limps modifies him. 

204—7. Men are like birds that build their nests in trees that 
hang over rivers. 

Like is an adjective, with unto understood after it. 

204—8. He was followed by another worthless rogue, who 
flung away his modesty instead of his ignorance. 

Another and worthless are adjectives, modifying rogue. 
Away is an adverb, modifying flung. Flinging is under¬ 
stood after instead of. Instead of is a complex preposi¬ 
tion, showing the relation between flung and flinging. 

204—9. A bird is placed in a bell-glass, A, which stands over 
the mercury. 

A is a noun in apposition with hell-glass. The clause, 
which stands y etc., modifies bell-glass. 

204—10. Remorseless Time! 

Fierce spirit of the glass and scythe! What power 
Can stay him in his silent course, or melt 
His iron heart to pity ? 

Time is in the nominative independent. Spirit is a 
noun in apposition with Time. What is an adjective 
modifying the subject power . Iron is here an adjective, 
limiting heart. 


harvey’s English grammar. 169 

204—11. “Banished from Rome!” what’s banished, but set 
free 

From daily contact of the things I loathe? 

“ Tried and convicted traitor!” Who says this? 

Who’ll prove it, at bis peril, on my head? 

Note. —See page 57 for the first two lines of this selection. 

In the last two lines traitor is independent. Tried and 
convicted are adjectives, modifying traitor. Who’ll prove 
it — who will prove it. 

206—2. If thy hand or thy foot offend thee, cut it off, and 
cast it from thee. 

Off is an adverb, modifying cut. If tliy hand or thy 
foot offend thee is a subordinate clause, modifying cut 
and cast. 

206— 5. Even a rugged rock or a barren heath, though in 
itself disagreeable, contributes by contrast to the beauty of the 
whole. 

Even is an adverb, modifying contributes. After though 
(it is) is understood. In itself modifies disagreeable. An¬ 
other method of disposing of the sentence is to call even 
though a complex conjunction, introducing the subordi¬ 
nate clause, (it is) in itself disagreeable. 

207— 1. His spirit was so bird-like and so pure. 

Was bird-like and pure is the predicate. 

207—2. Dim, cheerless, is the scene my path around. 

Is dim (and) cheerless is the predicate. Around is a 
preposition. In its natural order it precedes my. 

207—3. This life of ours is a wild seolian harp of many a 
joyous strain. 

Ours is in the objective after of. Many a , a complex 
adjective, modifies strain. Is harp is the predicate. 


170 


SENTENCES FROM 


207—6. Still stands the forest primeval. 

Primeval is an adjective, modifying forest. Still is an 
adverb, modifying stands. 

207—7. Tis impious in a good man to be sad. 

It is the subject, modified by the infinitive phrase to be 
sad , in which sad is an abstract adjective after to be. 

207—8. To hope the best is pious, brave, and wise. 

Best is a noun in the objective after for understood. 
The predicate of the sentence is is pious, brave , and wise. 

207—9. Time wasted is existence; used, is life. 

Time , the subject, is modified by the participle wasted. 
In the second part of the sentence the subject time is 
understood. It is modified by the participle used. 

207—10. Thoughts shut up, want air 

And spoil, like bales unopened to the sun. 

Thoughts is modified by the participle shut up. Like 
is a conjunctive adverb. Bales is in the nominative to a 
verb understood, and is modified by the adjective un¬ 
opened. 

207—11. Tell me not, in mournful numbers, 

Life is but an empty dream. 

Me is in the objective after to understood. The last 
line is a subordinate clause, the object of tell. But is an 
adverb, modifying is. 

207— 12. Pray for the living, in whose breast 

The struggle between right and wrong 
Is raging terrible and strong. 

Terrible and strong are adjectives, modifying struggle. 

208— 13. Petulant she spoke, and at herself she laughed; 

A rose-bud set with little willful thorns, 

And sweet as English air could make her. 

Petulant is an adverb, used for petulantly by poetic 


171 


harvey’s English grammar. 

license, and modifies spoke. Rose-bud is a noun in ap¬ 
position with she. Set is a participle, modifying rose-bud. 
Sweet is an adjective, modifying rose-bud. 

208—14. The hills are dearest which our childish feet 

Have climbed the earliest, and the streams most 
sweet 

Are ever those at which our young lips drank— 
Stoop’d to their waters o’er the grassy bank. 

The clause, which our childish , etc., modifies hills. 
Earliest is an adverb, modifying climbed. The is an 
adverb, modifying earliest. Most sweet is an adjective, 
modifying streams. Ever is an adverb, modifying are. 
Stooped is a participle, modifying lips. Stooped is modi¬ 
fied by the phrase, o'er the grassy bank. 

208— 15. Sometimes her narrow kitchen walls 

Stretched away into stately halls. 

Away is an adverb, modifying the predicate stretched. 

209— 1. Thus many a sad to-morrow came and went. 

To-morrow , a noun, is the subject. Thus , an adverb, 

modifies came and went. Many a modifies the subject 
to-morrow. 

209—3. I alone was solitary and idle. 

Alone, an adjective, modifies I. 

209—9. The jury were not unanimous. 

Not, an adverb, modifies were. 

209—10. Generation after generation passes away. 

After generation, a prepositional phrase, modifies gener¬ 
ation. Away, an adverb, modifies passes. 

209—12. Every age 

Bequeaths the next for heritage 
No lazy luxury or delight. 

Next is here used as a noun, in the objective after to 


172 


SENTENCES FROM 


understood. Luxury and delight are the direct objects of 
bequeaths. 

209—13. There’s not a beggar in the street 
Makes such a sorry sight. 

There is an independent adverb. Beggar is the subject 
of the sentence. Who understood is the subject of the 
subordinate clause. Such and a are adjectives, modify¬ 
ing sight. 

209—14. He that attends to his interior self, 

That has a heart, and keeps it—has a mind 
That hungers and supplies it, and who seeks 
A social, not a dissipated life, 

Has business. 

He, the subject, is modified by the clauses, that attends, 
etc., that has a heart, etc., (that.) has a mind, etc., and who 
seeks, etc. Mind is modified by the clause that hungers, etc. 
That in the first, the second, and the third line is a pro¬ 
noun. Not in the fourth line modifies seeks understood. 
Has is the predicate; business is the direct object of has. 

209— 15. Between Nose and Eyes a strange contest arose : 

The spectacles set them unhappily wrong ; 

The point in dispute was, as all the world knows, 
To which the said spectacles ought to belong. 

Nose and Eyes is the compound object after between. 
Set wrong is the predicate in the second line, wrong 
being a factitive adjective, referring to them. All, an 
adjective, modifies world. The last line is the attribute 
in the second member. In the subordinate clause specta¬ 
cles is the subject, and ought the predicate. Ought is 
modified by to belong, which is modified by the phrase to 
which. is a relative pronoun, object of knows * 

210— 1. Her beauty, and not her talents, attracts attention. 

Not, an adverb, modifies attract, understood. 


HARVEY ; 8 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


173 


210—3. Out of the same mouth proceed blessing and cursing. 

Blessing and cursing is the compound subject. Out of 
is a complex preposition. 

210—4. You and I look alike. 

Look alike (are alike) is the predicate, in which alike is 
a predicate adjective. 

210—7. Charles, together with his sister Emma, is studying 
botany. 

Together with is a complex preposition. The phrase 
introduced by it modifies Charles. Emma is in apposi¬ 
tion with sister. 

210—8. The crime, not the scaffold, makes the shame. 

Not modifies the verb makes , understood after scaffold. 

210—12. A coach and six is, in our time, never seen, except 
as a part of some pageant. 

Coach and six may be taken as a complex noun; it is 
the subject of is seen. Except is a conjunction. As a 
part = (it is seen) as a part. 

210—13. An hour, a day, of virtuous liberty 

Is worth a whole eternity of bondage. 

Hour and day are the subjects connected by or under¬ 
stood. Is worth is the predicate, worth being a predicate 
adjective, followed by a preposition understood. 

212—1. To give an affront, or to take one tamely, is no mark 
of a great mind. 

To give and to take form the compound subject. Is 
mark is the predicate. 

212—6. Neither poverty nor riches is desirable. 

Neither and nor are correlative conjunctions; neither is 
introductory and nor connects. The analysis may be in¬ 
dicated as follows : 


174 


SENTENCES FROM 


Neither 

poverty 

nor 

riches 

is 

desirable 

212—9. The breezy call of incense-breathing morn, 

The swallow twittering from the straw-built shed, 
The cock’s shrill clarion or the echoing horn, 

No more shall rouse them from their lowly bed. 

The compound subject is call , swallow , clarion or horn. 
The predicate is shall rouse. Twittering is a participle, 
modifying swallow. More is an adverb, modifying shall 
rouse. No is an adverb, modifying more. 

212—10. From the high host 

Of stars to the lulled lake, and mountain coast, 

All is concentrated in a life intense, 

Where not a beam, nor air, nor leaf is lost. 

All is the subject, modified by the first two lines. Is 
concentrated is the predicate. Intense is an adjective 
modifying life. The last line is a subordinate clause, 
modifying life. A modifies beam, and not modifies a. 

212—11. Time, nor Eternity, hath seen 
A repetition of delight 
In all its phases ; ne’er hath been 
For men or angels that which is. 

Neither is understood before Time. The phrase, in all 
its phases , modifies delight. In the last member, that is 
the subject, and hath been , the predicate. Hath been is 
modified by ne'er and by the phrase, for men or angels. 

Which is modifies that. 





harvey’s English grammar. 


175 


214—1. To do right, is to do that which is ordered to be 
done. 

To do is the subject. Is to do is the predicate. Right 
is the object of to do, the subject; that is the object of 
the attribute to do. In the subordinate clause, is ordered 
to be done is the predicate, of which is ordered is the 
copula. 

214—3. To do justice and judgment is more acceptable to the 
Lord than sacrifice. 

To do is the subject, modified by justice and judgment. 
Is acceptable is the predicate. The subordinate clause is 
than sacrifice (is acceptable). 

214—4. It is our duty to try, and our determination to 
succeed. 

It is the subject, modified by the explanatory phrase to 
try. In the second member it understood is the subject, 
modified by the explanatory phrase to succeed. 

214—5. He had dared to think for himself. 

Had dared is the predicate, modified by to think for 
himself. 

214—6. It is the curse of kings to be attended 

By slaves that take their humors for a warrant 
To break within the bloody house of life, 

And on the winking of authority 
To understand a law. 

It is the subject, modified by to be attended , etc. Slaves 
is modified by that take, etc. Warrant is modified by to 
break and to understand. Law is the direct object of 
break and understand. Is curse is the predicate of the 
main clause. 

214—7. Have ye brave sons ? Look 1 in the next fierce brawl 
To see them die. Have ye fair daughters ? Look 2 
To see them live, torn from your arms, distained, 


176 


SENTENCES FROM 


Dishonored, and if ye dare call for justice, 

Be answered by the lash. 

To see modifies look} (To) die modifies them. In the 
third line To see modifies look. 2 (To) live modifies them. 
Torn, distained, and dishonored are participles-, modifying 
them. Ye understood is the subject of the third member. 
Be answered is the predicate. The. subordinate clause, if 
ye dare , etc., modifies be answered. (To) call modifies 
dare. 

215—1. I come not here to talk. 

Here and to talk modify come adverbially. Not modi¬ 
fies to talk. 

215—3. In sooth, deceit maketh no mortal gay. 

Maketh gay is the predicate, gay being a factitive ad¬ 
jective, referring to mortal. In sooth modifies the verb 
maketh. 

215— 4 . I saw along the winter snow a spectral column pour. 

Column is the direct object of saw. (To) pour modi¬ 
fies column. Pour is modified by the phrase, along the 
winter snow. 

215—5. Let the great world spin for ever down the ringing 
grooves of change. 

(To) spin modifies let. For ever, an adverb, modifies 
spins. 

215—7. It is a brave thing to understand something of what 
we see. 

It, the subject, is modified by to understand , etc. What 
has a double construction, being in the objective after of 
and in the objective after see. 

215—8. It is better to fight for the good than to rail at 
the ill. 

It, the subject, is modified bv the explanatory phrase, 


harvey’s English grammar. 


177 


to fight for the good. In the subordinate clause, it is good 
is understood; thus, than (it is good) to rail at the ill To 
rail, etc. is explanatory of it, the subject understood. 

215—9. Let us be content in work, 

To do the thing we can, and not presume 
To fret because it’s little. 

(To) he content modifies let. Let is modified also by 
the phrase (to) 'presume, etc. To do, etc. modifies con¬ 
tent. Thing is modified by the clause, (which) we can 
(do). To fret modifies presume. 

215—10. One day with life and heart 

Is more than time enough to find a world. 

With life and (with) heart modifies day. Is (time) is 
the predicate. More modifies time understood. The 
clause, than time enough (is), etc. modifies more. To find, 
etc. modifies enough. 

215—11. Needful auxiliars are our friends, to give 
To social man true relish of himself. 

Friends is the subject; are auxiliars is the predicate. 
To give modifies auxiliars. Relish is the object of to give. 

215—12. Learn well to know how much need not be known, 
And what that knowledge which impairs your sense. 

To know is the object of learn. Of the first subordi¬ 
nate clause, much is the subject and need or (does) need is 
the predicate, modified by not and (to) be known. Both 
the first and the second subordinate clause modify know 
objectively. Of the second clause, knowledge is the sub¬ 
ject, modified by the clause, which impairs, etc. (Is) what 
is the predicate. 

215—13. Let him not violate kind nature’s laws, 

But own man born to live as well as die. 

(To) violate modifies let . Let is modified also by (to) 
12 


178 


SENTENCES FROM 


own. Own is modified by the expression man (to be) 
bam to live as well as die. Born is modified by to live 
and to die, connected by the complex conjunction as 
well as. 


215 — 14 . The blood more stirs 

To rouse a lion than to start a hare. 

Blood is the subject, and stirs is the predicate of the 
main clause. To rouse, etc. modifies stirs. More also 
modifies stirs. The subordinate clause modifies more. 
The analysis may be indicated thus: 


blood 


stirs 


The 


more I than'- 


to rouse [ lion | a 


to start | hare | a 


215—15. He that lacks time to mourn, lacks time to mend. 
Eternity mourns that. 

He is modified by the subordinate clause following. 
To mourn modifies time. In the predicate, to mend 
modifies time . 


217—1. All the world was ours once more. 

Was ours is the predicate, oxers being in the nominative 
after was. More modifies was, and once modifies more. 


217—3. I saw the blue Rhine sweep along. 

(To) sweep modifies Rhine ; along, an adverb, modifies 
sweep. 

217—4. Death erects his batteries right over against our 
homes. 

Over against homes modifies erects. Over against is a 
complex preposition. Right is here an adverb, modify¬ 
ing over against homes. 




harvey’s English grammar. 179 

217 6. The complication of a town is often happily unraveled 
by starting from a main trunk. 

Often and happily are adverbs, modifying is unraveled. 
Starting is a participle, used as a noun in the objective 
after by. 

217—7. Man desires not only to be loved, but to be lovely. 

But in this sentence should be followed by also. Not 
only and but also are here the proper correlatives. Not 
only modifies desires and (but) also connects to be loved 
and to be lovely. The sentence may also be construed to 
mean man desires not only to be loved, but (he desires also) 
to be lovely. 

217—10. We see but dimly through the mists and vapors. 

Dimly modifies see; and but, an adverb, modifies 
dimly. 

217—11. Man by man, and foot by foot, did the soldiers pro¬ 
ceed over the Alps. 

Man by man and foot by foot are equivalent to (with) 
man by man and (with)/oo£ by foot. The phrases modify 
proceed. By man and by foot modify followed under¬ 
stood. 

217—12. Finally, the war is already begun, and we must 
either conquer or perish. 

Finally is an independent adverb. Already modifies is 
begun. Either and or are correlative conjunctions. 

217— 13. He heaped up great riches, but passed his time 
miserably. 

Heaped up , a complex verb, is the predicate of the first 
member. He is understood before passed. 

218— 14. Night’s candles are burnt out, and jocund Day 

Stands tiptoe on the misty mountain’s top. 

Are burnt out, a complex verb, is the predicate of the 


180 


SENTENCES FROM 


first member. Tiptoe is in the objective after on under¬ 
stood. By some tiptoe is regarded as an adverb. Misty, 
an adjective, modifies mountain. 

218—15. I’ll look no more, 

Lest my brain turn, and the deficient sight 
Topple down headlong. 

71/ore is an adverb, modifying look; no modifies more. 
Lest, a subordinate conjunction, introduces the subordi¬ 
nate clauses. Down and headlong are adverbs, modifying 
topple . 

218—16. Not a word to each other; we kept the great pace— 
Neck by neck, stride by stride, never changing our 
place. 

The first member is equivalent to (We spoke) not a 
word to each other , in which each is in apposition with 
the subject we ; other is in the objective after to. Not 
modifies a, and a modifies ivord. The last line is equiva¬ 
lent to (with) neck by neck, (with) stride by stride , etc. 
Changing is a participle, modifying the subject we. 

218—17. Their breath is agitation, and their life 

A storm whereon they ride to sink at last. 

In the second member the word is is understood after 
life, forming with storm the predicate of that member. 
Storm is modified by the subordinate clause following. 
Whereon modifies ride. 

218—18. Who does the best his circumstance allows, 

Does well, acts nobly ; angels could no more. 

Our outward act indeed admits restraint; 

’Tis not in things o’er thought to domineer. 

Guard well thy thought; our thoughts are heard in 
heaven. 

The subject of the first member is he understood, 
modified by the clause, who does , etc. Does is modified 


HARVEY’S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 181 

by best , a noun, and best is modified by the clause, (that) 
his circumstance allows , that being a pronoun in the ob¬ 
jective understood after allows. Does and acts is the 
compound predicate of the main clause. By some, angels 
could do, etc., is made a subordinate clause, introduced by 
for understood. More is used as a noun, in the objective 
after do. In the third line, indeed modifies admits. It 
is the subject in the fourth line, modified by the explana¬ 
tory phrase, to domineer o’er thought. Not and in things 
modify is. For is understood before our thoughts , etc., the 
clause being subordinate. 

220—1. Come as the winds come when navies are stranded. 

As is a conjunctive adverb. When also is a conjunctive 
adverb. 

220—2. I never thought that it could be so. 

That is a conjunction ; so is an adverb. 

220—3. He locks the door after the horse is stolen. 

After is a conjunctive adverb. 

220—4. I now know why you deceived me. 

Why is an adverb, modifying deceived. 

220—5. He will have friends wherever he may be. 

Wherever is a conjunctive adverb. 

220—7. However stern he may seem, he is a good man. 

However is an adverb, modifying stern. 

220—8. While there is life, there is hope. 

While is a conjunctive adverb. There and there are 
independent adverbs. 

220—9. Blessed are the merciful: for they shall obtain mercy. 

For is a subordinate conjunction. 


182 


SENTENCES FROM 


220—10. He rushes to the fray as if he was summoned to a 
banquet. 

Hs if is a complex subordinate conjunction. 

220—11. Whether the planets are inhabited was discussed 
last evening. 

Whether is an introductory conjunction, introducing 
the clause, the planets are inhabited , which is the subject 
of the main clause. 

220—12. I consent to the constitution, because 1 I expect no 
better, and because 2 I am not sure it is not the best. 

Because 1 is a subordinate conjunction; the same is true 
of because in the second line. Sure , an adjective, is modi¬ 
fied by the clause, (that) it is not the best , that being a sub¬ 
ordinate conjunction, and best a noun. Best may also be 
considered an adjective, modifying a noun understood. 

220—13. I do not know where he is. 

Where is an adverb, modifying is. 

220—14. There was so much noise that T could not sleep. 

There is an independent adverb. So is an adverb, 
modifying the adjective much . That is a subordinate 
conjunction. 

220— 15. We meet in joy, though we part in sorrow; 

We part to-night, but we meet to-morrow. 

Though is a subordinate conjunction. But is a co-ordi¬ 
nate conjunction. To-night and to-morrow are adverbs. 
The first line is a complex sentence; the second, com¬ 
pound. 

221— 8. Pshaw! there’s no distress in that. 

Pshaw is an interjection; there is an independent 
adverb. 


harvey’s English grammar. 183 

221—13. Hark! they whisper: angels say, 

Sister spirit, come away. 

Hark is an interjection. Spirit is a noun in the nomi¬ 
native independent. Away is an adverb, modifying come . 

228—1. He has been ill since November. 

Since is a preposition, showing the relation between 
November and has been. 

228—2. I will go, provided he sends me. 

Provided is a subordinate conjunction. 

228—3. Can you not still this noise ? 

Still is a verb. The predicate is can still . 

228—4. The rain still continues. 

Still is an adverb, modifying continues. 

228—5. The before-mentioned facts are before you. 

Before is a preposition; before-mentioned is an adjective. 

228—7. This boy is full ten years old. 

Old is a predicate adjective; years is a noun, in the 
objective after a preposition understood. Full is an ad¬ 
verb, modifying ten. 

228—8. I never saw 1 a saw 2 saw 3 a saw 4 as that saw 5 saws 
a saw. 6 

Saw 1 is a verb; saw 2 is a noun ; (to) saw 3 is a verb 
in the infinitive; saw 4 is a noun, the object of saw 5 ; 
saw 5 is a noun in the nominative to saws; and saw 6 is a 
noun, the direct object of saws. 

228—9. What with the bread, and what with the water, he 
sustained himself for several weeks. 

What and what , meaning partly, are adverbs, modify¬ 
ing with bread and with water. 


184 


SENTENCES FROM 


228—10. Give me such as I bargained for, and as much as I 
bargained for. 

This sentence may be taken as equivalent to, G-ive me 
such as (that is which) I bargained for and as much as 
(that is which) I bargained for. Some authorities would 
call as a relative pronoun after for. The former is the 
preferable disposition of the sentence. 

228—11. What, then, could be done? 

Then is an independent adverb. 

228—12. He has come round. 

Round is an adverb, modifying come. 

228—14. The weight of this box is forty pounds. 

Pounds is a noun, in the nominative after is. 

228—15. The stars are out by twos and threes. 

Out is an adverb, modifying are; tivos and threes are 
nouns in the objective after by. 

228—16. Whether is greater, the gold or the temple. 

Whether , an obsolete form of which , is a pronoun. 
Gold and temple are nouns in apposition with the subject 
whether. 

228— 18. No man can come unto me except the Father draws 
him. 

Except , used incorrectly here for unless , is a conjunctive 
adverb. 

229— 19. He maketh me to lie down in green pastures. 

To lie , a factitive infinitive, modifies me; down is an 
adverb, modifying to lie. 

229—20. They have promised, yet they do not perform. 

Yet is a conjunction, in the sense of but. 

229—21. One came, methought, and whispered in my ear. 

Methought is equivalent to I thought. 


harvey’s English grammar. 185 

229—22. He that catches at more than belongs to him, justly 
deserves to lose what he has. 

More is a noun iir the objective after at. Than belongs 
to him is equivalent to than (that is, which) belongs to him. 

What is in the objective after lose and has. 

229—23. All this I heard as one half dead; but answer had 
I none to words so true, save tears for my sins. 

is a conjunctive adverb. One is the subject of 
hears understood. Dead is an adjective, modifying one, 
and half, an adverb, modifies dead. None, an adjective, 
modifies answer. True, an adjective, modifies words; so 
modifies true. Answer is modified also by the phrase, 
save tears, in which save is a preposition. 

229—24. Dreaming, she knew it was a dream. 

Dreaming is a participle, modifying she. 

229—25. I have told what and how true thou art. 

This is equivalent to I have told (thou art) what and 
thou art how true. 

229—26. He thought only of his subject. 

Only is an adverb, modifying the phrase of subject. 

229—27. The path of glory leads but to the grave. 

But is an adverb, modifying to grave. 

229—29. Angling is somewhat like poetry: men are apt to be 
born so. 

Like is an adjective; 'poetry is the object of a preposi¬ 
tion understood. So is an adverb, modifying born. 

229—30. And the final event to himself has been that, as he 
rose like a rocket, he fell like the stick. 

And is an introductory conjunction. Has been is the 
copula, and all that follows is the attribute of the main 
clause. That is a subordinate conjunction. Like and 


186 


SENTENCES FROM 


like are conjunctive adverbs. Rocket is in the nomina¬ 
tive to rises understood, and stick is in the nominative to 
falls understood. 

229—31. There shall nothing die of all that is the children’s 
of Israel. 

There is an independent adverb. Of all , with what 
follows, modifies nothing . The possessive sign should be 
attached to Israel rather than children , the name children 
of Israel being complex, and used together as the attribute 
after is. 

229—32. We have just come from Brown and Starr’s. 

Brown and Starr’s is in the objective after from. 

229—33. Three times seven are twenty-one. 

This is equivalent to seven (taken by) three times is 
twenty-one. Seven is the subject. Is twenty-one is the 
predicate. Taken modifies seven. By times modifies 
taken. 

229—34. I paid thirty-seven and a half cents for butter this 
morning. 

Thirty-seven and a half is a complex adjective, modi¬ 
fying cents. 

229—35. Wheat is two dollars a bushel. 

Worth is understood after is. Is (worth) is the predi¬ 
cate. Dollars and bushel are each in the objective after a 
preposition understood. 

229—36. He ran the train at the rate of forty miles an hour. 

A preposition is understood before the noun hour. 
Tain is the direct object after ran. 

229—37. The more I see of him the better I like him. 

More is an adverb, modifying see; the is an adverb, 


harvey’s English grammar. 187 

modifying more. The in the second part of the sentence 
is an adverb, modifying better. The second clause in such 
sentences is always the main clause. 

229—38. Let your communication be yea, yea, and nay, nay. 

(To) be modifies let. Yea, yea , and nay, nay are in the 
nominative case after the infinitive (to) be, by predication. 

229—39. As 1 far 1 as 2 the east is from the west, so far 2 hath 
He removed our transgressions from us. 

So far he hath removed, etc. is the main clause. Far 2 
modifies from us. So modifies far. As far as the east 
etc. is the subordinate clause, modifying far 2 . Far 1 
modifies the phrase from west. As 1 modifies far 1 . 

229—40. Therefore, if thine enemy hunger, feed him; if he 
thirst, give him drink: for in so doing thou shalt heap coals of 
fire on his head. 

Therefore is an introductory conjunction. If thine, etc. 
modifies feed ; if he thirst modifies give. Doing is a par¬ 
ticiple, used as a noun in the objective after in. 

229—41. It is good for us to be here. 

It, the subject, is modified by the explanatory phrase, 
to be here. For us modifies good. 

229—42. Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they 
toil not, neither do they spin. 

How they grow modifies consider. 

229—43. A little one shall become a thousand, and a small 
one a strong nation. 

A thousand is predicate nominative after shall become, 
and nation is in the nominative after shall become under¬ 
stood. 

229—44. If I forget thee, 0 Jerusalem, let my right hand 
forget her cunning. 

(To) forget is in the infinitive, modifying let. 


188 


SENTENCES FROM 


229—45. Hitherto shalt thou come, but no further. 

Hitherto , an adverb, modifies shalt come. After but, 
the clause Thou shalt come is understood. Further, in¬ 
correctly used here for farther, is an adverb, modifying 
shalt come understood; no modifies further . 

229—46. Yet man is born unto trouble, as the sparks fly 
upward. 

Yet is an introductory conjunction. As is a conjunctive 
adverb. 

229—47. “ Madam,” said I, emphatically, “ you are in an 
error.” 

Madam is in the nominative independent. Emphati¬ 
cally is an adverb, modifying said. In error is a phrase 
attribute after are. 

229—48. How feeble were the attempts at planting towns is 
evident from the nature of the tenure by which the lands near 
the Saco were held. 

Hoio feeble were the attempts at planting towns is the 
subject of the main clause. Is evident is the simple pred¬ 
icate. By which modifies were held. Near modifies lands. 
To is understood before Saco. 

229—49. This is—what shall we call it? 

The predicate is all that follows this. All that follows 
is is a clause attribute, of which the predicate is shall call 
what, and it, the direct object. 

229—50. It is he, 1 even he 2 . 

By some even is taken as a conjunction, the sentence 
meaning, It is he even (it is) he. Even may also be con¬ 
sidered an adverb, modifying is ; he 2 being in apposition 
with he \ 


harvey’s English grammar. 


189 


229—51. He was not even invited to be present. 

To be present is an infinitive attribute after was invited. 
Even is an adverb, modifying invited. 

229—52. Is your health good now ?—Rather so. 

Good is a predicate adjective. Now is an adverb, modi¬ 
fying is. So is a predicate adjective; the full clause being 
(It is) rather so. 

229— 53. The garret was filled with broken chairs, cast-off 
garments, and what not. 

What not = other things, may be taken as a noun. 

230— 54. How long was it before the man came to ?—About 
three-quarters of an hour. 

It is the subject. Came to is a complex verb, in the 
sense of revived. Before is a conjunctive adverb. The 
clause, before the man came to , modifies it, the subject. 
The second member is equivalent to (It was) about three- 
quarters of an hour. Quarters is the attribute in this 
member, and is modified by three. About, an adverb, 
modifies three. 

230—55. No quips, now, Pistol: indeed, I am in the waist 
two yards about. 

Now is an independent adverb. Quips is the object 
of give understood. Indeed is an adverb, modifying am. 
In waist is an attribute phrase after am. Yards is in the 
objective after a preposition understood. About is an ad¬ 
verb, modifying two. 

230—56. He that will not when he may, 

When he would he shall have nay. 

The first line is independent by pleonasm. A principal 
verb, probably do, is understood after will and may. In the 
last line nay is in the objective after shall have. Shall have 
is modified by the subordinate clause, when he would. 


190 


SENTENCES FROM 


230—57. For what is worth in anything 

But so much money as ’twill bring. 

For is an introductory conjunction. Worth, a noun, is 
the subject, and is what is the predicate of the main clause. 
The phrase, in anything , modifies worth. But is a prepo¬ 
sition with money as its object. Much modifies money , 
and so modifies much, As it will bring modifies money . 
As, in the sense of which, may be regarded as a relative 
pronoun. 

230—58. The swan on still St. Mary’s lake 
Float double, swan and shadow. 

In order to make this sentence clear it must be taken 
in connection with the lines that precede; thus, 

Let beeves and home-bred kine partake 
The sweets of Burn-mill meadow; 

The swan 1 on still St. Mary’s lake 
Float double, swan 2 and shadow ! 

Swan is in the objective after let understood. (To) 
float modifies let. Double is an adjective attribute after 
float, the copula. Swan 2 and shadow are in apposition 
with swan \ 

230—59. Here lies what once was Matthew Prior: 

The son of Adam and Eve: 

Can Bourbon or Nassau claim higher? 

What is the subject, and was Matthew Prior is the 
predicate of the subordinate clause, all of which is the 
subject of the main clause. Lies here is the predicate of 
the main clause, here modifying lies. Son is in apposition 
with Matthew Prior. Once modifies was. Higher is an 
adjective, modifying lineage understood. The analysis 
may be indicated as follows: 


harvey’s English grammar. 


191 


What 
was once 
Matthew Prior son 


the 


■Adam 



lies 


here 


230—60. I cannot tell what you and other men 

Think of this life ; but for my single self, 

I had as 1 lief not be as 2 live to be 
In awe of such a thing as 3 I myself. 

What is in the objective after tell and after think. But 
is a co-ordinate conjunction, connecting the two members. 
Of the second member, I is the subject, modified by the 
phrase, for my single self. Had be is the predicate. Lief 
and not are adverbs, modifying be. As 1 is an adverb, 
modifying lief. As 2 is a conjunctive adverb. I would 
is understood before live. As 3 introduces the clause, as 
I myself (am). 


230—61. Think for thyself—one good idea, 

But known to be thine own, 

Is better than a thousand gleaned 
From fields by others sown. 

Think agrees with a subject understood. Of the next 
clause idea is the subject. Known , a participle, modifies 
idea. But is an adverb, modifying known. To be (idea) 
modifies known , adverbially. Chvn and thine modify idea 
understood. Is better is the predicate. Better is modified 
by the clause following, than being the connective. Of 
the last clause, a thousand is the subject ; the predicate, 
(are good), is understood. Gleaned is a participle, modi¬ 
fying thousand. Sown is a participle, modifying fields. 
A thousand may also be taken as a complex adjective, 
modifying ideas. 






192 


SENTENCES FROM 


230—62. So we were left galloping, Joris and I, 

Past Looz and past Tongres, no cloud in the sky: 
The broad sun above laughed a pitiless laugh; 
’Neath our feet broke the brittle bright stubble like 
chaff; 

Till over by Dalhem a dome-spire sprang white, 
And “ Gallop,” gasped Joris, “for Aix is in sight.” 

Joris and I are in apposition with the subject we. 
Were left galloping is the predicate of the first member. 
No cloud (being) in the sky is independent in construc¬ 
tion. The last two lines modify were left galloping. 
White modifies dome-spire. Over by is a complex prepo¬ 
sition. The analysis of the last line may be represented 
as follows: 


And 


Joris 


gasped 


< X - 
Gallop 



in sight 


In line three, above is an adjective, modifying sun. In 
line four, like is a conjunctive adverb, and chaff is in the 
nominative to a verb understood. 

230—63. This well may be 

The Day of Judgment which the world awaits; 

But, be it so or not, I only know 
My present duty and my Lord’s command 
To occupy till he come. So at the post 
Where he hath set me in his providence 
I choose for one to meet him face to face,— 

No faithless servant frightened from my task, 

But ready when the Lord of the harvest calls. 

This is the subject of the first member, and may be Day 
of Judgment is the predicate. Well is an adverb, modify¬ 
ing may be. But connects the two members. Of the 








harvey's English grammar. 193 

second member, I is the subject of the main clause, and 
know is the predicate. Only modifies know. The direct 
objects of know are duty and command. To occupy 
modifies command. The subordinate clause, be it so or 
not, is equivalent to be it so or (be it) not (so), and modi¬ 
fies know. Of the second sentence, I is the subject, and 
choose, the predicate. For one modifies 1 . Servant is in 
apposition with I. Frightened is a participle, modifying 
servant. Ready, an adjective, modifies servant. Ready 
is modified by the adverbial clause, when the Lord, etc. 
To meet is the direct object of choose. To meet is modi¬ 
fied by the phrase, at the post. Post is modified by the 
adjective clause, where he hath set, etc. Face to face may 
be taken as an adverb, or it may be taken as equivalent 
to “ (with) face (placed) to face.” 

13 






















SENTENCES 

FROM 

REED & KELLOGG’S 
HIGHER LESSONS IN ENGLISH. 


33—2. The old historic Charter Oak was blown down. 
Charter Oak is the simple subject. 

33— 4. Bright-eyed daisies peep up everywhere. 

Up and everywhere modify peep. 

34— 8 . We both turned rather abruptly. 

Both modifies we. Rather modifies abruptly. 

34—10. Why will people exaggerate so. 

Why and so modify will exaggerate. 

34—12. We now travel still more rapidly. 

More modifies rapidly , and still modifies more. 

34—13. Therefore he spoke excitedly. 

Therefore modifies spoke. 

34—14. You will undoubtedly be very cordially welcomed. 
Undoubtedly , an adverb, modifies will be welcomed; 
very modifies cordially. 

34 —15. A furious equinoctial gale has just swept by. 

Just is an adverb, modifying has swept by. Has swept 
by is a complex verb. 


195 



196 


SENTENCES FROM 


34—16. The Hell Gate reef was slowly drilled away. 

Hell Gate is an adjective, modifying reef. Slowly and 
away are adverbs, modifying was drilled. 

38—2. The Gulf Stream can be traced along the shores of 
the United States by the blueness of the water. 

Gulf Stream is the simple subject. 

38—3. The North Pole has been approached in three princi¬ 
pal directions. 

North Pole , a complex noun, is the simple subject. 

38—4. In 1607, Hudson penetrated within six hundred miles 
of the North Pole. 

The phrase in 1607 modifies penetrated. Penetrated is 
modified also by the phrase within miles. Six hundred , a 
complex adjective, modifies miles; miles is modified also 
by the phrase, of the North Pole. 

38—6. The Delta of the Mississippi was once at St. Louis. 

Was is modified by once and the phrase, at St. Louis. 

38—8. Genius can breathe freely only in the atmosphere of 
freedom. 

Note.— See page 19 for the analysis of this sentence. 

38—9. The Suspension Bridge is stretched across the Niagara 
river just below the Falls. 

Suspension Bridge is the simple subject. River is 
modified by the and Niagara. The phrase, below the 
Falls, modifies is stretched. Just modifies the phrase below 
Falls , an adverbial element. 

38—10. In Mother Goose the cow jumps clear over the moon. 

In Mother Goose modifies cow. Clear modifies the 
phrase over the moon. 


REED AND KELLOGG’S HIGHER LESSONS. 197 

38—12. The first astronomical observatory in Europe was 
erected at Seville by the Saracens. 

Was erected is modified by the phrases at Seville and 
by the Saracens. 

38—13. The tails of some comets stretch to the distance of 
100 , 000,000 miles. 

Distance is modified by the phrase of miles . 100,000,000 
is an adjective, modifying miles. 

38—14. The body of the great Napoleon was carried back 
from St. Helena to France. 

Was carried is modified by back, from St. Helena, and 
to France. 

42— 2. In a letter we may advise, exhort, comfort, request, 
and discuss. 

The compound predicate is may advise, exhort, comfort, 
request, and discuss, all modified by the phrase, in a letter. 

43 — 4 . The hero of the Book of Job came from a strange 
land and of a strange parentage. 

Hero , the subject, is modified by the phrase of the Book 
of Job , of which Book of Job, a complex noun, is the basis. 
Came is modified by the two phrases, from a strange land 
and of a strange parentage. 

43—5. The optic nerve passes from the brain to the back of 
the eyeball, and there spreads out. 

Of the eyeball modifies back. Spreads is modified by 
there and out. Passes and spreads is the compound 
predicate. 

43—6. Between the mind of man and the outer world are in¬ 
terposed the nerves of the human body. 

Nerves is the subject; are interposed is the predicate. 
The preposition between has a compound object, mind and 
world. 


198 


SENTENCES FROM 


43—7. All forms of the lever and all the principal kinds of 
hinges are found in the body. 

The subject is compound, consisting of the two simple 
subjects, forms and hinds. 

43—8. By perfection is meant the full and harmonious de¬ 
velopment of all the faculties. 

Development is the subject of the sentence. The ad¬ 
jective element, full and harmonious , is compound. By 
perfection modifies is meant. 

43—9. Ugh I I look forward with dread to to-morrow. 

TJgh is an interjection. Forward is an adverb, modi¬ 
fying look. Look is modified also by the two phrases, 
with dread and to to-morrow. 

43—10. From the Mount of Olives, the Dead Sea, dark and 
misty and solemn, is seen. 

Dead Sea is the subject. The adjective element, dark 
and misty and, solemn , is compound. Mount of Olives is 
a complex noun, in the objective after from. 

43—11. Tush ! tush! ’twill not again appear. 

Tush and tush are interjections. It is the subject. Not 
and again modify the predicate will appear. 

43—12. A sort of gunpowder was used at an early period in 
China and in other parts of Asia. 

Sort is the subject of the sentence. The phrase, in 
China and in parts , is compound. 

43—13. Some men sin deliberately and presumptuously. 

The adverbial modifier is compound. 

43—14. Feudalism did not and could not exist before the 
tenth century. 

Exist is understood after not. Before the tenth century 
modifies both verbs. 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 199 


43—15. The opinions of the New York press are quoted in 
every port and in every capital. 

Opinions is the subject of the sentence. New York 
is an adjective, modifying press. Are quoted , the pred¬ 
icate, is modified by the two phrases, in port and in 
capital. 

47.—1. By the streets of By-and-by one arrives at the house 
of Never. 

Arrives , the predicate, is modified by the phrases by 
streets and at house. Streets is modified by the phrase 
of By-and-by. House is modified by the phrase of Never. 
By-and-by and Never are used here as nouns. 

47— 2. The winds and waves are always on the side of the 
ablest navigators. 

Winds and waves is the compound subject. Are is 
the predicate; it is modified by always and by the phrase 
on the side. Side is modified by the phrase which fol¬ 
lows it. 

48— 3. The axis of the earth sticks out visibly through the 
centre of each and every town or city. 

Sticks , the predicate, is modified by the adverb out; 
also by the phrase through the centre , etc. Centre is 
modified by of town or city , a compound phrase, in which 
town and city are each modified by the compound adjec¬ 
tive element each and every. 

48 —The arrogant Spartan with a French-like glorification 
boasted for ever of little Thermopylae. 

The phrase, with a French-like glorification, modifies 
boasted. 

48 — 5 . The purest act of knowledge is always colored by some 
feeling of pleasure or pain. 

The adverb always modifies is colored. Pleasure and 
pain is compound after of. 


200 


SENTENCES FROM 


48—6. The thunder of the great London journals reverberates 
through every clime. 

The adjective great modifies journals. Thunder is the 
subject. 

48—7. The cheeks of William the Testy were scorched into a . 
dusky red by two fiery little gray eyes. 

William the Testy is a complex noun. Into red modi¬ 
fies were scorched. Dusky modifies red, red being a noun. 
Eyes is modified by two, fiery, little, and gray. 

48—8. The study of natural science goes hand in hand with 
the culture of the imagination. 

Hand in hand may be taken as a complex adverb, or 
the phrase, expanded, may be regarded as equivalent to 
“ (with) hand (placed) in hand.” 

48—9. The whole substance of the winds is drenched and 
bathed and washed and winnowed and sifted through and 
through by this baptism in the sea. 

The predicate is compound. The complex adverb, 
through and through, modifies all the verbs in the predi¬ 
cate. The phrase, by this baptism, also modifies all of 
the verbs in the predicate. 

48—10. The Arabian Empire stretched from the Atlantic J;o 
the Chinese Wall, and from the shores of the Caspian Sea to 
those of the Indian Ocean. 

Arabian Empire is the simple subject. And in the 
second line seems to divide the phrases into pairs. Chinese 
Wall, Caspian Sea, and Indian Ocean should be regarded 
as complex nouns. The words Chinese, Caspian, and In¬ 
dian are not adjectives, but each forms a part of a com¬ 
plex noun. 

48—11. One half of all known materials consists of oxygen. 

Half is the subject, modified by one. 


REED AND KELLOGG’S HIGHER LESSONS. 201 


48—12. The range of thirty pyramids even in the time of 
Abraham looked down on the plain of Memphis. 

Range is the subject. Even modifies the phrase in 
time. Down modifies looked. Plain is modified by the 
phrase of Memphis. 

51—5. We find the first surnames in the tenth century. 

The phrase, in the tenth century, modifies find. 

51—6. God tempers the wind to the shorn lamb. 

The phrase, to the shorn lamb, modifies tempers. 

51—7. Benjamin Franklin invented the lightning-rod. 

Benjamin Franklin is the subject. Lightning-rod is 
the object complement or direct object. 

51—10. Hunger rings the bell, and orders up coals in the 
shape of bread and butter, beef and bacon, pies and puddings. 

Rings and orders is the compound predicate. Up 
modifies orders. Coals is the direct object of orders; 
it is modified by the phrase, in the shape. Shape is 
modified by the compound adjective phrase, of bread and 
butter, beef and bacon, pies and puddings. 

51—11. The history of the Trojan War rests on the authority 
of Homer, and forms the subject of the noblest poem of an¬ 
tiquity. 

Rests and forms is the compound predicate. Subject is 
the direct object of forms. 

51—12. Every stalk, bud, flower, and seed displays a figure, a 
proportion, a harmony, beyond the reach of art. 

The subject is compound, consisting of stalk, bud, 
flower, and seed. The object is also compound, consist¬ 
ing of figure, proportion, and harmony, all modified by 
the phrase, beyond the reach, etc. 


202 


SENTENCES FROM 


51—13. The natives of Ceylon build houses of the trunk and 
thatch roofs with the leaves of the cocoa-nut palm. 

Houses is the direct object, or object complement, of 
build. The compound predicate is build and thatch. 
The object complement of thatch is roofs. The phrase, 
of the cocoa-nut palm, modifies trunk and leaves. 

51— 15. Eichelieu exiled the mother, oppressed the wife, de¬ 
graded the brother, and banished the confessor of the king. 

The predicate is compound, consisting of exiled, op¬ 
pressed, degraded , and banished. The phrase, of the 
king, modifies mother, wife, brother, and confessor. 

52— 2. The sea is fascinating and treacherous. 

The attribute, fascinating and treacherous, is compound. 

52—3. The mountains are grand, tranquil, and lovable. 

Grand, tranquil, and lovable form the compound 
attribute. 

52— 4. The Saxon words in English are simple, homely, and 
substantial. 

Simple, homely, and substantial form the compound 
attribute. 

53— 5. The French and the Latin words in English are ele¬ 
gant, dignified, and artificial. 

French and Latin modify words. Elegant, dignified, 
and artificial form the compound attribute after are. 

53—6. The ear is the ever-open gateway of the soul. 

Gateway, a noun, is the attribute. 

53—7. The verb is the life of the sentence. 

Life, a noun, is the attribute. 

53—8. Good-breeding is surface-Christianity. 

The noun surface-Christianity is the attribute. 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 203 


53—9. A dainty plant is the ivy green. 

Note. —See page 92 for this sentence. 

53—10. The highest outcome of culture is simplicity. 

The noun simplicity is the attribute. 

53— 11 . Stillness of person and steadiness of features are sig¬ 
nal marks of good-breeding. 

Stillness and steadiness form the compound subject; 
marks is the attribute of the sentence. 

53— 12 . The north wind is full of courage, and puts the 
stamina of endurance into a man. 

Full is the attribute after is. Stamina is the object 
complement after puts. Into man modifies puts. 

53—13. The west wind is hopeful, and has promise and ad¬ 
venture in it. 

Hopeful is the attribute after is, and promise and ad¬ 
venture is the compound object complement after has. In 
it modifies has. 

53—14. The east wind is peevishness and mental rheumatism 
and grumbling, and curls one up in the chimney-corner. 

Peevishness, rheumatism, and grumbling form the attri¬ 
bute after is. The object complement of the complex 
verb curls up is one. 

53— 15 . The south wind is full of longing and unrest and ef¬ 
feminate suggestions of luxurious ease. 

Full is the attribute. It is modified by the compound 
phrase following. 

53—2. The sun shines bright and hot at midday. 

This is equivalent to is bright and hot; bright and hot 
are attributes. 

53 — 3 . Velvet feels smooth, and looks rich and glossy. 

Feels and looks are each equivalent to is, hence the ad¬ 
jectives smooth, rich, and glossy are attributes. 


204 


SENTENCES FKOM 


53— 4. She grew tall, queenly, and beautiful. 

Grew is equivalent to became, hence the three adjectives 
are attributes. 

54— 5. Plato and Aristotle are called the two head-springs of 
all philosophy. 

Springs is the attribute after are called, a verb in the 
passive voice. 

54—6. Under the Eoman law every son was regarded as a 
slave. 

As is an introductory conjunction. Slave is an attri¬ 
bute after was regarded. 

54—7. He came a foe and returned a friend. 

Came is equivalent to was; and returned, to became . 
Foe and friend are attributes. 

54—9. This book is presented to you as a token of esteem and 
gratitude. 

As is an introductory conjunction. Token is an attri¬ 
bute after is presented. 

54—11. The warrior fell back on the bed a lifeless corpse. 

Corpse is an attribute after fell, meaning became. Back 
modifies fell. 

54—12. The apple tastes and smells delicious. 

Delicious is the attribute after tastes and smells, each 
equivalent to is. 

54—13. Lord Darnley turned out a dissolute and insolent 
husband. 

Turned out, a complex verb, is equivalent to became. 
Husband is the attribute. 

54—14. The brightness and freedom of the New Learning 
seemed incarnate in the young and scholarly Sir Thomas More. 

Seemed is equivalent to was. Incarnate is the attribute. 


HEED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 205 

54— 15. Sir Philip Sidney lived and died the darling of the 
court, and the gentleman and idol of the time. 

Lived and died are equivalent to was. The attributes 
are darling , gentleman , and idol. 

55— 2. Some one has called the eye the window of the soul. 

Window is the objective complement, and forms, like 

the attribute, a part of the predicate. By some gram¬ 
marians it is called a factitive noun. (See subject of fac- 
titives, page 19.) 

55—3. Destiny had made Mr. Churchill a schoolmaster. 

Schoolmaster is the objective complement. 

55—4. President Hayes chose the Hon. Wm. M. Evarts Sec¬ 
retary of State. 

Secretary of State is the objective complement, and 
Hon. Wm. M. Evarts , the object complement. 

55—5. After a break of sixty years in the ducal line of the 
English nobility, James I. created the worthless Yilliers duke 
of Buckingham. 

Luke of Buckingham is the objective complement, and 
VillierSj the object complement. 

55—6. We should consider time as a sacred trust. 

Time is the object complement, and trust is the objective 
complement. As is an introductory conjunction. 

55—7. Ophelia and Polonius thought Hamlet really insane. 

Insane is the objective complement. Some authors 
would call it a factitive adjective. Hamlet is the object 
complement or direct object. 

55 —8. The President and the Senate appoint certain men 
ministers to foreign courts. 

Ministers is an objective complement after appoint. 
Men is the object complement. 


206 


SENTENCES FROM 


55—9. Shylock would have struck Jessica dead beside him. 

Dead is an objective complement or factitive adjective. 
Jessica is the object complement. 

55—10. Custom renders the feelings blunt and callous. 

Note. —See page 21 for this sentence. 

55—11. Socrates styled beauty a short-lived tyranny. 

Tyranny is the objective, and beauty the object com¬ 
plement. 

55—12. Madame de Stael calls beautiful architecture frozen 
music. 

Music is the objective, and architecture the object com¬ 
plement. 

55—13. They named the state New York from the duke of 
York. 

New York is the objective, and state the object comple¬ 
ment. 

55—14. Henry the Great consecrated the Edict of Nantes as 
the very ark of the constitution. 

Henry the Gh'eat, a complex noun, is the subject of the 
sentence. As is an introductory conjunction. Edict of 
Nantes is the object complement, and ark the objective 
complement. 

58—2. The best features of King James’s translation of the 
Bible are derived from Tyndale’s version. 

King James’s , a noun in the possessive, limits transla¬ 
tion. Tyndale’s, a noun in the possessive, limits version. 

58—3. St. Paul the apostle was beheaded in the reign of 
Nero. 

Apostle is in apposition with St. Paul. 

58—5. The tadpole, or polliwog, becomes a frog. 

Polliwog is in apposition with tadpole. Or is an intro¬ 
ductory conjunction. 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 207 

58—7. Mahomet, or Mohammed, was born in the year 569, 
and died in 632. 

Mohammed is in apposition with Mahomet. Or is an 
introductory conjunction. 569 is in apposition with year. 

58—8. They scaled Mont Blanc, a daring feat. 

Feat is in apposition with the sentence, They sealed 
Mont Blanc. 

58—9. Bees communicate to each other the death of the 
queen by a rapid interlacing of the antennae. 

Each is in apposition with bees. Other is in the. ob¬ 
jective after to. 

58— 10. The lamp of a man’s life has three wicks—brain, 
blood, and breath. 

Wicks is the object complement of has. Brain , blood , 
and breath are in apposition with wicks. 

59— 11. The turtle’s back-bone and breast-bone—its shell and 
coat of armor—are on the outside of its body. 

Back-bone and breast-bone is the compound subject. 
Shell and coat are in apposition with the subject. 

59—12. Cromwell’s rule as Protector began in the year 1653, 
and ended in 1658. 

Protector is in apposition with CromwelVs. As is an 
introductory conjunction. 1653 is in apposition with 
year. 

59 — 13 . i n the latter half of the eighteenth century three 
powerful nations—namely, Russia, Austria, and Prussia—united 
for the dismemberment of Poland. 

Nations is the subject. Russia , Austria , and Prussia 
are in apposition with nations. Namely is an introductory 
or independent adverb. United is the predicate. 

59—14. John, the beloved disciple, lay on his Master’s breast. 

Disciple is in apposition with John. 


208 


SENTENCES FROM 


59—15. The petals of the daisy, day 1 8-eye, close at night and 
in rainy weather. 

Dciy’s-eye is in apposition with daisy. 

62—2. We pay the President of the United States $50,000 a 
year. 

President is in the objective after to understood. 
$ 50,000 is the object complement. Year is in the 
objective after a preposition understood. 

62—3. He sent his daughter home that way. 

Home is an adverb; way is a noun in the objective 
after a preposition understood. 

62—4. I gave him a dollar a bushel for his wheat, and ten 
cents a pound for his sugar. 

Him and bushel are each in the objective after a prepo¬ 
sition understood; so also is pound. Dollar and cents 
form the object complement of gave. (For) bushel and 
(for) pound modify gave. 

62—5. Shakespeare was fifty-two years old the very day of 
his death. 

Old is the attribute. Years and day are each in the 
objective after a preposition understood. 

62—6. Serpents cast their skin once a year. 

Year is in the objective after a preposition understood. 

62—7. The famous Charter Oak of Hartford, Conn., fell Aug. 
21, 1856. 

Charter Oak , a complex noun, is the subject. Con¬ 
necticut is in the objective after in understood. Aug. 21 
is in the objective after a preposition understood. 1856 
is in apposition with year understood. 

62—8. Good land should yield its owner seventy-five bushels 
of corn an acre. 

Owner and acre are each in the objective after a prep¬ 
osition understood. (On) acre modifies yield. 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 209 

62—9. On the fatal field of Zutphen, Sept. 22, 1586, his 
attendants brought the wounded Sir Philip Sidney a cup of 
cold water. 

Sept. 22, 1586, and Sir Philip Sidney are each in the 
objective after a preposition understood. 1586 may also 
be considered in apposition with year understood. 

62—10. He magnanimously gave a dying soldier the water. 

Soldier is in the objective after to understood. 

62—11. The frog lives several weeks as a fish, and breathes by 
means of gills. 

Weeks is in the objective after a preposition understood. 
As is an introductory conjunction. Fish is the objective 
complement after lives . 

62—12. Queen Esther asked King Ahasuerus a favor. 

King Ahasuerus is in the objective after a preposition 
understood. Favor is the object complement. 

62—13. Aristotle taught Alexander the Great philosophy. 

Alexander the Great is in the objective after to under¬ 
stood. Philosophy is the object complement. 

62—14. The pure attar of roses is worth twenty or thirty 
dollars an ounce. 

Worth is the attribute. Dollars and ounce are each in 
the objective after a preposition understood. 

62—15. Puff-balls have grown six inches in diameter in a 
single night. 

Inches is in the objective after a preposition understood. 
In diameter and in night modify have grown. 

65—2. The fat of the body is fuel laid away for use. 

Laid, a participle, modifies fuel; away modifies laid. 

65—3. The spinal marrow, proceeding from the brain, ex¬ 
tends downward through the back-bone. 

Proceeding is evidently meant to be construed as a 

14 


210 


SENTENCES FROM 


participle in this sentence. It seems rather to be a par¬ 
ticipial noun following a preposition understood, the phrase 
making an adverbial element and modifying extends. 

65—4. Van Twiller sat in a huge chair of solid oak, hewn in 
the celebrated forest of the Hague. 

Note. —See page 28 for the analysis of this sentence. 

65—5. Lentulus, returning with victorious legions, had 
amused the populace with the sports of the amphitheatre. 

Returning seems to follow a preposition understood, 
the phrase modifying had amused , adverbially. Some 
grammarians would call it a participle, but it does not 
convey an adjective idea. 

65—6. The natives came crowding around. 

Came crowding is equivalent to were crowding. Around 
modifies crowding. 

65—7. The city lies sleeping. 

Lies sleeping is equivalent to is sleeping. 

65— 8. They stood terrified. # 

Stood terrified is equivalent to were terrified. 

66 — 9. The philosopher sat buried in thought. 

Sat buried is equivalent to was buried. 

66 —10. The old miser kept grubbing and saving and starving. 

Kept is here equivalent to was. The participles grub - 
bing, saving , and starving are attributes. 

66 —11. He kept me waiting. 

Waiting is an objective complement or factitive par¬ 
ticiple. 

66 —12. I found my book growing dull. 

Growing dull is the objective complement or factitive 
participle. 


REED AND KELLOGG’S HIGHER LESSONS. 211 


66—13. He owned himself defeated. 

Defeated is the objective complement. 

66—14. No one ever saw fat men heading a riot or herding 
together in turbulent mobs. 

Heading and herding are objective complements. Riot 
is the direct object of heading. Together, an adverb, 
modifies herding. Men is the direct object of saw . 

66—15. I felt my heart beating faster. 

Beating is an adjective complement, modified by the 
adverb faster. Heart is the object complement of felt 
heating. 

66—16. You may imagine me sitting there. 

Sitting is the objective complement. The predicate is 
may imagine sitting. Me is the object complement. 

66 — 17. Saul, seeking his father’s asses, found himself sud¬ 
denly turned into a king. 

The comma after Saul changes seeking, etc. to an ad¬ 
verbial modifier, equivalent to ( while he was) seeking, etc.; 
or it might be construed on seeking, etc., but the clause is 
preferable. Tamed is an objective complement. Him¬ 
self is the object complement. 

67— 2. Portions of the brain may be cut off without produ¬ 
cing any pain. 

Producing is in the objective after without. Cut off is 
a complex verb = severed. 

67—5. You cannot fully sympathize with suffering without 
having suffered. 

Suffering is in the objective after with; having suf¬ 
fered is a participle, used as a noun in the objective after 
without. 


212 


SENTENCES FROM 


67—7. We should avoid injuring the feelings of others. 

Injuring is a participle, used as a noun after avoid. 

67—8. My going there will depend upon my father’s giving 
his consent. 

Going is a participle, used as a noun in the nomina¬ 
tive. Giving is a participle, used as a noun in the 
objective after upon. 

67_9. Good reading aloud is a rare accomplishment. 

Reading is the subject of the sentence* Aloud is an 
adverb, modifying reading. 

67—10. The cackling of geese saved Rome. 

Cackling , the subject, is a participial noun. 

67—11. Such was the exciting campaign, celebrated in many 
a long-forgotten song. 

Exciting modifies campaign. Celebrated , a participle, 
also modifies campaign. 

67—12. All silencing of discussion is an assumption of in¬ 
fallibility. 

Silencing is used as the subject. 

67— 13. He was a squeezing, grasping, hardened old sinner. 

Squeezing , grasping , and hardened are participial ad¬ 
jectives, modifying sinner. 

68 — 14. The bridge at Ashtabula giving way, the train fell 
into the river. 

Giving way is a complex participle, modifying bridge. 
Properly, the participle should read having given way. 

68—15. Jesus having turned and spoken to Mary, she recog¬ 
nized him. 

Jesus is in the nominative absolute before the parti¬ 
ciples having turned and (having) spoken , each of which 
is modified by the phrase to Mary. 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 213 

68—16. Talking of exercise, you have heard, of course, of 
Dickens’s “ constitutionals.” 

This is probably We talking of exercise , and is inde¬ 
pendent in construction. 

70—2. Richelieu’s title to command rested on sublime force 
of will and decision of character. 

To command modifies title. 

70—3. Many of the attempts to assassinate William the Silent 
were defeated. 

To assassinate modifies attempts. 

70—4. We will strive to please you. 

To please modifies will strive, adverbially. 

70—5. Ingenious Art steps forth to fashion and refine the 
race. 

To fashion and (to) refine are adverbial modifiers of 
steps forth. Steps forth may be regarded as a complex 
verb = advances. 

70—6. These harmless delusions tend to make us happy. 

To make modifies tend. Happy is an objective comple¬ 
ment after to make. 

70—7. Wounds made by words are hard to heal. 

Made modifies wounds. To heal modifies the adjective 
hard. 

70—8. The representative Yankee, selling his farm, wanders 
away to seek new lands, to clear new cornfields, to build another 
shingle palace, and again to sell off and wander. 

A preposition, probably after, is understood before 
selling. (After) selling modifies wanders. To seek, to 
clear , to build, to sell, and (to) wander also modify 
wanders. Again modifies to sell and (to) wander. 


214 


SENTENCES FROM 


71—9. These apples are not ripe enough to eat. 

Enough modifies ripe, and to eat — to be eaten, modifies 
enough. 

71—11. To bear our fate is to conquer it. 

To bear is the subject, and is to conquer the predicate, 
of the sentence. 

71 —12. To be entirely just in our estimate of others is 
impossible. 

To be just is the subject. 

71—13. The noblest vengeance is to forgive. 

Is to forgive is the predicate, to forgive being the 
attribute. 

71—14. He seemed to be innocent. 

Seemed to be innocent is the predicate. To be inno¬ 
cent = innocent, being the attribute. 

71—15. The blind men’s dogs appeared to know him. 

Appeared to know is the predicate. To know is the 
infinitive attribute. 

71—16. We should learn to govern ourselves. 

To govern is the object complement of should learn. 

71— 17. Each hill attempts to ape her voice. 

To ape is the object complement of attempts. 

72— 2. Paul was now about to open his mouth. 

The attribute is the phrase about to open. Now modi¬ 
fies to open. 

72—3. No way remains but to go on. 

The phrase but to go modifies way, but being a prepo¬ 
sition. 

72—5. God never made his works for man to mend. 

The phrase for man to mend modifies made. It is 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 215 


equivalent to for man’s mending , which is equivalent to 
for mending by man. This, in turn, is equivalent to 
for to be mended by man , and this last phrase is equiva¬ 
lent to the phrase for to mend by man , in which for to is 
the old form of to used as the sign of the infinitive. 
The following are similar examples of this use of for to: 

What went ye out for to see ? 

He will not suffer my people for to pass. 

The night is too dark for us to travel. 

He belonged to a race that was too much detested for him to 
hope anything from charity. 

The sentence 72—5 may be illustrated in diagram as 
follows: 

God 

never 

made works [ his 

for to mend | X man 

72—6. For a man to be proud of his learning is the greatest 
ignorance. 

Note. —See page 25 for one form of the diagram of this 
sentence. 

This will probably bear the same construction as the 
preceding sentence. If so, for to be proud is the subject. 

72—7. It is easy to find fault. 

Note.—S ee page 25 for the diagram of this sentence. 

72—8. It is not the way to argue down a vice to tell lies 
about it. 

The phrase, to tell lies about it , modifies the subject it. 
To argue modifies way. 

72—9. It is natural to man to indulge in the illusions of 
hope. 

To indulge , etc. modifies the subject it. 



216 


SENTENCES FROM 


72—10. It is not all of life to live. 

To live modifies the subject it. 

72 —11. This task, to teach the young, may become delightful. 

To teach modifies the subject task. 

72— 12. He made me wait. 

(To) wait is a factitive infinitive or objective comple¬ 
ment. Made (to) wait = detained. 

73— 13. We found the report to be true. 

To be true is the objective complement. 

73—14. He commanded the bridge to be lowered. 

To be lowered is the objective complement. 

73—15. I saw the leaves stir. 

(To) stir is the objective complement. 

73—16. Bishop Jewel pronounced the clerical garb to be a 
stage dress. 

To be dress is the objective complement. 

73—1. England’s debt, to put it in round numbers, is 
$4,000,000,000. 

To put, etc. is independent in construction. Is $ 
(dollars) is the predicate. (Dollars) is modified by 
4,000,000,000. 

73—2. Every object has several faces, so to speak. 

Note. —See page 24 for the analysis of this sentence. 

73— 3. To make a long story short, Louis XYI. and Marie 
Antoinette were executed. 

To make a long stoi'y short is independent. Short is an 
objective complement. 

74— 4. It is a good thing to give thanks unto the Lord. 

To give thanks, etc. modifies the subject it. 


REED AND KELLOGG’S HIGHER LESSONS. 217 

74—5. We require clothing in the summer to protect the 
body from the heat of the sun. 

To protect, etc. modifies require. 

74— 6 . Rip Van Winkle could not account for everything’s 
having changed so. 

Having changed is a participle, used as a noun in the 
objective; it is modified by everything’s in the possessive. 

74—7. This sentence is not too difficult for me to analyze. 

The phrase, for me to analyze , modifies difficult; to 
analyze modifies too. 

74— 8 . The fog came pouring in at every chink and keyhole. 

Came pouring = was pouring. The adverb in modi¬ 
fies pouring. 

74—9. Conscience, her first law broken, wounded lies. 

Her first law broken is independent in construction. 
Wounded lies = is wounded. 

74 —io. To be, or not to be—that is the question. 

Note. —See page 105 for the discussion of this sentence. 

74 — 11 . I supposed him to be a gentleman. 

To be gentleman is an objective complement. 

74—12. Food, keeping the body in health by making it warm 
and repairing its waste, is a necessity. 

A preposition is understood before keeping. The phrase 
(by) keeping modifies is. In health is an objective comple¬ 
ment after keeping. By making and (by) repairing modify 
keeping. Warm is an objective complement after making. 

74 — 13 . i w ill teach you the trick to prevent your being 
cheated another time. 

To prevent modifies will teach. You is in the objective 
after a preposition understood. Being cheated is the 
direct object of to prevent. At is understood before 
another. 


218 


SENTENCES FROM 


74—14. She threatened to go beyond the sea, to throw her¬ 
self out of the window, to drown herself. 

To go, to throw, and to drown are all object comple¬ 
ments of threatened. 

74—15. Busied with public affairs, the council would sit for 
hours smoking and watching the smoke curl from their pipes to 
the ceiling. 

Busied modifies council. Smoking and watching are 
participial attributes. Smoke is the direct object of 
watching. (To) curl modifies smoke. 

76—1. The loveliest things in life, Tom, are but shadows. 

Tom is independent by address. But is an adverb, in 
the sense of only, modifying are. It may also be re¬ 
garded as an adjective in the sense of mere. 

76—2. There are one-story intellects 1 , two-story intellects 2 , 
and three-story intellects 3 with skylights. 

There is an independent adverb. Intellects l , intellects 2 , 
and intellects 3 is the compound subject. One-story is a 
compound adjective; so also are tivo-story and three-story. 

76—3. Ah! then and there was hurrying to and fro. 

Hurrying is the subject. Then and there, adverbs, 
modify was. To and fro, a complex adverb, modifies 
hurrying. 

76—4. Hope lost, all is lost. 

Hope (being) lost is independent. 

76—5. The smith, a mighty man is he. 

Smith is in the nominative independent by pleonasm. 

76—6. Why, this is not revenge. 

76—7. Well, this is the forest of Arden. 

Why and well are independent adverbs. 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 219 


76—8. Now, there is at Jerusalem, by the sheep-market, a pool. 

Now and there are independent adverbs. See page 40 
for the analysis of the sentence. 

76—9. To speak plainly, your habits are your worst enemies. 

To speak plainly is used independently. 

76—10. No accident occurring, we shall arrive to-morrow. 

No accident occurring is independent. 

76—11. The teacher being sick, there was no school Friday. 

The teacher being sick is independent. There is an in¬ 
dependent adverb. Friday is in the objective after on 
understood. 

76— 12. Mr. President, I shall enter on no encomium upon 
Massachusetts. 

Mr. President is in the nominative independent by 
address. 

77— 13. Properly speaking, there can be no chance in our 
affairs. 

Properly speaking is independent. There is an inde¬ 
pendent adverb. 

77—14. But the enemies of tyranny,—their path leads to the 
scaffold. 

But is an introductory conjunction. The enemies of 
tyranny is independent in construction. 

77—15. She (oh, the artfulness of the woman !) managed the 
matter extremely well. 

Oh is an interjection. The artfulness of the woman is 
independent by exclamation. 

77—16. A day later (Oct. 19,1812) began the fatal retreat of 
the Grand Army from Moscow. 

Day is in the objective after a preposition understood. 
Oct. 19, 1812, is in apposition with day. Later modifies 
the noun day. From Moscow modifies retreat. 


220 


SENTENCES FEOM 




79—1. There are no accidents in the providence of God. 

There is an independent adverb. The phrase in the 
providence, etc. modifies are. 

79—2. Why does the very murderer, his victim sleeping 
before him, and his glaring eye taking the measure of the blow, 
strike wide of the mortal part ? 

Victim and eye are each in the nominative absolute 
before a participle. Sleeping modifies victim and taking 
modifies eye. Wide is an adverb, modifying strike; it is 
modified by the phrase, of the mortal part. All follow¬ 
ing murderer and preceding strike is independent in con¬ 
struction. 

79—3. Suffer not yourselves to be betrayed with a kiss. 

To he betrayed is an objective complement. 

79—4. How wonderful is the advent of spring ! 

How modifies wonderful. Advent is the subject. 

79—5. Oh! a dainty plant is the ivy green. 

Note. —See page 92 for this sentence. 

79—6. Six days shalt thou labor and do all thy work. 

Days is in the objective after a preposition understood, 
with which it modifies shalt labor. The predicate of the 
sentence is shalt labor and (shalt) do. 

79—7. Alexander the Great died at Babylon in the thirty- 
third year of his age. 

Alexander the Great is the simple subject. 

79—8. How sickness enlarges the dimensions of a man’s self 
to himself! 

Enlarges is the predicate. Dimensions is the object 
complement. Of self modifies dimensions. To himself 
modifies enlarges. 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 221 


79—9. Thou shall not take the name of the Lord thy God in 
vain. 

God is in apposition with Lord. In vain modifies 
shalt take. 

79—10. Lend me your ears. 

Me is the indirect and ears , the direct object. 

79—11. What brilliant rings the planet Saturn has! 

What is an adjective, modifying rings. Saturn is in 
apposition with 'planet. 

79—12. What power shall blanch the sullied snow of cha¬ 
racter? 

What is an adjective, modifying power. Snow is the 
object complement. 

79—13. The laws of nature are the thoughts of God. 

Thoughts is the attribute complement. 

79—14. How beautiful was the snow, falling all day long, all 
night long,.on the roofs of the living, on the graves of the dead! 

Falling modifies snow. Day and night follow prepo¬ 
sitions understood. All and long modify day and night. 
Living and dead are in the objective after of. 

79—15. Who, in the darkest days of our Revolution, carried 
your flag into the very chops of the British Channel, bearded 
the lion in his den, and woke the echoes of old Albion’s hills 
by the thunders of his cannon and the shouts of his triumph ? 

The predicate is compound, consisting of carried , 
bearded , and woke. All these verbs are modified by 
the phrase in the darkest days , etc. Woke is modified 
by the compound phrase, by the thunders , etc., thunders 
and shouts being the basis of the phrase. Echoes is the 
object complement of woke. 

79—1. My having in Sanscrit, like Orlando’s beard, is a 
younger brother’s revenue. 

Having is here used as a noun. It is the subject of 


222 


SENTENCES FROM 


the sentence. Like is an adjective referring to having. 
Beard is in the objective after a preposition understood. 
Is revenue is the predicate. 

79— 2. Refusing to bare his head to any earthly potentate, 
Richelieu would permit no eminent author to stand bareheaded 
in his presence. 

Refusing modifies the subject, Richelieu. To hare is 
the object complement of refusing. To stand is the object¬ 
ive complement after would permit. 

80— 3. The queen of England is simply a piece of historic 
heraldry; a flag, floating grandly over a Liberal ministry yes¬ 
terday, over a Tory ministry to-day. 

Queen of England is the subject. Is piece and (is) 
flag is the predicate; or flag may be taken in apposition 
with piece. Floating modifies flag. 

80—4. The vulgar intellectual palate hankers after the titil- 
lation of foaming phrase. 

Vulgar and intellectual modify palate. 

80—5. Two mighty vortices, Pericles and Alexander the 
Great, drew into strong eddies about themselves all the glory 
and the pomp of Greek literature, Greek eloquence, Greek wis¬ 
dom, Greek art. 

Pericles and Alexander the Great are in apposition 
with vortices , the subject. Glory and pomp are object 
complements. The compound phrase, of Greek literature , 
etc., modifies glory and pomp. About themselves modifies 
drew . 

80—6. Reason’s whole pleasure, all the joys of sense lie in 
three words—health, peace and competence. 

Pleasure and joys form the compound subject. In 
words modifies lie. Health ,, peace, , and competence are 
in apposition with words. 




REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 223 


80—7. Extreme admiration puts out the critic’s eye. 

Puts out , a complex verb, is the predicate. 

80—8. The setting of a great hope is like the setting of the 
sun. 

Like is an adjective. Setting is in the objective after a 
preposition understood. 

80—9. Things mean, the Thistle, the Leek, the Broom of the 
Plantagenets, become noble by association. 

Things is the subject. Thistle , Leek , and Broom are 
in apposition with things. Become noble is the predicate. 
Mean is an adjective, modifying things. 

80—10. Prayer is the key of the morning and the bolt of the 
night. 

Key and bolt is the compound attribute. 

80—11. In that calm Syrian afternoon, memory, a pensive 
Ruth, went gleaning the silent fields of childhood, and found 
the scattered grain still golden, and the morning sunlight fresh 
and fair. 

Memory is the subject. Ruth is in apposition with 
memory. Went gleaning and found are the predicates. 
Went gleaning = was gleaning. Grain is the object com¬ 
plement of found. Golden is an objective complement. 
Fresh and fair are also objective complements after found. 
Sunlight is an object complement. 

80—1. By means of steam man realizes the fable of iEolus’s 
bag, and carries the two and thirty winds in the boiler of his 
boat. 

Fable is the object complement of realizes. Realizes 
and carries is the compound predicate. Two and thirty 
modifies winds. 

80—2. The Angel of Life winds our brains up once for all, 
then closes the case, and gives the key into the hands of the 
Angel of Resurrection. 

Angel of Life is the subject. The compound predicate 


224 • 


SENTENCES FROM 


is winds up, doses, and gives. Angel of Resurrection is 
a complex noun. For all is an adverbial modifier of 
winds. 

80—3. I called the new world into existence to redress the 
balance of the Old. 

To redress modifies called. New world is the object 
complement. Old may be regarded as a noun. It is 
equivalent to Old World. 

80— 4. The prominent nose of the New Englander is evidence 
of the constant linguistic exercise of that organ. 

j Evidence is an attribute complement. 

81— 5. Every Latin word has its function as noun or verb or 
adverb ticketed upon it. 

As is an introductory conjunction; noun, verb , and 
adverb, are in apposition with function. Ticketed is a 
participle, modifying function. Some consider ticketed an 
objective complement. 

81—6. The Alps, piled in cold and still sublimity, are an 
image of despotism. 

Piled is a participle, modifying Alps. Are image is 
the predicate. 

81—7. I want my husband to be submissive without look¬ 
ing so. 

To be submissive is an objective complement, referring 
to husband. Without looking so modifies be. 

81—8. I love to lose myself in other men’s minds. 

To lose is the object complement. The phrase, in other , 
etc., modifies to lose. 

80—9. Cheerfulness banishes all anxious care and discontent, 
soothes and composes the passions, and keeps the soul in a per¬ 
petual calm. 

The compound predicate is banishes, soothes, composes , 
and keeps. In a perpetual calm modifies keeps. 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 225 

81—10. To discover the true nature of comets has hitherto 
proved beyond the power of science. 

To discover is the subject. Hitherto modifies the pred¬ 
icate has proved. Beyond the power of science is an at¬ 
tribute phrase. 

81—11. Authors must not, like Chinese soldiers, expect to win 
victories by turning somersets in the air. 

To win is the object complement after expect. By turn¬ 
ing , etc. modifies win. Like is a conjunctive adverb. Sol¬ 
diers is in the nominative to a verb (do) understood. The 
clause introduced by like modifies must expect. 

95—2. The lever which moves the world of mind is the print¬ 
ing press. 

Note.—S ee page 29 for the analysis of this sentence. 

95— 3. Wine makes the face of him who drinks it to excess 
blush for his habits. 

The clause, who drinks , etc., modifies him. (To) blush 
is an objective complement after makes. To excess modi¬ 
fies drinks. 

96— 4. Photography is the art which enables common-place 
mediocrity to look like genius. 

Which enables , etc. modifies art. To look is an object¬ 
ive complement after enables. Like is an adjective, modi¬ 
fying mediocrity. Genius is in the objective after a prep¬ 
osition understood. 

96 — 5 . in 1685, Louis XIV. signed the ordinance that revoked 
the Edict of Nantes. 

In 1685 modifies signed. That revoked , etc. modifies 
ordinance. 

96—6. The thirteen colonies were welded together by the 
measures which Samuel Adams framed. 

Note. —See page 30 for the analysis of this sentence. 

15 


226 


SENTENCES FEOM 


96—7. The guilt of the slave-trade, which sprang out of the 
traffic with Guinea, rests with John Hawkins. 

Which sprang, etc. modifies slave-trade. 

96—8. I found the place to which you referred. 

You referred to which modifies place. 

96—9. The spirit in which we act is the highest matter. 

In which modifies act; the subordinate clause modifies 
spirit. Is matter is the predicate of the main clause. 

96—10. It was the same book that I referred to. 

That is in the objective after to. The clause, that I 
referred to, modifies booh. 

96—11. She that I spoke to was blind. 

That I spoke to modifies she. To that modifies spoke. 

96—12. Grouchy did not arrive at the time that Napoleon 
most needed him. 

.' (In) that Napoleon most needed him modifies time. In 
is understood before that — which. The phrase (in) that 
modifies needed. 

96—13. Attention is the stuff that memory is made of. 

That memory is made of modifies stuff. Of that modi¬ 
fies made. 

96—14. It is to you that I speak. 

That I speak to modifies it. To that modifies speak. 

96—15. It was from me that he received the information. 

It, the subject, is modified by the explanatory clause, 
he received the information from that. When from takes 
its natural position I must be substituted for me. 

96—16. Islands are the tops of mountains whose base is in 
the bed of the ocean. 

Whose base, etc. modifies mountains. In bed modi¬ 
fies is. 



REED AND KELLOGG ? S HIGHER LESSONS. 227 


96— 17. Unhappy is the man whose mother does not make all 
mothers interesting. 

Whose mother , etc. modifies man. Is unhappy is the 
predicate of the main clause. Interesting is a factitive 
or objective complement, after make. 

97— 1. Trillions of waves of ether enter the eye and hit the 
retina in the time you take to breathe. 

Trillions is the subject; enter &nd hit is the compound 
predicate. Both verbs are modified by the phrase in 
time . Time is modified by the clause, (that) you take to 
breathe. To breathe modifies take , adverbially. 

97—2. The smith takes his name from his smoothing the metals 
he works on. 

Smoothing is .a participle used as a noun, in the object¬ 
ive after from. Metals is in the objective after smoothing , 
used as a participle. Which is understood after on (on 
which he works). 

97—3. Socrates was one of the greatest sages the world ever 
saw. 

Was one is the predicate. One is modified by of sages. 
The clause, (that) the world ever saw , modifies sages. 

97—4. Whom the Lord loveth he chasteneth. 

He chasteneth is the main clause; chasteneth is modified 
by the clause, the Lord loveth whom. 

97—5. He did what was right. 

Note. —See page 31 for this sentence. 

97 — 0 . What is false in this world below betrays itself in a 
love of show. 

The subject of betrays , the predicate of the main clause, 
is that (a part of what , which is the subject of both betrays 
and is). The subordinate clause, what is false in this 
world , modifies the subject of the main clause. Below is 
an adjective, modifying world. 


228 


SENTENCES FROM 


97—7. The swan achieved what the goose conceived. 

What has a double construction; it is in the objective 
after both achieved and conceived. 


97—8. What men he had were true. 

What is used both as an adjective to limit men and as 
a pronoun in the objective after had. It is equivalent to 
those which. 


98—9. Whoever does a good deed is instantly ennobled. 
Whoever is subject of the subordinate clause. This 
whole clause is subject of is ennobled. The following 
diagram illustrates the analysis: 


Whoever 

does 


deed 


good 


ennobled 


instantly 


98—10. I told him to bring whichever was the lightest. 

Him is in the objective after a preposition understood. 
To bring is the object complement of told. Whichever 
was the lightest is the object complement of bring. 

98—11. Whatever crushes individuality is despotism. 
Whatever crushes individuality is the subject of the 
main clause. 


98—12. A d6p6t is a place where stores are deposited. 

Place is an attribute. It is modified by the clause, 
stores are deposited where. 

98—13. He raised the maid from where she knelt. 

The object of from is the clause, where she knelt. The 
diagram may be as follows: 






REED AND KELLOGG’S HIGHER LESSONS. 229 


He 


raised 


maid | the 


from<f 


she 

knelt 


where 


98—14. Youth is the time when the seeds of character are 
sown. 

Time is modified by the clause that follows. When 
modifies sown. 

98—15. Shy lock would give the duke no reason why he fol¬ 
lowed a losing suit against Antonio. 

Duke is the object of a preposition understood. Reason 
is modified b) r the clause, why he followed, etc. Why modi¬ 
fies followed. 

98—16. Mark the majestic simplicity of those laws whereby 
the operations of the universe are conducted. 

Laws is modified by the clause that follows. Whereby 
modifies are conducted. 

101—2. While Louis XTY. reigned, Europe was at war. 

The clause, while Louis XIV. reigned , modifies was. 

101—3. When my father and my mother .forsake me, then 
the Lord will take me up. 

The second is the main clause. Then , an adverb, modi¬ 
fies will take. Then is modified by the subordinate clause, 
When my father and my mother forsake me. 

101 —4. Cato, before he durst give himself the fatal stroke, 
spent the night in reading “ Plato’s Immortality.” 

In reading modifies spent. Plato's Immortality is the 
object complement of reading. Spent is modified also by 
the clause, before he durst , etc. (To) give modifies durst. 
Himself is the object of a preposition understood. 



230 


SENTENCES FROM 


101—5. Many a year is in its grave since I crossed this rest¬ 
less wave. 

Many a, a complex adjective, modifies year. The sub¬ 
ordinate clause, since I crossed , etc., modifies is. 

101—6. Where the snow falls, there is freedom. 

The main clause is Freedom is there. There is modi¬ 
fied by the subordinate clause, Where the snow falls. 

101— 7. Pope skimmed the cream of good sense and expres¬ 
sion wherever he could find it. 

The subordinate clause, wherever , etc., modifies shimmed. 
Wherever is a conjunctive adverb. Good modifies both 
sense and expression. 

102 — 8. The wind bloweth where it listeth. 

Where it listeth modifies bloweth. 

102—9. Washington was as 1 good as 2 he was great. 

-4s 1 is an adverb, modifying good; as 2 is a conjunc¬ 
tive adverb, introducing the clause, as he was great, which 
modifies as 1 . 

102—10. The wiser he grew, the humbler he became. 

The , an adverb, modifies humbler in the main clause. 
In the subordinate clause the adverb the modifies wiser. 

102—12. To be right is better than to be President. 

To be right is the subject, right being an abstract ad¬ 
jective after to be. The clause, than to be President (would 
be good) modifies better. 

102—13. It was so cold that the mercury froze. 

So modifies cold , and is modified by the clause, that 
the mercury froze , that being a subordinate conjunction. 

102—14. It was so cold as to freeze the mercury. 

So modifies cold , and is modified by the clause as to 
freeze the mercury (would require). 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 231 


102—15. Dying for a principle is a higher degree of virtue 
than scolding for it. 

Dying is the subject of the main clause. Is degree is 
the predicate. Higher is modified by the clause, than 
scolding for it (is high). 

102—16. He called so loud that all the hollow deep of hell 
resounded. 

Loud is an adverb, modifying called. So modifies 
loud. The clause, that all the hollow deep , etc., modi¬ 
fies so. 

102—17. To preach is easier than to practise. 

Of the subordinate clause to practise is the subject, and 
is easy understood is the predicate. 

102— 18. One’s breeding shows itself nowhere more than in 
his religion. 

More modifies shows, and is modified by the clause, 
than (it shows itself) in his religion. More and than are 
correlatives. 

103— 1. He died as he lived. 

As he lived modifies died. 

103—3. As the upright man thinks, so he speaks. 

The first clause modifies so in the second, as-being the 
connective. 

103—4. As is the boy, so will be the man. 

As is the boy, the subordinate clause, modifies so. So 
is the correlative of as, and modifies will be. 

103_5. The waves of conversation roll and shape our thoughts 

as the surf rolls and shapes the pebbles on the shore. 

The clause introduced by as modifies roll and shape. 

103—7. Slang is always vulgar, as it is an affected way of 
talking. 

The clause, as it is, etc., modifies is. 


232 


SENTENCES FROM 


104—8. We should keep the pores of the skin open, for 
through them the blood throws off its impurities. 

The predicate of the main clause is should keep open, 
of which open is a factitive or objective complement. 
The subordinate clause introduced by for modifies should 
keep open. 

104—9. Since the breath contains poisonous carbonic acid, 
our sleeping rooms should be well ventilated. 

The clause, since the breath, etc., modifies should be 
ventilated. 

104—10. Sea-bathing is the most healthful kind of washing, 
as it combines fresh air and vigorous exercise with its other 
benefits. 

The clause, as it combines, etc., modifies is in the main 
clause. 

104—11. Wheat is the most valuable of grains, because bread 
is made from its flour. 

The clause introduced by because modifies is. 

104—12. God was angry with the children of Israel, for he 
overthrew them in the wilderness. 

The clause, for he overthrew, etc., modifies was. 

104—13. Tobacco and the potato are American products, 
since Ealeigh found them here. 

The clause introduced by since modifies are. 

104—14. It rained last night, because the ground is wet this 
morning. 

The clause, because the ground is wet, etc., modifies 
rained. 

104—15. We Americans are all cuckoos, for we build our 
homes in the nests of other birds. 

The clause, for we build, etc., modifies are. Americans 
and all are in apposition with we, the subject. 



REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 233 


105—1. If the air is quickly compressed, enough heat is 
evolved to produce combustion. 

To produce modifies enough, and enough modifies heat. 
The clause, If the air, etc., modifies is evolved. 

105—2. Unless your thought packs easily and neatly in verse, 
always use prose. 

The subject of the main clause is understood. Use is 
the predicate. The clause, unless your thoughts, etc., 
modifies use. 

105—8. If you ever saw a crow with a king-bird after him, 
you have an image of a dull speaker and a lively listener. 

The clause, if you ever saw, etc., modifies have in the 
main clause. With a king-bird modifies crow. After him 
modifies flying understood. 

105—4. Were it not for the warm waters of the Gulf Stream, 
the harbors and the rivers of Britain would be blocked up with 
ice for a great part of the year. 

Where the verb precedes the subject it, the introductory 
conjunction if may be omitted. The subordinate clause, 
Were it not, etc., modifies the complex verb, would be 
blocked up. 

105—5. Should the calls of hunger be neglected, the fat of 
the body is thrown into the grate to keep the furnace in play. 

Should the calls, etc. modifies is thrown, in the main 
clause. To keep also modifies is thrown. 

105—6. Language was given us that we might say pleasant 
things to each other. 

The clause introduced by that modifies was given. 
Each is in apposition with we. 

105—7. Spiders have eyes all over their heads, in order that 
they may see in many directions at one time. 

All, an adverb, modifies the phrase, over heads. The 
clause introduced by in order that modifies have. 


234 


SENTENCES FROM 


105—8. The ship-canal across the Isthmus of Suez was dug 
so that European vessels need not sail around the Cape of Good 
Hope to reach the Orient. 

The clause introduced by so that modifies was dug. 
Need sail is the predicate of the subordinate clause. To 
reach the Orient modifies sail. 

105—9. The air draws up vapors from the sea and the land, 
and retains them dissolved in itself or suspended in cisterns of 
clouds, that it may drop them as rain or dew upon the thirsty 
earth. 

Up, an adverb, modifies draws. Land is in the object¬ 
ive after a preposition understood. Dissolved and sus¬ 
pended are objective complements, being factitive parti¬ 
ciples referring to them. As is an introductory conjunc¬ 
tion, introducing the appositive elements rain and dew. 
The clause introduced by that modifies draws and retains. 

105— 10. Although the brain is only one-fortieth of the body, 
about one-sixth of the blood is sent to it. 

In the principal clause, about modifies the subject one- 
fourth. The clause, Although the brain , etc., modifies is 
sent. Only modifies one-fortieth. 

106— 11. Though the atmosphere presses on us with a load 
of fifteen pounds on every square inch of surface, still we do not 
feel its weight. 

In the principal clause, still modifies do feel, the predi¬ 
cate. The subordinate clause, though the atmosphere , 
etc., modifies do feel. On every square inch , etc. modifies 
presses. 

106—12. Though thou shouldst bray a fool in a mortar, yet 
will not his foolishness depart from him. 

The clause, though thou shouldst bray , etc., modifies 
will depart , in the principal clause. Yet modifies will 
.depart. Though and yet are correlatives. 



REED AND KELLOGG’S HIGHER LESSONS. 235 


10G—13. If the War of Roses did not utterly destroy English 
freedom, it arrested its progress for a hundred years. 

In the principal clause, a hundred modifies years as a 
complex adjective. The olause introduced by if modifies 
arrested. War of Roses is the subject of the subordinate 
clause. 


106—14. Though many rivers flow into the Mediterranean, 
they are not sufficient to make up for the loss caused by evap¬ 
oration. 

Are sufficient is the predicate of the main clause. To 
make up, a complex verb, modifies sufficient. Caused , etc. 
modifies loss. The subordinate clause, though many rivers , 
etc., modifies are. 


Ill—2. That the same word is used for the soul of man and 
for a glass of gin is singular. 

That is an introductory conjunction. The whole clause, 
including the word gin , is the subject of the sentence. The 
analysis may be represented as follows : 


That 

word 


the 


is used 


for soul 
and 

for glass 


the 

of man 
a 

of gin 
is 


singular 

in—3. “ What have I done?” is asked by the knave and the 
thief. 

The clause, What have I done , is subject of the sen¬ 
tence. By is understood before thief. 







236 


SENTENCES FROM 


111—4. Who was the discoverer of America is not yet fully 
determined by historians. 

The subject of the sentence is the clause, Who was the 
discoverer of America. 

Ill—5. When letters were first used is not certainly known. 

The subject clause is, When letters were first used. 

Ill—6. “ Where is Abel, thy brother?” smote the ears of the 
guilty Cain. 

Note. —See page 34 for the analysis of this sentence. 

Ill—7. When to quit business and enjoy their wealth is a 
problem never solved by some. 

The subject clause is, When to quit business and enjoy 
their wealth. Solved is a participle, modifying problem. 

111— 9. The Esquimau feels intuitively that bear’s grease and 
blubber are the dishes for his table. 

The object complement is the clause, that bear’s grease 
and blubber are the dishes for his table. 

112— 10. The world will not anxiously inquire who you are. 

Who you are is the object complement. 

112—11. It will ask of you, “ What can you do?” 

What can you do is the object complement. 

112 —12. The peacock struts about, saying, “ What a fine tail 
I have!” 

What a fine tail I have is the object complement of 
saying. Saying modifies peacock. 

112—13. He does not know which to choose. 

Which to choose is the object complement of know. 
Which is the object complement of to choose. 

112—14. No one can tell how or when or where he will die. 

How or when or where he will die is the object comple¬ 
ment of can tell. 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 237 

112—15. Philosophers are still debating whether the will has 
any control over the current of thought in our dreams. 

The object complement is all that follows debating. 
Whether, a conjunction, introduces the subordinate clause. 

112—1. A peculiarity of English is, that it has so many bor¬ 
rowed words. 

The clause, that it ha-s so many borrowed words, is the 
attribute complement after is. 

Note. For form of diagram see lower half of page 34. 

112—2. Tweed’s defiant question was, “What are you going 
to do about it?” 

All that follows was is the attribute. To do modifies 
are going. 

112—3. The question ever asked and never answered is, 
“ Where and how am I to exist in the hereafter ?” 

All that follows is is the attribute. Am to exist is the 
predicate of the subordinate clause. 

112 —4. Hamlet’s exclamation was, “ What a piece of work 
is man!” 

Note. —See same sentence, page 34. 

112—5. The myth concerning Achilles is, that he was invul¬ 
nerable in every part except the heel. 

Concerning Achilles modifies myth, concerning being a 
preposition. What follows is is the attribute of the main 
predicate. 

112 —6. It has been proved that the earth is round. 

That the earth is round modifies the subject it. See 
page 35 for diagram. 

112 —7. It is believed that sleep is caused by a diminution in 
the supply of blood to the brain. 

All that follows believed modifies it, the subject. 


238 


SENTENCES FROM 


112 — 8. The fact that mould, mildew, and yeast are plants is 
wonderful. 

The clause, that mould, mildew, and yeast are plants, 
modifies the subject, fact. 

113— 9. Napoleon turned his Simplon road aside in order 
that he might save a tree mentioned by Csesar. 

The clause, in order that he might, etc., modifies turned. 
Aside also modifies turned. Mentioned modifies tree. 
In order that is a complex conjunction. 

113—10. Shakespeare’s metaphor, “ Night’s candles are burnt 
out,” is one of the finest in literature. 

Note. —See page 35 for the same sentence. 

113—11. The shortest and sweetest verse in the Bible is this: 
“ Jesus wept.” 

Jesus wept is in apposition with this. 

113—12. This we know, that our future depends on our 
present. 

All that follows know is in apposition with this. Fu¬ 
ture and present are both nouns. 

113—13. Have birds any sense of why they sing ? 

Sense is modified by the phrase, of they sing why, in 
which the basis is a clause. 

113—14. There has been some dispute about who wrote 
“ Shakespeare’s Plays.” 

There is an independent adverb. Dispute is modified 
by the explanatory phrase, about who wrote Shakespeare’s 
plays. 

113—15. We are not certain that an open sea surrounds the 
Pole. 

Certain is modified adverbially by the clause, that an 
open sea, etc. 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 239 


113—16. We are all anxious that the future shall bring us 
success and triumph. 

Anxious is modified adverbially by the clause follow¬ 
ing that word. 


113—17. The Sandwich Islander is confident that the strength 
and valor of his slain enemy passes into himself. 

Confident is modified by the clause that follows. 


119—2. Hamilton smote the rock of the national resources, 
and abundant streams of revenue gushed forth. 

The sentence is compound. It may be illustrated as 
follows: 


Hamilton 


smote 


rock 


the 

of resources 


lie 

national 


< nrt 

abundant 

streams 

of revenue 
gushed forth 


119—3. Some are born great, some achieve greatness, and 
some have greatness thrust upon them. 

In the last member, thrust is an objective complement 
after have. 


119—5. Put not your trust in money, but put your money in 
trust. 

Note. —See page 37 for the same sentence. 

119—6. Ready writing 1 makes not good writing, 2 but good 
writing 3 brings on ready writing 4 . 

Not modifies makes. Writing 2 is the object comple¬ 
ment in the first member. On is an adverb, modifying 
brings. 







240 


SENTENCES FROM 


119—7. Be temperate in youth, or you will have to be absti¬ 
nent in old age. 

Will have to he abstinent is the predicate of the second 
member. To he abstinent is the attribute complement. 

119—8. Places near the sea are not extremely cold in winter, 
nor are they extremely warm in summer. 

Near modifies places. (To) sea modifies near. Nor 
connects the two members. 

119—9. Either Hamlet was mad, or he feigned madness ad¬ 
mirably. 

Either introduces, and or connects; they are correlatives. 

119—10. People in the streets are carrying umbrellas, hence 
it must be raining. 

Hence connects the two members. 

119—11. The man takes exercise, therefore he is well. 

Therefore connects the members. 

119—12. The camel is the ship of the ocean of sand, the 
reindeer is the camel of the desert of snow. 

The comma takes the place of a conjunction omitted. 

119—13. Of thy unspoken word thou art master, thy spoken 
word is master of thee. 

Here also the comma takes the place of the conjunction. 

119—14. The ship leaps, as it were, from billow to billow. 

As introduces the clause, it were. As it were is inde¬ 
pendent in construction, being parenthetical. 

119—15. Religion—who can doubt it?—is the noblest of 
themes for the exercise of intellect. 

Who can doubt it is an independent clause, being paren¬ 
thetical. Noblest modifies theme understood. 

119—16. What grave (these are the words of Wellesley, speak¬ 
ing of the two Pitts) contains such a father and such a son! 

What modifies grave. Such and a modify father , also 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 241 

son. All within the marks of parenthesis is independent. 
Speaking is in the objective after in understood. 

123—1. Sin has a great many tools, but a lie is a handle 
which fits them all. 

A great is an adverb, modifying many. Which jits them 
all modifies handle. All may be taken as the object of 
jits , and them as the object of a preposition; thus, Jits all 
(of) them. 

123—2. Some one has said that the milkman’s favorite song 
should be, “Shall we gather at the river?” 

The object complement of said is all that follows that 
word. The attribute complement of should be is all that 
follows be. 

123—3. Some of the insects which are most admired, which 
are decorated with the most brilliant colors, and which soar on 
the most ethereal wings, have passed the greater portion of their 
lives in the bowels of the earth. 

The three relative clauses, each introduced by which , 
modify insects. 

123—4. Still the wonder grew, that one small head could 
carry all he knew. 

Still modifies grew. All that follows grew modifies 
wonder , as an explanatory clause. That is understood 
after all. 

123—5. When a man becomes overheated by working, run¬ 
ning, rowing, or making furious speeches, the six or seven mil¬ 
lions of perspiration-tubes pour out their fluid, and the whole 
body is bathed and cooled. 

Millions is the subject. Pour is the predicate; it is 
modified by the introductory subordinate clause, When a 
man becomes , etc. Overheated is modified by the com¬ 
pound phrase following, by working , running , rowing , or 
making. Overheated is an attribute after becomes . 

16 


242 


SENTE NTCES FROM 


123—6. Milton said that he did not educate his daughters in 
the languages, because one tongue was enough for a woman. 

All that follows said is the object complement. The 
clause, because one tongue, etc., modifies did educate . 
Enough is an attribute. 

123—7. Glaciers, flowing down mountain-gorges, obey the law 
of rivers; the upper surface flows faster than the lower, and the 
centre faster than the adjacent sides. 

All that follows the semicolon modifies law , the object 
complement of obey, being explanatory of that word. 
The explanatory portion is compound, and is equivalent 
to The upper surf ace flows faster than the lower (flows), and 
the centre (flows) faster than the adjacent sides (flow). The 
clauses introduced by than each modify the word faster 
preceding. 

123—8. Not to wear one's best things every day is a maxim 
of New England thrift which is as 1 little disputed as 2 any verse 
in the catechism. 

To wear is the subject of the principal clause. Day is 
in the objective after a preposition understood. Maxim 
is the attribute complement of is. The clause introduced 
by which modifies maxim. Little modifies disputed. As 
and as are correlatives, the first as modifying little, and 
the second connecting the clause, as any verse in the cate¬ 
chism (is disputed), which modifies os 1 . 

123—9. In Holland the stork is protected by law, because it 
eats the frogs and worms that would injure the dykes. 

The clause introduced by because modifies is protected ; 
the clause introduced by that would injure, etc. modifies 
frogs and worms. 

123—10. It is one of the most marvellous facts in the natural 
world that, though hydrogen is highly inflammable, and oxygen 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 243 

is a supporter of combustion, both, combined, form an element, 
water, which is destructive to fire. 

It is the subject. All that follows world modifies the 
subject it, as an explanatory clause. Is one is the predi¬ 
cate of the principal clause. That is an introductory con¬ 
junction. Of the clause, that both, combined, form, etc., 
both is the subject. Combined modifies both. Water is in 
apposition with element, the object complement of form. 
The closing clause modifies element. The two clauses in¬ 
troduced by though modify form. 

123—11. In your war of 1812, when your arms on shore were 
covered by disaster, when Winchester had been defeated, when 
the Army of the North-west had surrendered, and when the 
gloom of despondency hung, like a cloud over the land, who 
first relit the fires of national glory and made the welkin ring 
with the shouts of victory ? 

The main clause is, Who first relit, etc. The com¬ 
pound predicate is relit and made (to) ring. With shouts 
modifies ring. These verbs are modified by the phrase, 
in your war of 181%, and by the four clauses each intro¬ 
duced by when. Like is a conjunctive adverb, joining to 
hung the clause, like a cloud (hangs). 

125—1. Whenever the wandering demon of Drunkenness 
finds a ship adrift, he steps on board, takes the helm, and steers 
straight for the Maelstrom. 

The predicate is compound, consisting of steps, takes, 
and steers. Straight, an adverb, modifies steers. The 
clause introduced by whenever modifies the compound 
predicate. The predicate of this, clause is finds adrift, 
adrift being the objective complement. 

125—2. The energy which drives our locomotives and forces 
our steamships through the waves comes from the sun. 

The predicate of the subordinate clause, drives and 
forces, is compound. 


244 


SENTENCES FROM 


125—3. No scene is continually loved but one rich by joyful 
human labor; smooth in field, fair in garden, full in orchaid. 

But one =. except one, modifies scene. One is modified 
by rich, smooth, fair, and full. 

125—4. What is bolder than a miller’s neck-cloth, which 
takes a thief by the throat every morning? 

The clause, than a, miller’s neck-cloth (is bold) modifies 
holder. The clause introduced by which modifies neck¬ 
cloth. Morning is the object of a preposition under¬ 
stood. 

125—5. The setting sun stretched his celestial rods of light 
across the level landscape, and smote the rivers and the brooks 
and the ponds, and they became as blood. 

Stretched, and smote form the compound predicate. The 
object complement of smote is compound, consisting of 
rivers, brooks, and ponds. Of the second member became 
as blood is the predicate, as being an introductory con¬ 
junction, and blood an attribute. 

125— 6. Were the happiness of the next world as 1 closely ap¬ 
prehended as 2 the felicities of this, it were martyrdom to live. 

It is the subject of the principal clause. To live modi¬ 
fies it, the subject, being explanatory. Were martyrdom 
is the predicate. The subordinate clause, consisting of 
all that precedes it, modifies were in the main clause. 
The connective is if understood. Apprehended is modi¬ 
fied by closely, and closely by as 1 , ^ls 1 is modified by 
the clause, as the felicities of this (are apprehended). 

126— 7. There is a good deal of oratory in me, but I dohi’t 
do 2 as well as I can in any one place, out of respect to the 
memory of Patrick Henry. 

There is an independent adverb. In me modifies is. 
In the second member do do is the predicate. N’t = not, 
modifies do 1 . As well as I can (do) modifies do 2 . The 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 245 


first as modifies well; the second introduces the clause, 
as I can. The phrases, in place and out of respect , 
modify do. 

126—8. Van Twiller’s full-fed cheeks, which seemed to have 
taken toll of everything that went into his mouth, were curiously 
mottled and streaked with dusky red, like a Spitzenberg apple. 

Cheeks is the subject, and were mottled and streaked , the 
predicate of the principal clause. Which seemed, , etc. 
modifies cheeks. To have taken modifies seemed. That 
went , etc. modifies everything. The phrase, with dusky 
red , and the clause, like a Spitzenberg apple (is mottled 
and streaked), modify both verbs in the main clause. 
Like is a conjunctive adverb. 

126—9. The evil of silencing the expression of opinion is, 1 
that it is 2 robbing the human race. 

All that follows is 1 is the attribute of the chief predi¬ 
cate. That is a connecting conjunction. Of the attribute, 
which is a subordinate clause, is robbing is the predicate. 

126—10. There is no getting along with Johnson ; if his pistol 
misses fire, he knocks you down with the butt of it. 

There is an independent adverb. Getting is the subject 
of the first member; it is modified by the adverb along. 
In the second member knoclcs is the predicate. Down , an 
adverb, modifies knocks. The clause introduced by if also 
modifies knocks. 

126—11. We think in words ; and when we lack 1 fit words, we 
lack 2 fit thoughts. 

The clause introduced by when modifies lack 2 . 

126—12. To speak perfectly well one must feel that he has 
got to the bottom of his subject. 

To speak, etc. modifies the predicate must feel. The 
object complement of must feel is the clause introduced 
by that. 






246 SENTENCES FROM 

126—13. Office confers no honor upon a man 1 who is worthy 
of it, and it will disgrace every man 2 who is not. 

The clause, who is worthy modifies man} Who is not 

(worthy) modifies man? 

126—14. The men 1 whom men 2 respect, the women 1 whom 
women 2 approve, are the men 3 and women 3 who bless their 
species. 

The clause, whom men respect , modifies men 1 . The 
clause, whom women approve , modifies women\ Men 1 
and women 1 form the compound subject. Are men 3 and 
women 3 is the predicate. Both nouns in the predicate are 
modified by the clause, who bless , etc. 

126—1. A ruler who appoints any man to an office, when 
there is in his dominions another man better qualified for it, sins 
against God and against the state. 

The clause, who appoints , # etc., modifies the subject 
ruler. When there is, etc. modifies appoints. There is 
an independent adverb. Qualified modifies man. Better 
modifies qualified. 

126—2. We wondered whether the saltness of the Dead Sea 
was not Lot’s wife in solution. 

The object complement of wondered is the clause intro¬ 
duced by whether. Dead Sea is a complex noun. Was 
wife is the predicate of the subordinate clause. Not modi¬ 
fies was. 

126—3. There is a class among us so conservative that they 
are afraid the roof will come down if you sweep off the cobwebs. 

There is an independent adverb. Among us modifies 
is. Conservative modifies class , the subject. So modifies 
conservative. The clause introduced by that modifies the 
adverb so. The clause, if you siveep , etc., modifies will 
come. Off modifies sweep. 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 247 

126 4. Kind hearts are more than coronets, and simple faith 
than Norman blood. 

Than coronets (are) modifies more. Is more is under¬ 
stood after faith. Than Norman blood (is) modifies more 
understood. 

126—5. All those things for which men plough, build, or sail, 
obey virtue. 

Things is the subject and obey , the predicate, of the 
principal clause. The subordinate clause, for which men , 
etc., modifies things. 

126— 6. The sea licks your feet, its huge flanks purr very 
pleasantly for you: but it will crack your bones and eat you, 
for all that. 

In the third member the predicate is compound, con¬ 
sisting of will crack and (will) eat The phrase, for all 
that, modifies both will crack and (will) eat. 

127— 7. Of all sad words of tongue or pen, the saddest are 
these: “It might have been.” 

Words , understood after saddest , is the subject. Of 
tongue or pen modifies words. Of all sad words modifies 
the subject understood. Are these is the predicate. It 
might have been is in apposition with these. 

127—8. I fear three newspapers more than a hundred thou¬ 
sand bayonets. 

More modifies the predicate fear. The subordinate 
clause, than (I fear) a hundred thousand bayonets, modi¬ 
fies more. A hundred thousand is a complex adjective, 
modifying bayonets. 

127—9. He that allows himself to be a worm must not com¬ 
plain if he is trodden on. 

The clause, that allows, etc., modifies he. To be worm 
is an objective complement. The clause, if he is trodden 
on, modifies must complain. 


248 


SENTENCES FROM 


127—10. It is better to write one word upon tbe rock than a 
thousand on the water or the sand. 

It is the subject. To write one word upon the rock 
modifies it, being explanatory of the subject. The clause 
introduced by than (it is good to write) a thousand, etc. 
modifies better. A thousand is a complex adjective, modi¬ 
fying words understood. 

127—11. A breath of New England's air is better than a sup 
of Old England's ale. 

Is better is the predicate of the main clause. Better is 
modified by the subordinate clause, than a sup, etc. Is 
good is understood after ale., sup being the subject and is 
good, the predicate of the subordinate clause. 

127—12. We are as 1 near to heaven by sea as 2 by land. 

Are near is the predicate of the principal clause. As 1 
modifies near. As 2 introduces the subordinate clause, as 
(we are near) by land, which modifies as. 1 

127—13. No language that cannot suck up the feeding juices 
secreted for it in the rich mother-earth of common folk can 
bring forth a sound, lusty book. 

Language is the subject, and can bring forth is the 
predicate, of the main clause. The clause, that cannot 
suck up. etc., modifies language. Cannot suck up is the 
predicate of the subordinate clause. Secreted modifies 
juices. Sound and lusty modify book. 

127—14. Commend me to the preacher who has learned by 
experience what are human ills and what is human wrong. 

The subject of the main clause is understood. Com¬ 
mend is the predicate. The clause, who has learned, etc., 
modifies preacher. The object complement of has learned 
are human ills are what and human wrong is what, in each 
of which what is the attribute. 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 249 

127—15. He prayetli best 1 who loveth best 2 all things, both 
great and small; for the dear God who loveth us, he made and 
loveth all. 

The clause*, who loveth best , modifies he. Best 1 modi¬ 
fies prayeth. Both and and are correlatives. Great and 
small modify things. The dear God who loveth us is in¬ 
dependent by pleonasm. The clause, for he made , modi¬ 
fies prayeth . 

155—1. Mount Marcy is not so high as Mount Washington. 

So modifies high; as introduces the clause, Mount 
Washington (is high), modifying so. 

155—2. As I passed by, I found an altar with this inscription. 

As I passed by modifies found in the main clause. By 
modifies passed. 

155—3. It must be raining, as men are carrying umbrellas. 

As men are carrying umbrellas modifies must be raining , 
as being the connective. 

155 — 5 . Half-learned lessons slip from the memory as an icicle 
from the hand. 

The subordinate clause, as an icicle (slips) etc., modifies 
slip. 

155 —6. if a slave’s lungs breathe our air, that moment he is 
free. 

Is free is the predicate of the principal clause. (At) 
moment modifies is. The clause introduced by if also 
modifies is. 

155— 7 . If wishes were horses, all beggars might ride. 

The first clause modifies might ride. 

155 —8. Who knows if one of the Pleiads is really missing? 

The object complement of knows is the clause intro¬ 
duced by if. 


250 


SENTENCES FROM 


155— 9. If the flights of Dry den are higher, Pope continues 
longer on the wing. 

Longer modifies continues , the chief predicate. The 
clause introduced by if modifies continues. 

156— 10. England fears lest Russia may endanger British rule 
in India. 

The subordinate clause, lest Russia , etc., is the object 
complement after fears . 

156—11. Watch and pray, lest ye enter into temptation. 

The clause introduced by lest modifies watch and pray 
as an adverbial element. 

156—13. Many thousand years have gone by since the Pyra¬ 
mids were built. 

Many modifies thousand. By modifies gone. The 
clause introduced by since modifies the predicate have 
gone. Years is here in the objective after of under¬ 
stood. 

156—14. Since the Puritans could not be convinced, they 
were persecuted. 

The subordinate clause introduced by since modifies 
were persecuted. 

156—1. The Pharisee thanked God that he was not like other 
men. 

The clause introduced by that modifies thanked. Was 
like is the predicate of the subordinate clause. Like is an 
adjective. A preposition is understood before men. 

156—2. Vesuvius threw its lava so far that Herculaneum and 
Pompeii were buried. 

Far , an adverb, modifies threw. So modifies far, and 
that , its correlative, introduces the subordinate clause, 
which modifies so. 


REED AND KELLOGG’S HIGHER LESSONS. 251 


156—3. The smith plunges his red-hot iron into water, that 
he may harden it. 

That he may harden it modifies plunges, the predicate 
of the main clause. 

156—4. Socrates said that he who might be better employed 
was idle. 

All that follows said is the object complement of that 
verb. That is a conjunction, introducing the clause, he 
was idle . The clause, who might be better employed , modi¬ 
fies he. 

156—5. We never tell our secrets to people that pump for 
them. 

That pump for them modifies people, that being the 
subject of the clause. 

156 —6. The Aztecs were astonished when they saw the 
Spanish horses. 

The clause beginning when they saw, etc. modifies were 
astonished . 

156—7. November is the month when the deer sheds its 
horns. 

The clause, when the deer sheds its horns , modifies 
month, when being a relative adverb = in which . 

156—8. When the future is uncertain, make the most of the 
present. 

Most is the object complement of make. The clause, 
When the future, etc., modifies make adverbially. 

156—9. When the five great European races left Asia is a 
question. 

The subject consists of the subordinate clause preceding 
is. When modifies left. Is question is the predicate of 
the sentence. 


252 


SENTENCES FROM 


157—10. When judges accept bribes, what may we expect 
from common people? 

What is the object complement of may expect. The 
clause, When judges accept bribes , modifies expect. 

157—11. The dial instituted a formal inquiry, when hands, 
wheels, and weights protested their innocence. 

The clause, when hands, wheels , etc., modifies instituted, 
the predicate of the main clause. 

157—12. No one knows the place where Moses was buried. 

The clause, Moses was buried where , modifies place. 
Where, a relative adverb, = in which. 

157—13. Where Moses was buried is still a question. 

Where Moses was buried is the subject of the main 
clause. Is question is the predicate. Still modifies is. 

157—14. No one has been where Moses was buried. . 

Where Moses was buried in this sentence modifies has 
been. 

157 _ 15 . Napoleon was a genius, while Wellington was a 
man of talents. 

While in this sentence is equivalent to and or but y 
making the sentence compound. 

157—16. While we sleep the body is rebuilt. 

While we sleep modifies is rebuilt, the predicate of the 
main clause. 

157 —17. While Charles I. had many excellent traits, he was 
a bad king. 

While Charles I. had many excellent traits modifies was, 
the predicate verb of the main clause. 

157—1. Csesar put the proffered crown aside, but he would 
fain have had it. 

Aside modifies put; fain modifies would have had. 


REED AND KELLOGG’S HIGHER LESSONS. 253 

157—2. Take away honor and imagination and poetry from 
war, and it becomes carnage. 

The object complement after take is compound, consist¬ 
ing of honor , imagination , and 'poetry. 

157—6. Let but the commons hear this testament, and they 
would go and kiss dead Caesar’s wounds. 

(To) hear is the objective complement after let. Com¬ 
mons is the object complement of hear. 

157—7. Men are carrying umbrellas it is raining. 

The semicolon takes the place of the conjunction in 
connecting the members of the sentence. 

157— 8. Have ye brave sons ? look in the next fierce brawl to 
see them die. 

The subject of the main clause is understood. Look is 
the predicate. To see modifies look. (To) die modifies 
them. The subordinate clause, Have ye brave sons ? modi¬ 
fies look , if being understood. 

158— 9. The senate knows this, the consul sees it, and yet 
the traitor lives. 

And yet is a complex conjunction. 

158—10. Take away the grandeur of his cause, and Washing¬ 
ton is a rebel instead of the purest of patriots. 

Away modifies take. Instead of (patriot) modifies is. 
The purest and of patriots modify patriot understood. 

158—12. Should we fail, it can be no worse for us. 

(if) we should fail modifies worse. 

158— 13 . Had the Plantagenets succeeded in France, there 
would never have been an England. 

There is an independent adverb. England is the sub¬ 
ject of the main clause. The clause, (if) the Plantagenets 
had meceeded, modifies would have been. 


254 


SENTENCES FROM 


158—14. Were he my brother, I could do no more for him. 

(If) he were my brother modifies could do. More is the 
object complement of could do. 

158—15. Were I so disposed, I could not gratify the reader. 

(If) I were so disposed modifies could gratify. 

158—16. “ Were I [Admiral Nelson] to die this moment, more 
frigates would be found written on my heart.” 

More frigates is the subject of the main clause. If I 
were to die this moment modifies the verb would be found. 
Admiral Nelson is in' apposition with 7, or it may be con¬ 
sidered independent by pleonasm. 

162—1. I did nothing but laugh. 

But (to) laugh modifies nothing. But is a preposition. 

162—2. It was once supposed that crystal is ice frozen so 
hard that it cannot be thawed. 

The clause, that crystal is ice, etc., is explanatory of the 
subject, and modifies it. Frozen modifies ice. Hard 
modifies frozen. The clause, that it cannot , etc., modi¬ 
fies so. 

162—8. What love equals a mother’s? 

What is an adjective, modifying love. Mother's modi¬ 
fies love understood. 

162—4. There is nobody here but I. 

Me should follow but used as a preposition. But me 
modifies nobody. 

162—5. The fine arts were all but proscribed. 

All but — nearly or almost is a complex adverb, modi¬ 
fying proscribed. 

162—6. There’s not a breeze but whispers of thy name. 

But = that not , is a negative relative. But whis¬ 
pers = that whispers not , and modifies breeze. 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 255 

162—7. The longest life is but a day. 

But, an adverb, modifies is. Is day is the predicate. 

162—8. What if the bee love not these barren boughs? 

{It matters) is probably understood before what. The 
subordinate clause modifies the predicate verb under¬ 
stood. 

162—9. That life is long which answer’s life’s great end. 

That is an adjective, modifying life. Which answers , 
etc. modifies life , the subject. 

162—10. What! I the weaker vessel ? 

What is an interjection. The copula am is under¬ 
stood after I. 

162—11. Whom should I obey but thee? 

The phrase, hut thee , modifies whom. 

162—12. What by industry and what by economy, he had 
amassed a fortune. 

What and what , meaning partly, are adverbs, modify¬ 
ing the phrases, by industry and by economy. 

162—13. I long ago found that out. 

Found out , a complex verb, is the predicate. That is 
the object complement. Ago is an adverb, modifying 
found out. Long modifies ago. 

162—14. One should not always eat what he likes. 

What is in the objective after eats ; also after likes. 

162—15. There’s not a white hair on your face but should 
have its effect of gravity. 

There is an independent adverb. But is a negative 
relative, equivalent to that not. But should have = that 
should not have , and modifies the noun hair. 


256 


SENTENCES FROM 


162—16. It was a look that, but for its quiet, would have 
seemed disdain. 

The clause, that would have, etc., modifies hole. The 
phrase, hut for its quiet = except for its quiet, modifies 
would, have seemed. 

162—17. He came but to return. 

But is an adverb, modifying to return. 

182—1. Not to know what happened before we were born is 
to be always a child. 

To know is the subject. What happened, etc. is the 
object complement of know. Before we were boim modi¬ 
fies happened. To he child is the attribute of is in the 
main clause, child being in the nominative after to he. 

182—2. His being a Roman saved him from being made a 
prisoner. 

Being is the subject. Roman is in the nominative after 
being. From being made prisoner modifies saved. Being 
made is in the objective after from, and prisoner in the 
nominative after being made. 

182—3. I am this day weak, though anointed king. 

Day is in the objective after a preposition understood. 
The clause, though (I am) anointed king, modifies am. 
King is in the nominative after am anointed. 

182—4. What made Cromwell a great man was his unshaken 
reliance on God. 

What is in the nominative to made and in the nomina¬ 
tive to was. Man is a factitive or objective complement, 
after made. 

182—5. Amos, the herdsman of Tekoa, was not a prophet’s 
son. 

Herdsman is in apposition with Amos, the subject. A 
modifies prophet’s. 


REED AND KELLOGG^ HIGHER LESSONS. 257. 


182— 6. Arnold’s success as teacher was remarkable. 
Arnold’s modifies success . Teacher is in apposition 

with Arnold’s . .As is au introductory conjunction. 

183— 7. Worship thy Creator, God; and obey his Son, the 
Master, King, and Saviour of men. 

God is in apposition with Creator. Master, King, and 
Saviour are in apposition with Son. 

183—8. Bear ye one another’s burdens. 

Ye is the subject. One is in apposition with ye. 

183—9. What art thou, execrable shape, that darest advance? 
Shape is in the nominative independent by address. 
That darest advance modifies the subject thou. (To) ad¬ 
vance modifies darest. 

183—10. O you hard hearts! you cruel men of Rome! 

You is in the nominative independent by exclamation. 
Hearts is in apposition with you. You in the second ex¬ 
pression is also in the nominative independent by excla¬ 
mation. Men is in apposition with you. 

183—11. Everybody acknowledges Shakespeare to be the 
greatest of dramatists. 

To he (dramatist) is an objective complement after 
acknowledges. Shakespeare is the object complement. 
Greatest and of dramatists modify dramatist understood. 

183—12. Think’st thou 1 this heart could feel a moment’s joy, 
thou 2 being absent ? 

Thou being absent is independent in construction. 
Thou 1 is the subject, and think’st, the predicate of the 
principal clause. The clause, this heart could feel, etc., 
is the object complement of think’st. 

183—13. Our great forefathers had left him naught to con¬ 
quer but his country. 

Him is in the objective after a preposition understood. 
17 


.258 


SENTENCES FROM 


Naught is the object complement of had left. To conquer 
and the phrase, but country , modify naught. 

183—14. I will attend to it myself. 

Myself is in apposition with I. 

183—15. This news of papa’s puts me all in a flutter. 

The phrase, of papa's, modifies news. All is an ad¬ 
verb, modifying the phrase, in a flutter. Some authorities 
would use papa's as a possessive, limiting an uncertain 
noun understood. It is really equivalent to both the 
possessive and the objective, but its use here puts it in 
the objective after the preposition. 

183—16. What means that hand upon that breast of thine? 
Hand is the subject. Means what is the predicate. 
Upon that breast modifies hand. Of thine modifies breast , 
thine being in the objective. 

200—1. The lady is accomplished. 

Accomplished is an attribute. 

200—2. The task was not accomplished in a day. 

Was accomplished is the predicate. 

200—3. Are you prepared to recite ? 

Prepared is an attribute. To recite modifies prepared. 
200—4. Dinner was soon prepared. 

Was prepared is the predicate verb. 

200—5. A shadow was mistaken for a foot-bridge. 

200—6. You are mistaken. 

In (5) was mistaken is the predicate verb; in (6) mis¬ 
taken is the attribute after are. 

200—7. The man was drunk 1 before the wine was drunk 2 . 
Drunk 1 is an attribute; was drunk 2 is the predicate 
verb. 


REED AND KELLOGG’S HIGHER LESSONS. 259 

200—8. The house is situated on the bank of the river. 

Is situated is the predicate verb. 

200—9. I am obliged to you. 

Obliged is an attribute. 

200—10. I am obliged to do this. 

Am obliged is the predicate verb. 

200—11. The horse is tired. 

Tired is an attribute. 

200—12. A fool and his money are soon parted. 

Are parted is a predicate verb. 

2U0—13. The tower is inclined. 

Inclined is an attribute. 

200—14. My body is inclined by years. 

Is inclined is the predicate verb. 









SENTENCES 

FROM 

SWINTON’S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


105— 3. Vanished is the ancient splendor, and before my 

dreamy eye 

Wave these mingled shapes and figures, like a faded 
tapestry. 

Splendor is in the nominative as subject; eye is in the 
objective after before. Shapes and figures are used as 
subjects. Tapestry is in the nominative to a verb under¬ 
stood. 

106— 9. His spear, to equal which the tallest pine 

Hewn on Norwegian hills to be the mast 
Of some great ammiral were but a wand, 

He walked with, to support uneasy steps 
Over the burning marie. 

Spear is object after with in the fourth line. Pine is 
the subject of were in line three. Hills is in the objective 
after on. Ammiral is in the objective after of. Wand is 
in the nominative after were. Steps is the direct object 
of mpport. Marie is in the objective after over. 

106—10. The gushing flood the tartans dyed. 

Flood is in the nominative to dyed. Tartans is in the 
objective after dyed. 


261 



262 


SENTENCES FROM 


106—11. Lives of great men all remind us 

We can make our lives sublime, 

And, departing, leave behind us 
Footprints on the sands of time. 

Lives is in the nominative to remind. Lives in line 
two is the object of make sublime. Departing is a parti¬ 
ciple, modifying we. Footprints is the object of leave. 

106—13. Leaves have their time to fall 

And flowers to wither at the North Wind’s breath. 

Flowers is in the nominative to have understood. 
North Wind’s is a complex noun in the possessive, 
limiting breath. 

106—15. The only, the perpetual dirge 

That’s heard there is the sea-bird’s cry, 

The mournful murmur of the surge, 

The cloud’s deep voice, the wind’s low sigh. 

Dirge is the subject. Cry, surge, voice, and sigh are all 
in the nominative after is. 

106—16. The patriarch made Joseph a coat of many colors. 

Joseph is in the objective after for understood. Coat 
is the direct object of made. 

106—17. Lend your neighbors a helping hand. 

Neighbors is in the objective after to understood. Hand 
is the direct object of lend. 

106—18. We forgive our friends their faults. 

Friends is the direct object of forgive. Faults is in the 
objective after for understood. 

106—19. Then give humility a coach-and-six, 

Justice a conqueror’s sword, or truth a gown, 

Or public spirit its great cure, a crown. 

Humility is in the objective after to understood. Jus¬ 
tice, truth, and spirit are each in the objective after to 


SWINTON ? S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


263 


understood. Coach-and-six, sword, gown, cure, are all 
direct objects of give. Grown is in apposition with cure. 

106—20. He chooses company, but not the squire’s. 

Squirds limits the noun company understood. 

106— 2. The emperor Kaoti, a soldier of fortune, marched 
against the Huns. 

Soldier is in apposition with Kaoti. 

107— 3. ’Tis I, Hamlet the Dane. 

Hamlet is in apposition with I, and Dane is in apposi¬ 
tion with Hamlet. 

107—5. There, swinging wide at her moorings, lay 
The Somerset, British man-of-war— 

A phantom ship. 

Man-of-war and ship are in apposition with Somerset. 

107—8. There were two fathers in this ghastly crew. 

Fathers is the subject of were. 

107—9. Brevity is the soul of wit. 

Soul is in the nominative after is. 

107—10. The proper study of mankind is man. 

Man is in the nominative after is. 

107—11. The principle which gave a peculiar coloring to Isa¬ 
bella’s mind was piety. 

Piety is in the nominative after was. 

107—13. Others, their blue eyes with tears o’erflowing, 

Stand, like Ruth, amid the golden corn. 

Eyes is in the objective after with understood. Ruth is 
in the nominative to stood understood. Overflowing modi¬ 
fies eyes. 

107—14. The hill-range stood 

Transfigured in the silver flood 
Its blown snows flashing cold and keen. 

Snows is a noun in the objective after with understood. 


264 


SENTENCES FROM 


107—15. Success being hopeless, preparations were made for 
a retreat. 

Success is in the nominative absolute before being. 

107—16. Uriel, no wonder if thy perfect sight, 

Amid the sun’s bright circlet where thou sitt’st, 

See far and wide. 

Uriel is in the nominative independent by address. 
Wonder is in the nominative after is understood (It is 
no wonder). Far and wide are adverbs, modifying see. 

107—17. Rise, crowned with light, imperial Salem, rise! 

Salem is in the nominative independent by address. 

107—18. With that she fell distract, 

And, her attendants absent, swallowed fire. 

Attendants is in the nominative absolute before being 
understood. 

107—20. Listen, my children, and you shall hear 
Of the midnight ride of Paul Revere. 

Children is in the nominative independent by address. 

107—-21. O Caledonia 1 stern and wild, 

Meet nurse for a poetic child, 

Land of brown heath and shaggy wood, 

Land of the mountain and the flood. 

Note. —See page 84 for this sentence. 

107—22. O lonely tomb in Moab’s land, 

O dark Bethpeor’s hill, 

Speak to these curious hearts of ours 
And teach them to be still. 

Tomb and hill are in the nominative independent by 
address. 

107—23. The antechambers were crowded all night with lords 
and councillors. 

Night is in the objective after a preposition understood. 


SWINTON ? S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 265 

107—24. Home they brought her warrior dead. 

Home is an adverb. By some authorities it is given as 
a noun. 

107—25. Patrick Henry was nearly six feet high. 

Feet is in the objective after by understood. Swinton 
calls it an objective adverbial. 

107—*?6. Not without deep solicitude I saw the angry clouds 
gathering in the horizon, north and south. 

North and south are nouns in the objective after prepo¬ 
sitions understood. 

107—27. He that was dead came forth bound hand and foot. 

Hand and foot is a complex adverb, modifying bound. 

107—28. You came three times last week, but did you come 
the nearest way? 

Times is in the objective after a preposition understood ; 
or in the objective, according to some, without a govern¬ 
ing word. Week and way are each in the objective after 
a preposition understood. 

107—30. Milton, thou should’st be with us at this hour. 

Milton is in the nominative independent by address. 

112—1. We can show you where he lies. 

You is in the objective after to understood. 

112—6. Teach me thy statutes. 

Me is in the objective after teach. Statutes is the direct 
object of teach. 

112—8. Methought my request was heard, for it seemed to me 
as though the stains of manhood were passing from me, and I 
were relapsing into the purity and simplicity of childhood. 

Methought is equivalent to I thought. As though is a 
complex conjunction. 


266 


SENTENCES FROM 


113—9. I know not what course others may take; but as for 
me, give me liberty or give me death. 

Note.— See page 75 for the discussion of this sentence. 

113—10. Who was the thane lives yet. 

He is understood before who. 

113—11. What in me is dark, 

Illumine; what is low, raise and support. 

Note. —See page 99 for the discussion of this sentence. 

113—13. Ah! little they think who delight in the strains, 

How the heart of the minstrel is breaking. 

Who is in the nominative to delight. How the heart , 
etc. is the direct object of think. 

113—14. Oh that those lips had language! Life has passed 
With me but roughly since I heard thee last. 

Those lips are thine—thy own sweet smile I see, 

The same that oft in childhood solaced me. 

I wish is understood after oh. Thine is in the nomi¬ 
native after are. 

113—16. Roll on, thou deep and dark blue Ocean, roll! 

Thou is independent by address. Ocean is in apposi¬ 
tion with thou. 

113—17. Those who came to laugh remained to pray. 

Who is in the nominative to came. 

113—18. We two set upon you four. 

Tivo is used as a noun in apposition with we. Four is 
here a noun in apposition with you. 

113—19. England herself will sooner treat for peace with us 
on a footing of independence. 

Herself is in apposition with the noun England. 

113 —20. 0 ye Romans, you are poor slaves. 

Ye is independent, and Romans is in apposition with ye. 


SWINTON’s ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


267 


113—21. What do you mean, you blockhead ? 

What is in the objective after mean. You is in the 
nominative independent, and blockhead is in apposition 
with you. 

113—22. On these and kindred thoughts intent I lay 
In silence, musing by my comrade’s side, 

He [being] also silent. 

He is in the nominative absolute before being. 

113—23. Thou away, the very birds are mute. 

Thou is in the nominative absolute before being under¬ 
stood. 

113—24. God from the mount of Sinai, whose gray top 
Shall tremble, he descending, will himself 
Ordain them laws. 

Whose is in the possessive, limiting top. He is in the 
nominative absolute before descending. Himself is in ap¬ 
position with God. Them is in the objective after for 
understood. 

115—3. Three fishers went sailing away to the west. 

West is here used as a noun. 

115—4. Roll on, thou deep and dark blue Ocean, roll I 

Dark blue is a complex adjective, modifying ocean. 

115—5. For of all sad words of tongue or pen, 

The saddest are these—“ It might have been.” 

Saddest is an adjective, modifying words understood. 

115— 7. Like other dull men, the king was all his life sus¬ 
picious of superior people. 

Ally an adjective, modifies life. 

116— 9. Each ivied arch and pillar lone 

Pleads haughtily for glories gone. 

Lone , an adjective, modifies pillar; gone modifies 
glories. 


268 


SENTENCES FROM 


117— 1 . The rainbow comes and goes, • 

And lovely is the rose; 

The moon doth with delight 

Look round her when the heavens are bare; 

Waters on a starry night 
Are beautiful and fair. 

Lovely is a predicate adjective, modifying rose. Bare 
is a predicate adjective, modifying heavens. Beautiful 
and fair are' predicate adjectives referring to waters. 

Hg_2. “ Oh, sir,” said the good woman, “ he was such a likely 

lad—so sweet-tempered, so kind to every one around him, so 
dutiful to his parents.” 

Likely modifies lad. Sweet-tempered, kind, and dutiful 
refer to he. 

11 8—3. The stately homes of England, 

How beautiful they stand ! 

Beautiful is a predicate adjective. The clause is equiva¬ 
lent to How beautiful they are ! 

118— 4. Why call ye me good? 

Good is a factitive adjective, referring to me. 

118—5. Or, if a path be dangerous known, 

The danger’s self is law alone. 

Dangerous is an abstract adjective after to be under¬ 
stood. 

118—6. Come when the heart beats high and warm. 

High and warm are adjectives after beats, which is 
equivalent to is. 

H8—7. Thus, from afar, each dim-discovered scene 

More pleasing seems than all the past have been. 

More pleasing is a predicate adjective. The expression 
seems more pleasing — is more pleasing. 


SWINTON’S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


269 


118—8. By heaven, I change 

My thought, and hold thy valor light 
As that of some vain carpet-knight. 

Light is a factitive adjective, referring to valor , hold 
light being the predicate. 

120—2. Then shrieked the timid. 

Shrieked , a verb, agrees with timid , the subject. 

120—9. Then rose from sea to sky the wild farewell. 

Hose is a verb, agreeing with farewell, the subject. 

120—13. In words, as fashions, the same rule will hold, 

Alike fantastic if too new or old; 

Be not the first by whom the new is tried, 

Nor yet the last to lay the old aside. 

Will hold is a verb, agreeing with rule. Be agrees 
with thou or you understood. 

123—1. To be virtuous is to be happy. 

To he virtuous is used here as the subject, and to he 
happy as the attribute of the sentence; the infinitive in 
each is in the nominative case. 

123—2. Seeing is believing. 

Seeing , a participle used as a noun, is the subject, and 
believing is the predicate nominative of the sentence. 

123—3. I remember to have seen William at the rink. 

To have seen is the direct object of remember. 

] 23—4. Philosophy teaches us to endure afflictions. 

To endure is used as the direct object of teaches . 

123—6. It is painful to see an animal suffering. 

To see , etc. modifies it, being explanatory. 

123—7. His having failed is not surprising. 

Having failed is used as the subject. 


270 


SENTENCES FROM 


123—8. I recommended turning a new leaf. 

Turning , a participial noun, is the direct object of 
recommended. 

123—9. Throwing their muskets aside, the soldiers rushed on 
the foe. 

Throwing is a participle, relating to soldiers. 

123—10. Born to a crown, Louis XYI. died on the scaffold. 

Born is a participle, relating to Louis XVI. 

123—11. They wish to turn him from keeping bad company. 
To turn is the direct object of wish. Keeping is in the 
objective after from. 

123— 12. What we always put off doing, 

Clearly w r e shall never do. 

Doing is a participial noun in the objective after put 
off, a complex verb. 

124— 2. Ill-fared it then with Roderick Dhu. 

Ill is an adverb, modifying fared. 

124—4. The world was all before them where to choose 
Their place of rest, and Providence their guide. 

Where is a relative adverb, modifying to choose. All 
is an adverb, modifying before them. 

124—6. And when above the surges 

They saw his crest appear, 

All Rome sent forth a rapturous cry, 

And even the ranks of Tuscany 
Could scarce forbear to cheer. 

When is a conjunctive adverb. Scarce = scarcely, 
modifies could forbear. 

124—7. Why should we shrink from what we cannot shun? 
Why is an adverb, modifying should shrink. 


SWINTON'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


271 


125—2. A murmuring whisper through the nunnery ran. 

Through , a preposition, shows the relation between 
nunnery and ran. 

125—6. Through all the wild October days the clash and din 
resounded in the air. 

Through is a preposition, showing the relation between 
days and resounded. 

125—7. But on the hill the golden-rod, and the aster in the 
wood, 

And the yellow sunflower by the brook, in autumn 
beauty stood. 

On is a preposition, showing the relation between hill 
and golden-rod. In shows the relation between beauty 
and stood. 

125—8. There is a special providence in the fall of a sparrow. 

In , a preposition, shows the relation between fall 
and is. 

125— 10. In the spring of 1493, while the court was still at 
Barcelona, letters were received from Christopher Columbus, 
announcing his return to Spain, and the successful achievement 
of his great enterprise by the discovery of land beyond the 
western ocean. 

In, a preposition, shows the relation between spring and 
were received. By, a preposition, shows the relation be¬ 
tween discovery and achievement. Beyond, a preposition, 
shows the relation between ocean and lying understood. 

126— 2. Some murmur when their sky is clear 

And wholly bright to view, 

If one small speck of dark appear 
In their great heaven of blue. 

And, a conjunction, connects clear and bright. If is a 
subordinate conjunction, connecting the last two lines with 
the preceding two. 


272 


SENTENCES FROM 


126_3. ’Twas noon, 

And Helon knelt beside a stagnant pool 
In the lone wilderness. 

And connects the two main clauses between which it 
stands. 

126—4. Millions of spiritual creatures walk the earth unseen, 
Both when we wake and when we sleep. 

Both—and are correlative conjunctions, both being in** 
troductory and and , the connective. 

142—1. Flashed all their sabres bare. 

Sabres is the subject. Bare is a predicate adjective. 

142—2. When that the poor have cried, Caesar hath wept. 

In the subordinate clause, poor, used as a noun, is the 
subject. That is superfluous, but when that may be con¬ 
sidered a conjunctive adverb. 

142—3. Beyond that I seek not to penetrate the veil. 

Beyond is a preposition, showing the relation between 
that and penetrate. 

142—5. To do aught good never will be our task. 

To do is the subject. Aught is the direct object. Task 
is in the nominative after will be. 

142—6. Jerusalem has derived some reputation from the 
number and importance of her memorable sieges. 

Importance is in the objective after a preposition under¬ 
stood. 

142—7. The service past, around the pious man, 

With ready zeal, each honest rustic ran. 

Service is in the nominative absolute before being 
understood. Around shows the relation between man 
and ran. 


SWlNTON’s ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


273 


142 8. Seasons return, but not to me returns 

Day, or the sweet approach of even or morn. 

Day is the subject of returns . Approach also is iu 
the nominative to returns. 

142—9. Whatever is, is right. 

Note.—S ee page 21 for this sentence. 

142—10. Dust thou art, to dust returnest, 

* Was not spoken of the soul. 

Note. —See page 70 for this sentence. 

145—1. Father, thy hand 

Hath reared these venerable columns; thou 
Didst weave this verdant roof. 

Father is in the nominative independent by address. 

145—2. You say you are a better soldier. 

The direct object of say is all that follows that word. 

145—4. Pleasantly rose next morning the sun on the village 
of Grand-Pre. 

Sun is the subject of rose. Morning is in the objective 
after a preposition understood. 

145—5. One morn a Peri at the gate of heaven stood dis¬ 
consolate. 

Morn is in the objective after a preposition understood. 
Peri is the subject of stood. Disconsolate is an adjective 
attribute. Stood disconsolate = was disconsolate. 

145—6. Where De Soto was buried cannot be determined. 
The subject of the main clause is De Soto was buried 
where. 

145—7. A little learning is a dangerous thing ; 

Drink deep, or taste not the Pierian spring. 

Learning is the subject, and thing, the attribute noun, 
of the first member. Spying is the direct object of taste. 

18 


274 


SENTENCES FROM 


145 _ 8 . He prayetli best who loveth best 

All things both great and small; 

For the dear God who loveth us, 

He made and loveth all. 

Note. —See page 249. 

146 — 9 . The Accusing Spirit, which flew up to heaven’s 
chancery with the oath, blushed as he gave it in; and the 
Recording Angel, as he wrote it down, dropped a tear upon 
the word, and blotted it out forever. 

Note. —See page 72 for this sentence. 

146 _io. We know that if we could cause this structure to 

ascend, not only till it reached the skies, but till it pierced them, 
its broad surfaces could still contain but part of that which, in 
an age of knowledge, hath already been spread over the earth, 
and °which history charges itself with making known to all 
future times. 

Structure to ascend is the direct object of cause. JSiot 
only and but are correlatives. Till it reached and till it 
pierced modify to ascend. But is an adjective, modify¬ 
ing part. Making known is used as a participial noun, 
in the objective after with. 

146 — 11 . Then methought the air grew denser, perfumed 
from an unseen censer 

Swung by seraphim whose footfalls tinkled on the 
tufted floor. 

“ Wretch,” I cried, “ thy God hath lent thee 1 —by 
these angels he hath sent thee 2 

Respite ^respite 2 and nepenthe from thy memories 
of Lenore! 

Quaff, oh quaff this kind nepenthe and forget this 
lost Lenore!” 

Quoth the raven —Nevermore 1” 

Methought = I thought. Perfumed , a participle, modi¬ 
fies air. Swung, a participle, modifies censer. Wretch is 
independent, but the whole expression, “ Wretch, thy God,” 
etc., is the direct object of cried. Thee 1 and thee 2 are each 


SWINTON’s ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


275 


In the objective after a preposition. Respite 1 is the direct 
object of hath sent. Respite 2 and nepenthe are in the ob¬ 
jective after hath sent understood. Nevermore is a noun, 
the direct object of quoth. Raven is the subject of quoth. 

153—1. Outflew 

Millions of flaming swords, drawn from the thighs 
Of mighty cherubim. 

Millions is the subject and outflow the predicate. Drawn, 
a participle, modifies swords. 

153—2. With a slow and noiseless footstep 

Comes that messenger divine. 

Messenger is the subject. Divine, an adjective, modi¬ 
fies messenger. 

153—3. The hawthorn bush, with seats beneath the shade 
For talking age and whispering lovers made. 

Talking is an adjective, modifying age, and whispering, 
an adjective, modifying lovers. Made is a participle, modi¬ 
fying seats. 

153—4. The younger guest purloined the glittering prize. 

Glittering is an adjective, modifying prize. 

153—5. The service past, around the pious man, 

With steady zeal, each honest rustic ran. 

Past is a participle, relating to service. 

153—6. The wretch, concentred all in self, 

Living, shall forfeit fair renown, 

And, doubly dying, shall go down 
To the vile dust, from whence he sprung, 

Unwept, unhonored, and unsung. 

Concentred is a participle, modifying wretch. Living 
and dying, participles, also modify wretch. Down, an 
adverb, modifies shall go. Whence is here used as a noun 
after from. Unwept, unhonored, and unsung are predi¬ 
cate adjectives, modifying wretch. 


276 


SENTENCES FROM 


153 _ 7 . The patient face that once had lain Upon the bed was 
glorified and radiant; but his heart found out his sister among 
all the host. 

Glorified and radiant are predicate adjectives after was. 
Found out is a complex verb, agreeing with heart. All 
is an adjective, modifying host. 

153_8. First in war, first in peace, first in the hearts of his 
countrymen, Washington was second to none in the humble 
and endearing scenes of private life. 

First, first, and first are adjectives, referring to Washing - 
ton. Second is a predicate adjective, referring to Wash¬ 
ington. None is an adjective pronoun. Humble and en¬ 
dearing are adjectives, modifying scenes. 

154 — 9 . How dear to this heart are the scenes of my child¬ 
hood, 

When fond recollection presents them to view ! 

Dear is a predicate adjective after are. 

154 —10. This day T was gratified with what I had often de¬ 
sired to witness—the condition of a sea in a tempest. I had 
contemplated the ocean in all its other phases, and they are 
almost innumerable. At one time it is seen reposing in perfect 
stillness under the blue sky and bright sun. At another, slightly 
ruffled, and then its motion causes his rays to tremble and dance 
in broken fragments of silvery or golden light—and the sight is 
dazzled by following the track from whence his beams are re¬ 
flected—while all besides seems to frown in the darkness of its 
ripple. 

Gratified is a predicate adjective, referring to I. What 
has a double construction ; it is in the objective after with 
and in the objective after witness. Condition is in appo¬ 
sition with what as the direct object of witness. Innum¬ 
erable is a predicate adjective after are. Reposing is a 
participle, modifying it. Another is an adjective pronoun 
in the objective after at. Rujjled is a participle, modify- 


SWINTON’s ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


277 


ing it understood. Following is a participle, used as a 
noun in the objective after by. Whence is used as a 
noun in the objective after from. Besides is an adjective, 
relating to all. 

160—1. Now Jove suspends his golden scales in air, 

Weighs the men’s wit against the lady’s hair. 

Men’s is in the possessive and modifies wit; lady’s is 
in the possessive and modifies hair. 

160— 2. Little-minded people’s thoughts move in such small 
circles that five minutes’ conversation gives you an arc long 
enough to determine their whole curve. 

Little-minded , an adjective, modifies people’s. People’s 
is a noun in the possessive and modifies thoughts. Five 
is an adjective modifying minutes , and minutes is a noun 
in the possessive, modifying conversation. 

161— 4. Tell me what thy lordly name is oil the Night’s Plu¬ 
tonian shore. 

Night’s is a noun in the possessive, limiting shore. 
Plutonian is an adjective, modifying shore. 

161—7. ’Twas made of the white snail’s pearly shell. 

White is an adjective, modifying snail’s. Snail’s is in 
the possessive, modifying shell. 

161—8. Quench the timber’s falling embers, 

Quench the red leaves in December’s 
Hoary rime and chilly spray. 

Timber’s is in the possessive and modifies embers. De¬ 
cember’s is a noun in the possessive and modifies rime and 
spray. 

161—9. Let all the ends thou aim’st at be thy country’s 
[ends], thy God’s and truth’s. 

Country’s , God’s, and truth’s are in the possessive, 
modifying ends understood. 


278 


SENTENCES FROM 


161—10. Oh, well for the fishermen’s boy 

That he shouts with his sister at play. 

Well is a predicate adjective after is understood. 
Fisherman's is a noun in the possessive, modifying hoy . 
That he shouts, etc., an explanatory clause, modifies it 
understood. 

163—1. ’Tis I, Hamlet the Dane. 

Note. —See same sentence, page 263. 

163—2. At midnight, in the forest shades, 

Bozzaris ranged his Suliote band, 

True as the steel of their tried blades, 

Heroes in heart and hand. 

True, an adjective, modifies band. Heroes is in appo¬ 
sition with band, in the objective. 

163—4. There, swinging wide at her moorings, lay 
The Somerset, British man-of war— 

A phantom ship. 

Note. —See same sentence, page 263. 

163—5. So work the honey-bees, 

Creatures that by a rule in nature teach 
The art of order to a peopled kingdom. 

Honey-bees is the subject. Creatures is in apposition 
with honey-bees. 

163—6. That best portion of a good man’s life— 

His little, nameless, unremembered acts 
Of kindness and of love. 

Acts is in apposition with portion, which is in the 
objective. The preceding lines are 

(With) Feelings, too, 

Of unremembered pleasure; such perhaps, 

As have no slight or trivial influence 
On that best portion, etc. 

163—7. It is seldom that the father and the son, he 1 who has 
borne the weight, and he 2 who has been brought up in the lustre 


SWINTON’s ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 279 

of the diadem, exhibit equal capacity for the administration of 
affairs. 

He 1 is in apposition with father, and he 2 is in apposi¬ 
tion with son, both being in the nominative to exhibit. 

167—2. Not a soldier discharged his farewell shot. 

Shot is the direct object of discharged. 

167—4. Their furrow oft the stubborn glebe has broke. 

Furrow is the subject, and glebe the object, of has 
broke. 

167—5. Beaux banish beaux, and coaches 1 coaches* drive. 

Coaches' is the subject, and coaches 2 the direct object 
of drive. 

167—6. The gushing flood the tartans dyed. 

Note. See page 261* for this sentence. 

167—7. Me he restored, and him he hanged. 

Me is the object of restored , and him is the object of 
hanged. 

167—8. Knowledge in general expands the mind, exalts the 
faculties, refines the taste of pleasure, and opens innumerable 
sources of intellectual enjoyment. 

Mind, faculties, tastes, and sources are all direct objects. 

167—9. For my own part, I have ever believed, and do now 
know, that there are witches. 

The clause, that there are witches, is the direct object of 
believed and do know. 

167—11. They follow an adventurer whom 1 they fear, and 
obey a power which they hate; we serve a monarch whom 2 we 
love—a God whom 3 we adore. 

Whom 1 is the direct object of fear; which is the 
direct object of hate; monarch and God are the direct 
objects of serve; whom 2 is the direct object of love; 
and whom 3 is the direct object of adore. 


280 


SENTENCES FKOM 


167—12* Let me live a life of faith, 

Let me die thy people’s death. 

Life is the direct object of live, and death the direct 
object of die. 

167—13. He gathered new and greater armies from his own 
land—from subjugated lands. He called forth the young and 
brave—one from every household—from the Pyrenees to the 
Zuyder Zee—from Jura to the ocean. He marshalled them into 
long and majestic columns, and went forth to seize that uni¬ 
versal dominion which seemed almost within his grasp. 

Armies is the direct object of gathered. Young and 
brave are here used as nouns, direct objects of called 
forth. One is in apposition with young and brave. 
Them is the direct object of marshalled. Dominion is 
the direct object of to seize. Almost; an adverb, modifies 
within grasp. 


172—1. Tell me not in mournful numbers 

Life is but an empty dream. 

Me is in the objective after a preposition understood. 
But is an adverb, modifying is. Dream is a predicate 
nominative. 

172—2. The grave is not its goal. 

Goal is in the nominative after is. 

172—3. It is I—be not afraid. 

I is in the nominative after is. 

172—4. Breathes there a man with soul so dead, 

Who never to himself hath said, 

This is my own, my native land? 

The clause, who never , etc., modifies man. The last 
line is the direct object of hath said. Land is the predi¬ 
cate nominative after is. 


SWINTON’s ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 281 

172— 5. The proper study of mankind is man. 

Study is the subject, and man the attribute of the 
sentence. 

173— 8. The other shape 1 — 

If shape 2 it 1 might be called that shape 3 had none 
Distinguishable in member, joint, or limb; 

Or substance might be called that shadow seem’d, 

For each seem’d either: black it 2 stood as night. 

Shape 1 is in the nominative independent by pleonasm. 
Shape 2 is the predicate nominative after might be called. 
That shape had , etc. modifies it \ That is the subject of 
had. Shape 3 is the direct object of had. None is an ad¬ 
jective, modifying shape 3 . Distinguishable is an adjec¬ 
tive, modifying shape 3 . If is understood after or in the 
fourth line, and it is understood after substance. Sub¬ 
stance is the predicate nominative after might be called. 
That shadow seem’d modifies it understood. Shadow is 
the predicate nominative after seem’d. In the last line 
each is the subject and either the predicate nominative. 
Black is an attributive adjective. Black it stood = it was 
black , is the main clause. Night is the subject of a verb 
understood. 

175—1. The very fairest flowers usually wither the most 
quickly. 

Very, an adverb, modifies fairest. Usually and most 
quickly modify wither. The is an adverb, modifying 
most. 

175—2. Slowly and sadly we laid him down. 

Slowly , sadly , and dozen are adverbs, modifying laid. 

175—3. And now 1 a bubble bursts, and now 2 a world. 

Now 1 is an adverb, modifying bursts; and now 2 modi¬ 
fies bursts understood. 


282 


SENTENCES FROM 


175 —4. For them no more the blazing hearth shall burn. 
More, an adverb, modifies shall burn, and no modifies 
more. 

175 — 5 . ill blows the wind that profits nobody. 

Ill is an adjective, referring to wind. 

175 —6. Freely 1 we serve because we freely 2 love. 

Freely 1 is an adverb, modifying serve. Freely 2 is an 
adverb, modifying love. Because is a conjunctive adverb. 

175— 7 . When here but three days since I came, 

Bewildered in pursuit of game, 

All seemed as 1 peaceful and as 2 still 
As 3 the mist slumbering on yon hill. 

When is a conjunctive adverb, connecting the first two 
lines as a subordinate clause with the third line as the 
principal clause. Here is an adverb, modifying came. 
But, an adverb, modifies three. Since is an adverb, 
modifying came. Bewildered is a participle, modifying 
I. As 1 modifies peaceful; as 2 modifies still. Peaceful 
and still are predicate adjectives. As 3 is a conjunctive 
adverb. Mist is in the nominative to a verb (is) under¬ 
stood. Slumbering is a participle, modifying mist. 

179—1. Fools who came to scoff remained to pray. 

Who refers to fools as its antecedent. 

179 —2. This petulance ruined Essex, who had to deal with a 
spirit naturally as proud as his own. 

Who had to deal, etc. modifies Essex. Own is the 
subject of was proud, understood. 

179—3. Shall he alone whom rational we call 

Be pleased with nothing, if not blessed with all ? 

Shall be pleased agrees with he. Whom is in the ob¬ 
jective after call. Rational is a factitive adjective. 


i 


SWINTON’s ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 283 

179—4. A land of slaves shall ne’er be mine. 

Mine is the subject of the sentence. It may also be 
construed as in the nominative after shall be. 

1^9 5. Some natural tears they dropped, but wiped them 
soon. 

_ Wiped agrees with they understood. Tears is the 
direct object of dropped. 

179 6. They [the Indians] are shrinking before the mighty 
tide which 1 is pressing them away; they must soon hear the 
roar of the last wave which 2 will settle over them for ever. 

Which 1 refers to tide. Which 2 refers to wave. 

179— 7. Cold is thy brow, my son! and I am chill, 

As to my bosom I have tried to press thee. 

Cold is a predicate adjective after is. Chill is also a 
predicate adjective after am. As is a conjunctive adverb. 
To my bosom modifies press. 

180— 8. Woodman, spare that tree; 

Touch not a single bough; 

In youth it sheltered me, 

And I’ll protect it now. 

’Twas my forefather’s hand 
That placed it near his cot; 

Then, woodman, let it stand ; 

Thy axe shall harm it not. 

Woodman is in the nominative independent by address. 
Not is an adverb, modifying touch. In the fifth line it is 
the subject. Hand is a predicate nominative. The line, 
That placed , etc., modifies it, the subject. Cot is in the 
objective after a preposition understood. Then is an in¬ 
troductory adverb. (To) stand modifies let. 

187—1. To him who in the love of Nature holds 

Communion with her visible forms, she speaks 
A various language. 

To shows the relation between him and speaks (speaks 
to him). 


284 


SENTENCES FROM 


187 — 2 . The eulogium pronounced on the character of the 
State of South Carolina, by the honorable gentleman, for her 
Revolutionary and other merits, meets my hearty concurrence. 

By shows the relation between gentleman and pro¬ 
nounced. For shows the relation between merits and 
pronounced. 

187 — 3 , Into 1 the jaws of death, into 2 the mouth of hell, 
Rode the six hundred. 

Into 1 shows the relation between jaws and rode. Into 2 
shows the relation between mouth and rode. 

187—4. At midnight, in 1 his guarded tent, 

The Turk was dreaming of the hour 
When Greece, her knee in 2 suppliance bent, 

Should tremble at his power. 

At shows the relation between midnight and was dream¬ 
ing. In 1 shows the relation between tent and was dream¬ 
ing. In 2 shows the relation between suppliance and bent . 

187— 5 . But now no sound of laughter was heard amongst the 
foes; 

A wild and wrathful clamor from all the vanguard 
rose. 

From shows the relation between vanguard and rose. 

187— 6 . Run to your houses, fall upon your knees, 

Pray to the gods to intermit the plague 
That needs must light on this ingratitude. 

Needs is an adverb, modifying must light. To intermit 
modifies pray. The clause, That needs , etc., modifies 
plague. 

187—7. The trees are now in their fullest foliage and bright¬ 
est verdure; the woods are gay with the clustered flowers of the 
laurel; the air is perfumed by the sweetbrier and the wild rose; 
the meadows are enamelled with clover-blossoms; while the 
young apple, the peach, and the plum begin to swell, and the 
cherry^to glow among the green leaves. 

In shows the relation between foliage and verdure , and 


SWINTON’s ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


285 


the verb are. By shows the relation between sweetbrier 
and rose , and the verb is perfumed. Begins is understood 
before to glow. 

190—1. lightly and brightly breaks away 
The morning from her mantle gray. 

And connects the adverbs lightly and brightly . 

190—2. Right sharp and quick the bells all night 
Rang out from Bristol town. 

And connects the adverbs sharp and quick. 

190—3. Men must work and 1 women must weep, 

Though storms be hidden and 2 waters deep. 

And 1 connects the two clauses, men must work and 
women must weep. And 2 connects storms be hidden and 
waters (be) deep. Though is a subordinate conjunction, 
connecting the clauses in the second line with those in 
the first. 

190—1. A wise man will make haste to forgive, because he 
knows the true value of time, and will not suffer it to pass away 
in unnecessary pain. 

Because is a subordinate conjunction, connecting he 
knows , etc. with the preceding clause. And connects 
the two parts of the subordinate clause. Make haste = 
hasten , agrees with man. To pass modifies suffer. 

190—5. These wave their town-flag in the arched gateway, 
and stand, rolling their drum ; but to no purpose. 

And connects the first and the second member. Roll- 
ing , a participle, modifies these. But connects the second 
member with (They do it) to no purpose. 

190—6. For none made sweeter melody 

Than did the poor blind boy. 

For is an introductory conjunction. Than is a subor¬ 
dinate conjunction, connecting the latter clause with the 
former. 


286 


SENTENCES FROM 


190—7. Whether the thing was green or blue. 

Whether is an introductory conjunction. Or is a con¬ 
junction, connecting green and blue. Whether and or are 
correlatives. 

190—8. No leave ask’st thou of either wind or tide. 

Either and or are correlatives; or connects wind and 
tide. 

190—9. Whether he was combined 

With those of Norway; or 1 did line the rebel 
With hidden help and vantage; or 2 that with both 
He labor’d in his country’s wrack, I know not. 

Whether connects I know not with he was combined, etc. 
Or 1 and or 2 connect the clauses between which they are 
placed. 

190 —10. This, I think, I may at least say, that we should 
have a great many fewer disputes in the world if words were 
taken for what they are, the signs of our ideas only, and not for 
things themselves. 

This is an adjective pronoun, the object of say. That 
is a conjunction, connecting the clause following with the 
clause preceding. A great many may be taken as a com¬ 
plex adverb in the sense of much , and modifies fewer. 

195—1. The President having given his assent the bill be¬ 
came a law. 

President is in the nominative independent or absolute, 
before having given. 

195—2. Those barbarous ages past, succeeded next the birth¬ 
day of invention. 

Ages is in the nominative independent or absolute, 
before (being) pa,st. Succeeded is the predicate, and 
birthday the subject, of the sentence. 


SWINTON’s ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


287 


195—3. Then shall I be no more; 

And Adam, wedded to another Eve, 

Shall live with her enjoying; I [being] extinct. 

I is in the nominative independent, or absolute, before 
(being) extinct. Wedded is a participle, modifying Adam. 

195—4. Success being now hopeless, preparations were made 
for retreat. 

Success is in the nominative independent, or absolute, 
before being. 

195—5. Thou looking on, 

Shamed to be overcome or overreached, 

Would utmost vigor raise. 

Thou is in the nominative to would, raise. Looking on 
and shamed are participles, referring to thou. Vigor is in 
the objective after would raise. 

195—1. Awake, my St. John, leave all meaner things. 

St. John is independent by address. 

195—2. Oh the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and 
knowledge of God! 

Depth is independent by exclamation. 

195—3. A horse! a horse ! my kingdom for a horse! 

Horse ! and horse ! are independent by exclamation. 

195—4. Plato, thou reasonest well. 

Plato is independent by address. 

195—5. O thou that with surpassing glory crowned, 

Look’st from thy sole dominion, like the god 
Of this new world, 

0 sun ! to tell thee how I hate thy beams. 

Thou is in the nominative independent by exclamation. 
Like is an adjective, followed by the phrase, (unto) God. 
To tell modifies a predicate understood. 

195 —6. The gallant king, he skirted still 

The margin of that mighty hill. 

King is independent by pleonasm. 


288 


SENTENCES FROM 


209—5. Nothing in his life became him like the leaving it. 

Nothing is the simple subject. Nothing in his life is 
the logical subject. Like is a conjunctive adverb. Leav¬ 
ing is in the nominative to a verb understood. 

209—6. All the land, in flowery squares, beneath a broad and 
equal-blowing wind, smelt of the coming summer. 

Ijand is the simple subject. The logical subject is All 
the land , etc., including all preceding smelt. 

209—7. The morn, in russet mantle clad. 

Walks o’er the dew of yon high eastern hill. 

Morn is the simple subject, and the whole of the first 
line the logical subject. Clad is a participle, modifying 
morn. 

209—8. Short-lived likings may be bred 

By a glance from fickle eyes. 

Likings is the simple subject, and short-lived likings , the 
logical subject. 

209—9. Under her torn hat glowed the wealth 

Of simple beauty and rustic health. 

Wealth is the simple subject. The wealth of simple 
beauty and rustic health is the logical subject. 

209—10. Night, sable goddess, from her ebon throne, 

In rayless majesty now stretches forth 
Her leaden sceptre o’er a prostrate world. 

Night is the simple subject. Night , sable goddess , is 
the logical subject. 

221—1. In unploughed Maine he sought the lumberer’s gang. 

In unploughed Maine modifies 'sought. Gang is the 
direct object of sought. 

221—2. Heaven from all creatures hides the book of fate. 

Heaven is the subject. Book is the direct object of 
hides, the predicate. The phrase, from all creatures , 
modifies hides. 


SWINTON’s ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


289 


221—3. Stormed at with shot and shell, 

Boldly they rode and well. 

Stormed at, etc. modifies they. At is a complex parti¬ 
ciple, modifying they. Boldly and well are adverbs, modi¬ 
fying rode. 

221—4. Shall we gather strength by irresolution and in¬ 
action ? 

By irresolution and inaction modifies gather. 

221—5. The moon threw its silvery light upon the rippling 
waters of the lake. 

Upon the rippling waters modifies threw. 

221 —6. Tell all the world thy joy. 

(To) all the world modifies tell. 

221—7. Clad in a robe of everlasting snow, Mount Everest 
towers above all other mountain-peaks of the globe. 

Clad, etc. modifies the subject, Mould Everest. All 
and other modify mountain-peaks. 

221—8. Now upon Syria’s land of roses 

Softly the light of eve reposes. 

Light is the subject. Reposes is the predicate. Now, 
softly, and the phrase, Upon Syria’s land, etc., modify re¬ 
poses. 

221—9. Where are you going this summer? 

Are going is modified by where, and by the phrase, 
(during) this summer. 

221—10. Be not like dumb, driven cattle. 

Be like is the predicate. Like, an adjective, is modi¬ 
fied by the phrase, (Unto) dumb, driven cattle. 

221 _11. The mournful tidings of the death of his son filled 

the proud heart of the old man with the keenest anguish. 

With keenest anguish modifies filled . 

19 


290 


SENTENCES FROM 


221—12. Forbid it, Almighty God l 

Forbid, the predicate, agrees with the subject under¬ 
stood. Almighty God is independent by exclamation. 

221—13. How wonderful is sleep f 

Sleep is the subject. Is wonderful is the predicate. 
How modifies wonderful 

221-*-14. Harvey, the discoverer of the circulation of the 
blood, was an eminent English physician. 

Harvey is the subject. Was physician is the predicate. 
The discoverer, etc. is in apposition with Harvey, and 
modifies that word. 

221—15. When shall we be stronger? 

We is the subject. Shall be stronger is the predicate. 
When modifies shall be. 

221—16- Vex thou not the poet's mind. 

Thou is the subject. Vex is the predicate. Mind is 
the direct object. 

221— 17. Did they make him master? 

They is the subject. Make master is the predicate, 
master being a factitive noun. 

222— 18. What a world of happiness their harmony foretells! 
Harmony is the subject. Foretells is the predicate. 

World is the direct object. It is modified by what, a, 
and the phrase of happiness. 

222—19. Between it and the garden lies 

A league of grass, washed by a slow broad stream. 

League is the subject. Lies is the predicate. The 
phrase between it, etc., modifies lies. Washed,, etc. modi¬ 
fies grass. 


SWINTON’s ENGLISH GRAMMAR, 


291 


222—20. Oh, ever thus, from childhood’s hour 
I’ve seen my fondest hopes decay. 

I is the subject. Have seen is the predicate. Decay 
modifies hopes. Thus and ever modify have seen. 

222—1. The master gave his scholars a lesson to learn. 

To learn modifies lesson. 

222 2. The ploughman homeward plods his weary way. 

Homeward , an adverb, modifies plods. Weary modi¬ 
fies way. 

222—3. Will it be the next week or the next year? 

(During) the next week and (during) the next year 
modify will be. 

224—4. I will give thee a silver pound to row us o’er the 
ferry. 

(To) thee modifies will give. To row also modifies will 
give. 

222—5. Having ridden up to the spot, the enraged officer 
struck the unfortunate man dead with a single blow of his 
sword. 

Struck dead is the predicate, dead being a factitive ad¬ 
jective. Having ridden, etc. modifies officer. Man is 
the direct object of struck dead. 

222—6. To reach Cathay, famed in the writings of Marco 
Polo, fired the imagination of the daring navigator. 

To reach is the subject. Famed modifies Cathay. 

222—7. I saw a man with a sword. 

With a sword modifies man. 

222—8. He found all his wants supplied by the care of his 
friends. 

Found supplied is the predicate. Wants is the direct 
object of found. Supplied is an adjective, referring to 
wants. 


292 


SENTENCES FItOM 


222—9. All but one were killed. 

But one = except one, modifies all. 

222—11. Flattered to tears this aged man and poor. 

Flattered modifies man. 

222—12. The scholar did nothing but read. 

But read = but to read, modifies nothing. 

222—13. He does not laugh. 

Does laugh is the predicate. Not modifies does. 

222—14. My mother gave me a letter to read. 

(To) me modifies gave. To read modifies letter. 

222—15. What did you come here for ?” 

Did come is the predicate. For what modifies did 
come. 

229—1. The rose that all are praising is not the rose for me. 

The clause, that all are praising, modifies rose, the 
subject. 

229—2. When we go forth in the morning we lay a moulding 
hand upon our destiny. 

The subordinate clause, When we go, etc., modifies lay, 
the predicate of the principal clause. Forth modifies go. 

229—3. Whilst light and colors rise and fly, 

Lives Newton’s deathless memory. 

Memory is the subject of the main clause. Lives is 
the predicate. The subordinate clause, Whilst light, etc., 
modifies lives. 

229—4. The boy stood on the burning deck, 

Whence all but him had fled. 

Whence all bid him, etc. modifies deck. The phrase, 
but him = except him, modifies all. 


SWINTON’s ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


293 


229—5. When he was a boy, Franklin, who afterward became 
a distinguished statesman and philosopher, learned his trade in 
the printing-office of his brother, who published a paper in 
Boston. 

Franklin is the subject of the main clause. Learned is 
the predicate. When he was a hoy modifies learned. 
Who afterward became, etc. modifies Franklin. Who 
■published, etc. modifies brother. 

229—6. He that fights and runs away 

May live to fight another day. 

That fights, etc. modifies the subject he. To fight modi¬ 
fies may live. Day is in the objective after a preposition 
understood. 

229—7. Go into Turkey, where the pachas will tell you that 
the Turkish government is the most perfect in the world. 

The subject of the main clause is understood. Go is 
the predicate. Where the pachas, etc. modifies Turkey. 
The direct object of tell is that the Turkish government, 
etc. Most perfect modifies government understood. 

229—8. The Dutch florist who sells tulips for their weight in 
gold laughs at the antiquary who pays a great price for a rusty 
lamp. 

Who sells, etc. modifies florist, the subject of the mqin 
clause. Laughs is the predicate. Who pays, etc. modi¬ 
fies antiquary. 

229—9. When I look upon the tombs of the great, every 
emotion of envy dies in me. 

Emotion is the subject of the main clause. Dies is the 
predicate. When I look, etc. modifies dies. 

229—10. We must not think the life of a man begins when 
he can feed himself. 

The direct object of must think is the life of a man 
begins, etc. When he can feed himself modifies begins. 


294 


SENTENCES FROM 


229— 11. Tell me not in mournful numbers 

Life is but an empty dream! 

The subject of the main clause is understood. Tell is 
the predicate. (To) me modifies tell . The direct object 
of tell is the second line, of which life is the subject and 
is dream is the predicate. But, an adverb, modifies is. 

230— 12. When in the course of human events, it becomes 
necessary for one people to dissolve the political bands which 
have connected them with another, and to assume, among the 
powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the 
laws of nature and of nature’s God entitle them, a decent respect 
to the opinions of mankind requires that they should declare 
the causes which impel them to the separation. 

Of the main clause, respect is the subject and requires 
is the predicate. The direct object is the clause, that they 
should , etc. When it becomes , etc. modifies requires. 
The phrase, in the course , modifies becomes. Which 
have connected modifies bands. To dissolve and to as¬ 
sume modify it. The clause, to which the laws of nature, 
etc., modifies station. 

230—1. I do not admire such books as he writes. 

As he writes modifies books adjectively. This is prob¬ 
ably equivalent to as those are which he writes. 

230—2. It is only by the fresh feelings of the heart that man¬ 
kind can be very powerfully affected. 

It, the subject of the main clause, is modified by the 
explanatory clause introduced by that. Only modifies by 
feelings. By feelings modifies is. That is an introduc¬ 
tory conjunction. 

230—3. That man has been from time immemorial a right- 
handed animal is beyond dispute. 

That is an introductory conjunction, introducing the 
noun clause which is the subject of the sentence, includ- 


SWINTON’s ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


295 


ing all preceding is. In the subordinate clause has been 
animal is the predicate. From time modifies has been . 
Immemorial , an adjective, modifies time . 

230—4. He is proud that he is noble. 

The clause, that he is noble, modifies proud adverbially. 

230—5. The boy ran so fast that I could not overtake him. 

Fast, an adverb, modifies ran. So modifies fash The 
clause, that I could , etc., modifies so. 

230—6. My Father is greater than I. 

Than I (am great) modifies greater . 

230—7. Oh ! that I knew where I might find him ! 

This sentence is equivalent to Oh ! (I wish) that I knew, 
etc. Where I might find him modifies knew. 

230—8. The older you become, the wiser you should be. 

The second clause is the principal, and the first, the 
subordinate. Should be wiser is the predicate of the main 
clause. The is an adverb, modifying wiser. Become older 
is the predicate of the subordinate clause. The modifies 
older adverbially. 

230—9. His conduct is not such as I admire. 

Of the main clause is such is the predicate. The sub¬ 
ordinate clause, as I admire , modifies such. 

230—10. See here is a bower 

Of eglantine with honeysuckles woven, 

Where not a spark of prying light creeps in. 

See is the predicate of the main clause. Of eglantine 
modifies bower. Woven modifies eglantine. Where not 
a spark, etc. modifies bower. 

230—11. The lamb thy riot doomed to bleed to-day, 

Had he 1 thy reason, would he 2 skip and pl$y? 

He 2 is the subject of the main clause. Would skip 
and play is the predicate. Lamb is in the nominative 


296 


SENTENCES FROM 


independent by pleonasm. The clause, thy Hot doomed 
(which) to bleed to-day , modifies lamb. Had he thy 
reason — if he had thy reason, modifies would skip and 
play. 

280—12. 7 Tis better to have loved and lost 
Than never to have loved at all. 

It is the subject of the main clause. The phrase, to 
have loved and (to have) lost , modifies the subject it. The 
last line is equivalent to Than (it is good) never to have 
loved at all. Never modifies to have loved. 

283—3. If Hannibal had not wintered at Capua, by which 
circumstance his troops were enervated, but, on the contrary, 
after the battle of Cannae, had proceeded to Rome, it is not im¬ 
probable that the great city would have fallen. 

Of the main clause, it is the subject, modified by the 
explanatory clause, that the great city, etc. Is improbable 
is the predicate. The clause, If Hannibal had, etc., modi¬ 
fies would have fallen. The clause, By which circumstance, 
etc., modifies had wintered. But connects had wintered 
and had proceeded. After the battle, etc. modifies had 
proceeded. On the contrary modifies had proceeded. 

233—4. Time but the impression deeper makes, 

As streams their channels deeper wear. 

Time is the subject, and makes deeper, the predicate, of 
the main clause. But = only, modifies makes deeper. 
The subordinate clause modifies makes deepet\ Streams 
is the subject, and wear deeper, the predicate, of the sub¬ 
ordinate clause. Channels is the direct object of wear. 

233 — 5 . Gayly chattering to the clattering 

Of the brown nuts downward pattering, 

Leap the squirrels red and gray. 

Squirrels is the subject, and leap the predicate. Chat¬ 
tering modifies squirrels. Clattering is in the objective 


SWINTON’s ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


297 


after to. Pattering modifies nuts. Downward modifies 
pattering. 

233—6. The long-remembered beggar was his guest. 

Long-remembered modifies beggar. 

133—7. All 1 that 1 I 1 have, and all 2 that 2 I 2 am, and all 3 
that 3 1 3 hope, in this life, 1 4 am now ready here to stake upon 
it; and 1 5 leave off as 1 6 began, that, live or die, survive or 
perish, 1 7 am for the Declaration. 

In the first member J 4 is the subject, and am ready 
the predicate, of the main clause. To stake modifies 
ready. Here modifies stake. The three clauses intro¬ 
duced by all y l all , 2 all 3 are the direct objects of stake. 
All in each of the clauses is modified by the relative 
clause following. That 1 is in the objective after have ; 
that 2 is a predicate nominative after am; that 3 is the 
direct object of hope. In this world modifies have, am, 
and hope. In the second member, J 5 is the subject, and 
leave off is the predicate. As I began modifies leave off. 
That I am for, etc. also modifies leave off. The verb am 
is modified by the clauses, (If I) live or (if I) die, (if I) 
survive or (if I) perish. 

233—8. The evil that men do lives after them ; 

The good is oft interred with their bones. 

j Evil is the subject of the first member, modified by the 
clause, that men do. That is the direct object of do. 
Lives is the predicate. In the second member good, used 
as a noun, is the subject. 

233—9. Toiling, rejoicing, sorrowing, onward through life he 
goes. 

Toiling, rejoieing, sorrowing are participles, modifying 
he, the subject. Onward modifies goes, the predicate. 


298 


SENTENCES FROM 


233—10. In such a cause I grant 

An English poet’s privilege to rant. 

I is the subject, and grant , the predicate. Privilege is 
the direct object. To rant modifies privilege. In such a 
cause modifies to rant. 

233—11. Hence, loathed melancholy, 

Of Cerberus and blackest midnight born, 

In Stygian cave forlorn, 

’Mongst horrid shapes and shrieks and sights unholy. 

It is evident that this sentence should have a comma 
placed after hence , which is an adverb, modifying go or 
get understood. Melancholy is in the nominative inde¬ 
pendent. Loathed is an adjective, modifying melancholy. 
Born is a participle, modifying melancholy. Forlorn is 
an adjective, modifying cave. 

233—12. We do not, indeed, expect all men to be philosophers 
or statesmen, but we confidently trust—and our expectation of 
the duration of our system of government rests on that trust— 
that by the diffusion of general knowledge and good and vir¬ 
tuous sentiments the political fabric may be secure, as well 
against open violence and overthrow as against that slow but 
sure undermining of licentiousness. 

Indeed is independent. Men is the direct object of ex¬ 
pect, the predicate, and is here used as the assumed sub¬ 
ject of to he philosophers , etc. That by the diffusion, etc. 
modifies trust. The phrase, by the diffusion, etc., modi¬ 
fies secure. Hs well as is a complex conjunction, joining 
the two phrases, against violence and overthrow and against 
undermining, both of which modify secure. But, a con¬ 
junction, connects the two adjectives slow and sure. 

233—13. If we confine our view to the globe we inhabit, it 
must be allowed that chemistry and geology are the two sciences 
which not only offer the fairest promise, but already contain the 
largest generalizations. 

It is the subject of the main clause; it is modified by 


SWINTON'S ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 


209 


the explanatory clause, that chemistry, etc. Must he 
allowed is the predicate of the main clause; it is modi¬ 
fied by the subordinate clause, If we confine our view, 
etc. Which not only offer, etc. modifies sciences. Not 
only and but are correlatives. 

233— 14. Better to reign in hell than serve in heaven. 

It understood is the subject of the main clause; {were) 
better is the predicate. The second clause is equivalent to 
than (it were good) to serve in heaven. To reign modifies 
it; to serve modifies it understood in the subordinate 
clause. 

234— 15. Where are the flowers, 1 the fair young flowers, 2 that 

lately sprung and stood 

In brighter light and softer airs, a beauteous sister¬ 
hood ? 

Floivers 1 is the subject of the main clause. Flowers 2 
is in apposition with flowers h The subordinate clause 
introduced by that modifies flowers l . Stood sisterhood — 
were sisterhood, is the predicate of the subordinate clause. 

234—16. Here rests his head upon the lap of earth 
A youth to fortune and to fame unknown. 

Head is the subject. Youth is in appositi(?n with his. 
Unknown modifies youth. To fortune and to fame modi¬ 
fy unknown. The second line modifies his as an adjective 
element; youth, the basis, being in apposition with his. 

234—17. Further observation and experience have given me 
a different idea of this feathered voluptuary, which I will ven¬ 
ture to impart, for the benefit of my young readers who may re¬ 
gard him with the same unqualified envy and admiration which 
I once indulged. 

Observation and experience are the subjects of the main 
clause. Idea is the direct object of the predicate have 
given. The clause, which I venture, etc., modifies idea. 


300 


SENTENCES FROM 


Who may regard , etc. modifies readers. Which I once 
indulged modifies envy and admiration. 

034 —is. All nature is but art unknown to thee; 

All chance, direction which thou canst not see; 

All discord, harmony not understood; 

All partial evil, universal good. 

Note.—S ee page 142—2 for this sentence. 

234—19. That moss-covered vessel I hail as a treasure; 

For often, at noon, when returned from the field, 
I found it the source of an exquisite pleasure, 

The purest and sweetest that nature can yield. 

Vessel is the direct object of hail. As is an introduc¬ 
tory conjunction. Treasure is in apposition with vessel. 
Returned is a participle, modifying I. Source is in the 
same case as it by predication, the expression meaning I 
found it (to be) the source , etc. 

234—21. On the cross-beam under the Old South bell 
The nest of a pigeon is builded well. 

In summer and winter that bird is there, 

Out and in with the morning air. 

I love to see him track the street 
With his wary eye and active feet; 

And I often watch him as he springs, 

Circling the steeple with easy wings, 

Till across the dial his shade has passed, 

And the belfry edge is gained at last. 

Under the Old South bell modifies beam. In summer 
and (in) winter modify is. Oat and in is a complex ad¬ 
verb, modifying going understood, lb see modifies love. 
(To) track modifies him. As he springs modifies watch. 
Circling modifies he. Till his shade has pdssed modifies 
circling. 

234—22. There is a land , 1 of every land 2 the pride, 

Beloved of heaven o’er all the world beside. 

There is an independent adverb. Land 1 is the subject 


SWINTON’s ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 301 

of the sentence. Pride is in apposition with land l . Be¬ 
loved modifies land l . O’er world modifies beloved. All, 
the, and beside modify world. 

234—23. Now leave complaining and begin your tea. 

Leave is the predicate of the first member, and 
begin, of the second. The subject in each is under¬ 
stood. 

234—24. This is the forest primeval. The murmuring pines 
and the hemlock 

Bearded with moss, and in garments green, indis¬ 
tinct in the twilight, 

Stand 1 like Druids of old with voices sad and pro¬ 
phetic, 

Stand 2 like harpers hoar, with beards that rest on 
their bosoms. 

Primeval is an adjective, modifying forest. Pines and 
hemlock is the compound subject of the second sentence. 
Stand 1 and stand 2 is the predicate. Bearded modifies 
the subject. In green garments also modifies the subject. 
Indistinct , an adjective, modifies pines and hemlock. Like 
is a conjunctive adverb. Druids is the subject of stood 
understood. Stand 2 is modified by the subordinate clause, 
Like harpers hoar (stand). With beards, etc. modifies 
harpers. 

234—25. On a sudden, open flv 

With impetuous recoil and jarring sounds 
The infernal doors; and on their hinges grate 
Harsh thunder. 

Doors is the subject of the first member. Fly is the 
predicate. In the second member doors understood is 
the subject, and grate, the predicate. Thunder is the 
direct object of grate. 


302 


SENTENCES FROM, ETC. 


234—26. In her ear he whispers gayly, 

“ If my heart by signs can tell, 

Maiden, I have watched thee daily, 

And I think thou lov’st me well.” 

Whispers is the predicate. The last three lines are the 
direct object of whispers. Maiden is independent. The 
second line modifies lov’st. By signs modifies can tell. 

234—27. We next hear of him, with myriads of his kind, 
banqueting among the reeds of the Delaware, and grown corpu¬ 
lent with good feeding. He has changed his name in travelling. 
Boblincon no more—he is the reed-bird now, the much-sought- 
for titbit of Pennsylvania epicures, the rival in unlucky fame of 
the ortolan ! Wherever he goes, pop! pop! pop! every rusty 
firelock in the country is blazing away. He sees his compan¬ 
ions falling by thousands around him. Does he take warning 
and reform? Alas! not he. Incorrigible epicure! again he 
wings his flight. The rice-swamps of the South invite him. 
He gorges himself among them almost to bursting; he can 
scarcely fly for corpulency. He has once more changed his 
name, and is now the famous rice-bird of the Carolinas. Last 
stage of his career: behold him spitted, with dozens of his cor¬ 
pulent companions, and served up, a vaunted dish, on the table 
of some Southern gastronome. 

Banqueting modifies him. Grotin corpulent also modi¬ 
fies him. With myriads, etc. modifies banqueting. Bob¬ 
lincon no more — he is Boblincon no more . Titbit is 
in apposition with reed-bird, so also is rival. Pop, pop, 
pop are used as nouns in the objective after hear under- 
derstood. Falling modifies companions. Around him 
modifies fall. Incorrigible epicure is independent. To 
bursting modifies gorges. Almost modifies to bursting. 
More modifies has changed. This is is understood before 
last stage. Spitted modifies him. With dozens , etc. modi¬ 
fies him. Served up modifies him. Dish is in apposition 
with him. 


THE END. 






































































































































. 































































































































































































































































































































































* 














' 





























'V 









4 * 








y- 












i -i 


/ 









y 4 
























Him 


2 'a * 


't'ly' ' r 






■yfv. 














. i* 








• f . * 






















